HD+ 90-110 H185

Service Training
+
HD 90-110
(H185)
Release 2011-12-02
SERVICE TRAINING
+
H185
EN
2165852
HD 90-110
SERVICE TRAINING
H185
+
EN
2165852
HD 90-110
SERVICE TRAINING
+
EN
H185
2165852
HD 90-110
01 - View
02 - Operator´s manual / maintenance
03 - Illustrations - mechanics
04 - Illustrations - electrics
05 - Illustrations hydraulics
06 - Electric circuit diagrams
07 - Hydraulic circuit diagrams
08 - Manuals
09 - Suppliers documentation
10 - Machine data
11 - Transportation data
12 - Appendix
a
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Type overview HD+ series
H185 H184
+ +
HD 90 VV HD 120 VV
+ +
HD 90 VV-S HD 140 VV
+
HD 110 VV
+ +
HD 90 VO HD 120 VO
OSCILLATION
+ +
HD 90 VO-S HD 140 VO
+
HD 110 VO
View 1 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Left side view – cab version
View 2 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Drum suspension
View 3 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Center pivot assembly with crab offset

Crab offset
cylinder
Steering pivot
Parallelogram
Steering
cylinder
View 4 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Center pivot assembly with crab offset
Fixing point pendulum

rear frame
Crab offset cylinder
Locks
Steering cylinder
View 5 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Front frame with water system
Balancing hose
Drain plug – water tank
View 6 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Rear frame with water sprinkling system
Water pumps
Hoses for steering

cylinder and water
sprinkling system
Articulated joint
Steering cylinder
Suction line
Pressure line
Rear sprinkler bars
Front sprinkler bars
Drain plug with water filter
View 7 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Engine compartment (left side)
Twin fuel filter
Alternator
Oil dip stick
Starter
RPM-sensor - crankshaft
Engine oil filler neck
Engine oil filter
Water cooler
View 8 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Engine compartment (right side)
Air filter
Condenser
Fuel pre-filter
Hydraulic oil filter
Hydraulic oil
cooler
Combination valve
brake, gear shift
Battery
View 9 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839

Gear pump for feeding pressure,
fan and chip spreader
Combination valve
edge cutting – Y13 up, Y14 down
crab offset – Y10 left, Y11 right
Main fuses
High power relays
Battery isolation switch
Drive pump + vibration pump

front + vibration pump rear
View 10 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839

Emergency stop solenoid – Y5
Combination valve
brakes - Y3
gear shifting - Y4
Distributor and scavenvge block -

drive system
Drive reverse – Y2
Drive forward – Y1
Small amplitude front – Y6
Big amplitude front – Y7
Small amplitude rear – Y8
Big amplitude rear – Y9
View 11 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Engine compartment right side with cooler assembly
Fan with hydraulic

motor
Hydraulic oil
cooler
Intercooler
Water radiator
View 12 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Drive and vibration motors (left side)

front rear
High pressure, R
Leakage oil, 1
Gear shifting, Y
High pressure, A
Brake opening, X
Speed sensor
VV, VO VV, VO, VO-S

High pressure, R
Gear shifting, Y
High pressure, A
Speed sensor
Acceleration sensor (HCQ)
Leakage oil, 1
ASC-Valve
VV-S, VO-S
View 13 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Drive and vibration motors (right side)
hinten vorne
Vibration sensor
Leakage oil
High pressure
High pressure
VV, VO, VO-S VV, VO
High pressure, A
Gear shifting, Y
High pressure, R
Leakage oil, 1
Vibration sensor
Leakage oil
High pressure
High pressure
VV-S, VO-S
View 14 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Driver´s seat with operating elements
Seat rotatable
by ±90°
Adjustable
Manual seat steering column
shifting with memory
function
View 15 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
ROPS
View 16 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Steering column
Seat turning
Seat shifting
Emergency stop
switch
View 17 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Position of electronic components EMR 3 ASC (option) Drive Mainboard

CAN B
CAN A
Add. circ. board Add. circ. board

series (p. 31) options (p. 32)
CAN A CAN B
View 18 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Position of electronic components
Mainboard
ASC controller
Drive controller
View 19 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Operating elements fixed dashboard
Reserve Reserve
Reserve for
chip spreader
Warning beacon 12V-power outlet

Lighting Key switch
Flasher Engine management off
Warning lights Water pump 1/2 (326)
View 20 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Mobile dashboard (view)
View 21 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Operating and indicating elements – drive system, diesel engine, hydraulic system
warning and control lamps free
speed indicator
pushbutton brake
fuel level indicator
Combination
instrument (hourmeter,
service functions)
Signal horn
Crab offset with indication LEDs
Pre-selection max. speed

View 22 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Operating and indicating elements – vibration system
front Activation of vibration rear
Frequ. indication
(option)
Ampl. preselection
HMV / Asphalt temperature

Automatic / manual
impactmeter
(option) Frequency adjustment (Option)
View 23 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Operating and indicating elements – water sprinkling system
Fuel level indicator

water tank
Operation indicator
water pump
Indication of
sprinkling level
Auto water sprinkling

on/off/continuous operation
Additive sprinkling
Water amount
View 24 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Water sprinkling
Two water pumps ensure the reliability of the water sprinkling system.
Depending on the switch setting (326) pump 1 or pump 2 will be used. We recommend to alternate the pumps in certain time intervals to
prevent malfunctions by corrosion.
Sprinkling settings
Interval sprinkling is only working while machine is driving.
1 water sprinkling on for 1 revolution, off for 4 revolutions
5 continuous operation
In addition to that the water pump can be activated at any time.
Checking the sprinkling nozzles when machine is standing

Pre-conditions for 3 minutes of continuous operation:
• Diesel engine not running
• 0-Position lock / parking brake (502) ................ ACTIVATED
• Electric system / Ignition (310) ................................ ON
• Pushbutton (317) – water sprinkling on/off.............. ON
• Pushbutton + and - (373) for 3 seconds .......... PRESS & HOLD
Switching off:
• Pushbutton(317) – water sprinkling on/off................. OFF
View 25 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Starting the machine
Drive lever in brake position Engine can be Drive lever not in

Em. Stop not pressed started brake position or Starter does not
turn
Em. Stop pressed
Dieselmanagement
RPM selection via pushbutton in fixed dashboard
1. ECO (engine management)
Adjustable range: 1500 – 2300 rpm
The diesel rpm is calculated depending on the adjusted vibration frequency and the adjusted maximum speed.
Vibration: Curve depending on the frequency, curve via sampling points
Drive: Curve depending on the adjusted max. speed, curve via sampling points
2. Maximum rpm
Diesel engine is operated at maximum rpm all the time.
Prior to stopping the engine idle speed must be adjusted by re-activating the ECO-Mode!!!
216 Control lamp cold start system (option)

310 Key switch electric system / engine start
349 Rocker switch engine management automatic – high speed
View 26 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Drive control
Start blocking
Blocked components:
•Both drive solenoids
•Emergency stop solenoid
•Brake control
Release of start blocking when:

•Signal from generator D+ or diesel rpm >500 are present for more than 5s
•Drive lever in brake position
•Emergency stop not activated
•Seat contact switch activated
Display Drive controller

Preselection max. speed
•Calculation of the pump setpoint
•Calculation of the ramp
•Speed controller Pump
Drive lever or
•Power metering regulation (as soon
The potentiometer value is sent to as the diesel engine is pulled down
the drive controller via 2 the speed setpoint will also be
independent CAN buses. decreased)
View 27 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Drive control
Gear shifting (via drum drive motors) Brake / Emergency stop solenoid
The gear selection is operated by the max. speed selection: Drive lever is in brake position:
Brake solenoid not powered.
Adjusted max. speed < 7km/h → 1st gear
Drive lever is put in brake position:
Adjusted max. speed ≥ 7km/h → 2nd gear
•Pump goes back to zero position by a steep ramp
Adjusting the max. speed while driving is only possible within limits of
the present gear. •After the machine is standing still or after 5s the brake solenoid is no longer
activated
This means:
Drive lever in drive position::
Gear shifting only possible while machine is standing still!
•Brake solenoid and Em. Stop solenoid are activated
If the drive pump is piloted and no signal from the speed sensors is •After standing still for 10s the brake solenoid is no longer activated
received for 5s the machine will switch to 1st gear.
Display of the drive speed
The present drive speed is shown in the display.
As soon as the +/- pushbutton is pressed the changed maximum speed

will be displayed for 3s.
If the speed signal from the wheel speed sensors is missing the
calculated speed will be displayed.
View 28 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Safety functions
EMERGENCY STOP
When operating the Emergency Stop Switch following actions are released:
•Diesel engine → min. rpm
•Control signal of drive pump → 0
•Poclain-Motor → 1st gear (decreased brake distance)
•Brake solenoid → not activated (spring operated parking brake will be activated)
•Emergency Stop Solenoid → not powered
•Diesel engine → shutdown
EMERGENCY HALT
...is activated if:
•The drive lever was pulled too fast against the present driving direction (faster than a certain value)
...means:
•The drive pump will go back to zero position by a steep ramp.
•The drive motors will be set back to 1st gear to increase the brake torque.
•This function will be reset after the drive lever was kept in zero position for at least 300ms
Seat contact switch

Logic:
Seat contact switch not activated, drive lever in any position  Brake remains active, emergency stop solenoid is not powered.
Seat contact switch activated, drive lever in brake position  Brake remains active, emergency stop solenoid is not powered.
Seat contact switch activated, drive lever unlocked  Brake is released, emergency stop is powered
Seat contact switch no longer activated while driving:

After 1s  Alarm signal is activated
After 2.5s  Machine is stopped by a steep ramp of the drive pump, emergency stop solenoid no longer powered
View 29 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Mainboard (installed) - view from front side
Wire harness for

fixed dashboard
Additional circuit board (series)

2072100
Additional circuit board (option)

2072101
View 30 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Mainboard (rear) – plug overview

X1 Front frame
X2 Front frame
X4 Front frame
X5 Engine compartment
X11 Rear frame
X12 Rear frame
X13 Rear frame
X14 Rear frame
X15 -
X16 Driver´s seat console
X19 Cabin/ROPS
X20 Cabin/ROPS
X21 Diesel engine controller
X24 MC1
X25 MC1
X26 MC1
X31 MC ASC
X32 MC ASC
X33 Reserve
X34 HCM
X35 HCM
X36 HCM
X39 Emergency stop control
X40 -
X44 External drive controller
View 31 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Fuses
K15
F1 RC-power element, drive 15A
F2 Add. circuit board stdandard 15A
F3 Diesel engine control (EMR) 25A
F4 Cabin (Kl. 30) 15A K14 K8
F5 Electric system (Kl. 15) 15A
F6 Warning light, parking light
(Kl. 30) 10A
F7 free K9 K6
F8 Sensors:
Drum drive motors FL, RL CAN A
K3 CAN B
K4 K13 K10 K5
Water level
Brake pressure switch 1A
F9 RC-power element, ASC 15A
F10 free
F11 RC-control element, drive
F12 RC-control element, ASC 1A
F13 Sensors:
Drum drive motors FR, RR 1A
F14 Sensors: Relays
Crab offset R, L
K3 Diesel engine controller EMR3
Vibration motor front, rear
K4 Water pumps
K5 Flasher unit
Asphalt temperature 3A
K6 Driving light
F15 HCQ Indicator 7,5A
K8 Engine switch off
F16 Add. circuit board option 15A
K9 Backup-Alarm
K10 Signal horn
K13 Additive sprinkling
K14 Zero position drive lever
K15 Free
View 32 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Fuses
K15
F17 Operating elements seat 5A
F18 Flashers, lighting 10A
F19 Pump for water sprinkling 15A
F20 Pump for additive sprinkling 15A
K14 K8
F21 Signal horn 15A
F22 Wipers F/R
Wind screen washer system 30A
F23 Cabin (Kl. 15) 30A K9 K6
F24 Heating, AC (Kl. 15) 15A
F25
F26
Free
Warning beacon
CAN A
10A
K3 CAN BK4 K13 K10 K5
F27 Back-up lights 15A

F28 Working lights 25A
F29 Drum lighting 15A
F30 Driving lights (left) 10A
F31 Driving lights (right) 10A
F32 Parking lights (right) 5A
F33 Parking lights (left) 5A
F34 WIDIAG interface 2A
Service interfaces
FT Fuse tester X37 Diesel engine control
X41 CAN-Bus A
X42 CAN-Bus B
; If=>green LED is glowing

fuse is OK
X100
X101
Kl. 31 (Ground)
MC Drive
X102 Flash-memory drive
X103 MC ASC
X104 Flash-memory ASC
View 33 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Additional circuit board - series
Functions:
• Open loop control for vibration system (front / rear; big / small
Amplitude) (if no closed loop control is integrated)
• Crab offset (valve control, positioning sensors)
• Output emergency stop (drive pump)
• Output warning buzzer
• Output horn
• Output backup alarm
• Output additive sprinkling
• Output KAG sprinkling
• Output KAG up / down
• Input hydraulic oil filter pollution
• Memory for machine parameters (roller type; vibration type;
ramps; setpoints for pump currents) is automatically set by
machine type - switch on backside of display
Communicationi via 2 CAN buses

(redundancy upon a breakdown)
View 34 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Additional circuit board - option

Functions:
• Closed loop control for vibration system (front / rear; big / small
amplitude)
• Input vibration sensors (front / rear)
• Input asphalt temperature sensors (front / rear)
• Output tachograph (big / small amplitude)
• Output chip spreader (quantity)
• Output chip spreader (open / close)
• Input chip spreader (quantity)
• Input chip spreader (on / off)
• Input chip spreader (open / close)
• Input chip spreader type
• Output flow divider
• Output tire heating
• Double-KAG: KAG selection
ramps; setpoints for frequencies, min. / max. frequency front /
Communicationi via 2 CAN buses rear) is automatically set by machine type - switch on backside of
(redundancy upon a breakdown) display
View 35 / 36
View HD+ 90-110 – H185
# 2165839
Additional circuit boards
•The additional circuit board „series“ and „option“ are redundantly controlled via 2 CAN buses. All signals are sent on
both buses at the same time. CAN A is analyzed first. If an error occurs the CAN messages from CAN B are used.
There is a permanent data interchange between the circuit boards and both CAN buses are permanently
checked by the circuit boards to assure a high level of data integrity.
•If there is no frequency controller installed the vibration pumps are controlled by the additional circuit board „series“.
The PWM signal is always matched to the nominal frequency for big / small amplitude, rear / front drum. The
vibration system is controlled via ramps. Vibration frequency is not measured and not displayed.
•If the additional circuit board „option“ is installed the circuit board „series“ receives a CAN message and the open loop
vibration control is switched off. The circuit board „option“ takes over frequency control. This closed loop
control only works with vibration sensors installed. The measured frequency for every drum will be displayed in
the dashboard. This means if vibration is off „0“ appears in the display.
•The values for amplitudes, frequencies, vibration type and roller type which were adjusted before the engine-stop are
saved to a non-volatile memory. This means the values can still be used when starting the machine for the next
time.
•If a vibration sensor is defective the vibration system will be operated by a limited current. The vibration frequency will
be reduced by 8-10%. The frequency display is blinking and an error is shown in the display.
•The additional circuit boards are programmed once. A field update is not intended.
•The machine parameters are set automatically according to the informations about roller type and vibration type which
are provided by the mobile dashboard.
•As soon as the vibration system is activated a message is sent to the drive controller. According to this message the
controller will increase the engine rpm.
View 36 / 36
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
OPERATING MANUAL
HD+ 90 ● HD+ 110
H185 0001
Series valid from Serial No.
01.04.2010
Date of first issue
2137875 en
Order number Language
15268
© HAMM AG 2010 Version 01.1

Publisher HAMM AG
Postfach 1160
95633 Tirschenreuth
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 96 31 / 80-0
http://www.hamm.eu
Name of the document 2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Original operating manual
Date of first issue 01.04.2010
Date of change 01.08.2010
Copyright © HAMM AG 2010
The disclosure as well as the duplication of this document, the use and
the forwarding of its contents, are forbidden as far as not expressively
permitted. Violations will cause indemnities. With respect to patent, utility
sample or design patent registration all rights reserved.
612-01
2 2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en © HAMM AG 2010

This operating manual is valid for the following roller types:
TANDEM ROLLER HD+ 90 VV

HD+ 90 VV-HV
HD+ 90 VO
HD+ 90 VV-S
HD+ 90 VO-S
HD+ 110 VV
HD+ 110 VV-HV
HD+ 110 VO
COMBINATION ROLLER HD+ 90 VT
HD+ 110 VT
© HAMM AG 2010 2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General..................................................................................................................... 9
1.00 Introduction........................................................................................................9
1.00.01 Preface to the operating manual...........................................................................................9
1.00.02 Product information............................................................................................................... 9
1.00.03 Guarantee............................................................................................................................ 10
1.00.04 Modifications / reservations................................................................................................. 10
1.00.05 Packaging and storage....................................................................................................... 10
1.00.06 Signs and symbols.............................................................................................................. 10
1.00.07 Signal words........................................................................................................................ 11
1.01 Documentation.................................................................................................12
1.02 Use.................................................................................................................... 13
1.02.01 Intended use........................................................................................................................13
1.02.02 Reasonably forseeable misuse........................................................................................... 14
1.02.03 Residual risks...................................................................................................................... 14
1.02.04 Climatic conditions...............................................................................................................15
1.03 Environmental protection............................................................................... 16
1.04 Disposal............................................................................................................16
1.05 EC confirmity................................................................................................... 17
1.06 Type plate......................................................................................................... 18
1.07 Noise and vibration requirements.................................................................19
1.08 Personnel......................................................................................................... 21
1.08.01 Qualification and duties....................................................................................................... 21
1.09 General safety instructions............................................................................22
1.10 Danger zone.....................................................................................................23
1.11 Loading and transport.................................................................................... 24
1.12 Stickers on the machine................................................................................ 26

1.12.01 Warning labels..................................................................................................................... 26
1.12.02 Information sign................................................................................................................... 31
2 Description............................................................................................................. 35
2.00 Technical characteristics of the machine.....................................................35

2.01 General view of machine................................................................................36
2.01.01 Chassis / safety devices......................................................................................................36
2.01.02 Control stand....................................................................................................................... 37
2.01.04 Drive unit / diesel engine.....................................................................................................38
2.01.05 Hydraulic oil supply............................................................................................................. 40
2.01.06 Electrical equipment............................................................................................................ 41
2.01.08 Drive.....................................................................................................................................42
2.01.09 Steering system...................................................................................................................42
2.01.12 Water system.......................................................................................................................43
2.01.26 Vibration / oscillation............................................................................................................44
2.02 General view of instruments and operating elements................................ 45

2.02.02 Control stand....................................................................................................................... 45
2.02.04 Drive unit / diesel engine.....................................................................................................51
2.02.08 Drive.....................................................................................................................................52
3 Operation................................................................................................................53
3.00 Instruments and operating elements............................................................ 53
3.00.01 Indicators, displays.............................................................................................................. 53
3.00.02 Pilot lights............................................................................................................................ 56
3.00.03 Switch.................................................................................................................................. 62
3.00.04 Sockets, lights..................................................................................................................... 71
3.00.05 Operation levers, adjustment handles.................................................................................72
3.01 Prior to machine start.....................................................................................80
3.02 Engine start......................................................................................................83
3.03 Driving.............................................................................................................. 85
3.04 Driving with vibration / oscillation................................................................ 89
3.05 Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine........................................92
3.06 Operation monitoring......................................................................................94
3.07 Sprinkling......................................................................................................... 95
3.08 Additive sprinkling.......................................................................................... 97
3.09 Scraper............................................................................................................. 98
3.09.01 Scraper of roller drum......................................................................................................... 99
3.09.02 Scrapper tyres................................................................................................................... 100
3.10 Starting with jump leads.............................................................................. 101

3.11 Towing.............................................................................................................102
3.12 Heating / ventilation / cooling...................................................................... 105
3.13 *Asphalt thermometer...................................................................................106
4 Maintenance......................................................................................................... 107
4.00 General maintenance instructions.............................................................. 107
4.00.01 Operation monitoring......................................................................................................... 107
4.00.02 Maintenance overview.......................................................................................................108
4.00.03 Running-in regulations.......................................................................................................109
4.00.04 Required maintenance parts............................................................................................. 110
4.00.05 Important information about maintenance works.............................................................. 111
4.00.06 Safety strut........................................................................................................................ 113
4.00.07 Welding works on the machine.........................................................................................114
4.01 Chassis / safety features.............................................................................. 115

4.01.01 General.............................................................................................................................. 115
4.01.02 Checking the function of the parking brake...................................................................... 115
4.01.03 Checking the EMERGENCY STOP function.................................................................... 116
4.02 Control stand................................................................................................. 118

4.02.01 *Air conditioning.................................................................................................................118
4.02.02 Replacing fresh air filter of the operator's cabin............................................................... 119
4.04 Drive unit - diesel engine............................................................................. 120

4.04.01 General.............................................................................................................................. 120
4.04.02 Maintenance points at the engine for engine oil change.................................................. 121
4.04.03 Changing the filter cartridge for the fuel pre-filter............................................................. 122
4.04.04 *Draining water separator..................................................................................................123
4.04.05 *Changing the filter insert of the dirt and water separator................................................ 124
4.04.06 Checking and cleaning dust discharge valve....................................................................125
4.04.07 Checking and replacing the air filter................................................................................. 126
4.04.08 Changing the safety cartridge........................................................................................... 127
4.04.09 Checking the radiator........................................................................................................ 128
4.04.10 Checking coolant level...................................................................................................... 128
4.04.11 Changing the coolant........................................................................................................ 129
4.05 Hydraulic oil supply...................................................................................... 130

4.05.01 General.............................................................................................................................. 130
4.05.02 Checking filling level hydraulic oil..................................................................................... 130
4.05.03 Changing hydraulic oil and ventilation filter...................................................................... 131

4.05.04 Replacing filter insert of pressure filter for hydraulic system............................................ 132
4.08 Drive................................................................................................................133
4.08.01 Checking the roller drum scraper......................................................................................133
4.08.02 Checking scraper tyre....................................................................................................... 134
4.08.03 Checking the wheel nuts / wheel bolts for tightness.........................................................135
4.08.09 Checking the air pressure in the tyres..............................................................................135
4.08.10 Changing the tyres............................................................................................................ 136
4.09 Steering system.............................................................................................137

4.09.01 General.............................................................................................................................. 137
4.09.02 Lubricating the pivoted bearing.........................................................................................137
4.09.03 Lubricating the steering cylinder bolt................................................................................ 138
4.12 Sprinkling....................................................................................................... 139

4.12.01 General.............................................................................................................................. 139
4.12.02 Cleaning the water sprinkling unit.....................................................................................139
4.12.03 Cleaning the filter for sprinkling........................................................................................ 140
4.12.04 Cleaning the spay nozzles................................................................................................ 140
4.26 Vibration / oscillation.................................................................................... 141

4.26.01 General.............................................................................................................................. 141
4.26.02 Checking vibrator oil filling level........................................................................................141
4.26.03 Changing vibrator oil......................................................................................................... 142
4.26.04 Checking the damping elements.......................................................................................143
4.26.05 Changing the toothed belt for the oscillation drive............................................................143
4.26.06 Lubricating the rotary connection of the roller drum......................................................... 144
5 Tables....................................................................................................................145
5.00 Technical data................................................................................................145
5.00.01 Lubrication indications....................................................................................................... 145
5.00.02 Use of biologic hydraulic oil.............................................................................................. 146
5.00.03 Coolant conditioning.......................................................................................................... 147
5.00.04 Fuel.................................................................................................................................... 148
5.00.05 Starting torques................................................................................................................. 149
5.01 Technical data................................................................................................150

5.01.01 HD+ 90 VV........................................................................................................................ 150
5.01.02 HD+ 90 VV-HV.................................................................................................................. 152
5.01.03 HD+ 90 VO........................................................................................................................154
5.01.04 HD+ 90 VV-S.....................................................................................................................156
5.01.05 HD+ 90 VO-S.................................................................................................................... 158

5.01.06 HD+ 90 VT........................................................................................................................ 160
5.01.07 HD+ 110 VV...................................................................................................................... 162
5.01.08 HD+ 110 VV-HV................................................................................................................ 164
5.01.09 HD+ 110 VO...................................................................................................................... 166
5.01.10 HD+ 110 VT.......................................................................................................................168
5.02 Dimension sheet............................................................................................170

5.02.01 HD+ 90 VV, HD+ 90 VV-HV, HD+ 90 VO, HD+ 90 VV-S, HD+ 90 VO-S,HD+ 110 VV, HD+
110 VV-HV, HD+ 110 VO.................................................................................................. 170
5.02.02 HD+ 90 VT, HD+ 110 VT.................................................................................................. 170
5.03 Fuses and diagnostic interfaces................................................................. 171
6 Assembly instructions........................................................................................173
6.00 Instructions for installation and retrofitting............................................... 173
6.00.01 Safety device ROPS cabin................................................................................................173
6.00.02 Safety device ROPS roll-over bar.....................................................................................175
6.01 *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)............................................... 177

6.01.01 Overview chip spreader.....................................................................................................178
6.01.02 General view of instruments and operating elements.......................................................179
6.01.03 Switch................................................................................................................................ 180
6.01.04 Operation........................................................................................................................... 181
6.01.05 Maintenance...................................................................................................................... 184
6.01.06 Assembly........................................................................................................................... 186
6.01.07 Technical data BS-WA 1700............................................................................................. 188
6.01.08 Dimension sheet BS-WA 1700..........................................................................................188
6.02 *Disk spreader (chip spreader)....................................................................189

6.02.01 Overview chip spreader.....................................................................................................190
6.02.02 General view of instruments and operating elements.......................................................191
6.02.03 Switch................................................................................................................................ 191
6.02.04 Operation........................................................................................................................... 192
6.02.05 Maintenance...................................................................................................................... 198
6.02.06 Assembly........................................................................................................................... 199
6.02.07 Technical data ZA-XS 602................................................................................................ 201
6.02.08 Dimension sheet ZA-XS 602.............................................................................................201

General
Introduction
1 GENERAL
When working at the machine please always adhere to the in-
structions given in your Safety instructions!
000-01
1.00 Introduction
1.00.01 Preface to the operating manual
This chapter contains important instructions for the operating personnel
on how to operate the machine and to use this operating manual.
This operating manual helps you:

to become familiar with the machine.
to avoid malfunctions due to improper use.
Adhering to this operating manual:

helps to avoid risks.
increases the reliability when working on the construction site.
increases the life span.
reduces maintenance costs and downtimes.
It is absolutely necessary to adhere to this operating manual, the instruc-

tions given in the safety instructions, supplementary information and all
regulations and provisions applying at the building site (e.g. accident
prevention regulations).
Maintenance and care of the diesel engine have to be performed ac-
cording to these motor instructions. Any safety notes have to be fol-
lowed.
609-08
1.00.02 Product information

You have purchased a HAMM Quality product. All parts of this machine
have been checked and tested carefully, thus corresponding to the quali-
ty you expect.
The reliability of the machine is preserved through correct use and care-
ful maintenance. This includes the use of the specified operating supply
items and the use of original HAMM spare parts.
Our representations will help you to keep your roller in perfect operating
condition.
Our representations will be at your disposal whenever you need consul-
tation and service even after the warranty period. They will supply you
with our original HAMM spare parts which do not only meet the technical
requirements but also ensure exchangeability and quality.
The safety, operating and maintenance instructions given in this oper-
ating manual are intended for the operating personnel. Thus, keep this
manual always at hand!
609-06

General
Introduction
1.00.03 Guarantee
No guarantee claims with:
operating errors.
in the case the spare parts used are no original HAMM spare parts.
in the case wrong operating supply items have been used.
in the case any additional devices have been refitted an/or installed
that have not been approved by HAMM.
in the case of deficient maintenance.
in the case of any processes that conflict with these operating manu-
al.
609-07
1.00.04 Modifications / reservations

We are committed to provide you with correct and updated operating
manual. However, we cannot guarantee the correctness of all data giv-
en. To be able to keep pace with changing trends, it may be necessary
to amend or modify the product and/or its operating console without prior
notice. We assume no liability for malfunctions, downtimes and resulting
damage.
609-09
1.00.05 Packaging and storage

We have carefully packed our products to ensure proper protection in
transit. Please check both packaging and the goods yourselv for any
damage upon reception of your goods. In the case of damage, the de-
vices must not be put into operation. Damged cables and connections
are a safety risk and must not be used.
In such a case, please contact your supplier.
If the devices are not put into operation upon unpacking, they must be
protected against humidity and dirt.
609-10
1.00.06 Signs and symbols

The signs and symbols used in this operating manual are to help you
use this operating manual and the device in a safe and fast manner.
Note Informs about application hints and useful information. No danger-

ous or harmful situation.
Enumeration Indicates a listing of issues or possibilities.
Operating steps 1. Are listed according to their succession each starting from 1 for
each individual process.
Option Indicates special equipment which varies from the standard.

General
Introduction
Directions Information on directions contained in these instructions such as left or

right and/or front or rear always refer to the directions of the machine dri-
ving forwards.
Cross-references Cross-references help you to find quickly sections in this operating man-
ual which supply you with additional important information. The cross-
reference shows you the page of the relevant section. The abbreviation
sqq. means "and the following pages".
Example: (see page 134 sqq.)
Positioning of illustrations The positions of illustrations are represented with letters and numbers.
The positions identified with letters in alphabetical order are only ex-
plained in the corresponding text segment, beginning new for each sin-
gle figure. The positions marked with numbers apply to operating ele-
ments, control units and switches. They are identical to the numbers in
the section Overview of Instruments and Operating Elements (see page
45 sqq.). These numbers in squared brackets are used as a refer-
ence in the description of the elements. Amongst others, this ensures
that important and additional information can be found immediately and
without difficulties in the descriptions of the elements. The end of the po-
sitioning line is marked as dot or arrow. In the illustration the dot marks
a visible element and an arrow an invisible element which is in arrow di-
rection.
Example
A B
501 520
15270
Legend
[A] Driver [B] Engine compartment
Descriptive text
The drive lever [501] determines the direction of travel and the speed.
Using the lever [520] you can adjust the pretension of the attenuation
system to the driver's weight.
609-11
1.00.07 Signal words

A signal word identifies a source of dangers and residual risks.
609-12

General
Documentation
DANGER!
Identifies immediate danger. If this risk is not prevented, this causes
death or severe personal injuries.
001-01
WARNING!
Refers to situations that may be dangerous. If this situation is not avoid-
ed, fatality or very serious injuries may be caused.
002-01
CAUTION!
Refers to situations that may be dangerous. If this situation is not avoid-
ed, minor or light injuries may be caused.
003-01
NOTICE
Refers to a situation that may cause property damage.
004-01
1.01 Documentation
This operating manual is intended to make the operating personnel fa-
miliar with basic work steps / activities of and with the machine.
The entire operating manual consists of:

Safety instructions
Operating manual of the machine
Operating manual of the diesel engine
If necessary, additional information
The entire operating manual must always be available at the machine

and be accessible to the authorized operating personnel at all times. Pri-
or to operating the machine, you must have carefully read und under-
stood this operating manual. In case you do not understand this operat-
ing manual or individual chapters, please ask us prior to starting these
activities. The operating manual includes valuable information in order to
operate the machine safely, appropriately and economically.
613-00

General
Use
1.02 Use
1.02.01 Intended use
The machine represents state-of-the-art technology and complies with
all valid safety regulations concerning its intended use at the time the
machine was launched on the market.
When designing the machine it was not possible to avoid forseeable
misuse or residual risks without restricting the machine's intended func-
tionality.
The maschine's intended use is:

pave roads and traffic areas.
ramming and smoothing of loose earth, road bedding, pavement or
similar ramable subgrade in layers.
The machine may only be deployed on surfaces that can support it.
Subgrade not capable of bearing is e.g. high fillings, batters, roadside
ditches.
The machine must not be used with explosive areas, on landfill sites
and with mining.
The machine is only intended for commercial applications within fenced
construction sites.
The machine must be operated by authorised operating personnel only if
in proper technical condition and according to this operating manual.
All unintended uses and/or all machine-related activities not described in
this operating manual are to be deemed as unauthorised misuse outside
the legal limits of indemnity of the manufacturer.
611-01

General
Use
1.02.02 Reasonably forseeable misuse

In the case of reasonably forseeable misuse and/or improper use of the
machine, the manufacturer's warranty period will expire and the operator
will solely be responsible.
Reasonably forseeable misuse is:
Non-compliance with this operating manual.
Operating errors by operating personnel not qualified or instructed.
Conveyance of passangers.
Leaving the driver's position during operation.
Starting, using the machine outside the driver's position.
Errors due to "reflexive behaviour" and/or "chosing the easiest way".
Operating the machine if it is not in a proper technical condition.
Using the machine with improper ambient conditions (e.g. tempera-
ture, gradient, cross slope).
Using the machine with the protective equipment removed.
Spraying with high-pressure cleaners or fire extinguishing equipment.
Towing trailing loads.
Non-compliance with maintenance intervals.
Omission of measurements and tests to detect damages early.
Omission of replacing wear parts.
In the case the spare parts used are no original HAMM spare parts.
Omission of maintenance and repair works.
Improper maintenance and repair works.
Unauthorised modifications of the machine.
611-02
1.02.03 Residual risks

Residual risks have been analysed and evaluated prior to starting the
construction and planning the machine. Existing residual risks are re-
ferred to in the documentation. However, HAMM cannot forsee all situa-
tions that may pose a risk in practice.
You can avoid existing residual risks if you comply with and imple-
ment the following instructions:
Special warnings at the machine.
General safety instrucitons in this operating manual and in the safety
instructions.
special warnings in this operating manual.
Instructions contained in the safety instructions.
Operating instructions of the operator.

General
Use
Danger of life / risk of personal injury when operating the machine

due to:
Misuse.
Improper operation.
Transport.
Missing protective equipment.
Defective and/or damaged components.
Operation / usage by personnel not trained and/or instructed.
The machine may cause risk to the environment with:

Improper operation.
Operating supply items (lubricants etc.).
Noise emission.
Property damage may occur at the machine e.g. with:

Improper operation.
Non-compliance with operating and maintenance instructions.
Improper operating supply items.
Property damage may occur at additional assets within the

machine's operating area e.g. with:
Improper operation.
Reduction in performance and/or the machine's functionality may

occur at the machine with:
Improper operation.
Improper maintenance and/or repair works.
Improper operating supply items.
611-03
1.02.04 Climatic conditions

Low ambient temperature The diesel engine's starting behaviour and the machine's operation
depend on:
The fuel used.
The viscosity of the motor, gear and hydraulic oil.
The battery's charge state.
Please note:
The acceleration and braking behaviour of the machine are influenced
by viscous hydraulic oil. Prior to cold seasons (autumn, winter) please
adjust all operating supply items (coolants, oils etc.) to low temperatures.
Please use fuels suitable in winter or additives improving the flow with
temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) (see page 148 sqq.). Do not charge
batteries with temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) .

General
Environmental protection
WARNING!
Explosion!
Risk of injury due to burns and moving parts.
Do not use aerosol start-up aid (e.g. aether).
Do not use any liquids as start-up aid (e.g. alcohol).
002-02
Extensive ambient See operating manual of diesel engine.

temperature, extensive height 611-04
1.03 Environmental protection

Packing materials, cleaning agents and used or residual operating sup-
ply items are to be disposed according to relevant environmental provi-
sions at the building site using the recycling systems provided.
614-00
1.04 Disposal
Conservation of nature is one of our major tasks. Properly disposed de-
vices avoid negative impacts on human beings and the environment and
allows re-using our precious resources.
Operating supply items Please dispose all operating supply items according to relevant specifi-
cations and local regulations of the relevant country.
Materials (metal, plastics) To be able to dispose materials professionally, these materials need to
be correctly sorted. Cleanse materials of adhesive impurities.
Please dispose all materials as demanded by local provisions of the rel-
evant country.
Electical / electronical Electrical / electronical components are not subject to

system / battery Directive 2002/96/EC and relevant national regulations (in Germany e.g.
ElektroG).
Dispose electrical / electronic components directly at a specialised recy-
cling company.
615-00

General
EC confirmity
1.05 EC confirmity
The declaration of conformity is part of the documentation provided sep-
arately by HAMM and will be submitted to you togehter with the ma-
chine.
The pictogram represents the machine's conformity with relevant
EU Directives. The CE mark of the machine is part of the type
plate.
In case the machine has been modified in a way that has not
been agreed by HAMM, the EC declaration of conformity ex-
pires.
616-00
EC declaration of confirmity EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

according to CE Machinery Directive 2006/42/EG, Annex II A
Herewith we declare that the
Designation of the machinery:
Type:
Seriel N°:
Year of construction:
complies with the following provisions:
Translation of original EC declaration of conformity
- EC Machinery directive 2006/42/EEC

- EMC Directive 2004/108/EEC
- EC Sound directive 2000/14/EC
with evaluation form: Annex VIII
notified body: Fachausschüsse Bau und Tiefbau 1
Power [kW]:
measured LWA [dB(A)]:
guaranteed LWA [dB(A)]:
Applied harmonizied standards, in particular:
- EN 500-1: Mobile road construction machinery - Safety
Part 1: Common requirements
- EN 500-4: Mobile road construction machinery - Safety
Part 4: Specific requirements for compaction machines
- EN 13309: Construction machinery - Electromagnetic compatibility of machines with
internal electrical power supply
- EN ISO 3744: Allocation of the sound capacity level of sound sources
Authorised agent for the composition of the relevant technical documents:
Mr. Fest, Hamm AG (CE representative)
1
Fachausschüsse Bau und Tiefbau
Prüf- und Zertifizierungsstelle im BG-PRÜFZERT
Landsberger Strasse 309
D-80687 München
Notified Body number: 0515
Tirschenreuth, _________________________________________
(Datum, Date) (Dr. A. Römer, Technische Leitung,
General Manager Technics)

General
Type plate
1.06 Type plate

The entire marking represents an official document and must not be al-
tered or effaced.
Please state the VIN and the type of your machine for every
spare part order.
Type plate of machine The type plate is fixed to the machine frame (see page 36).
A
B
C D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
10214-1
[A] Description [B] Homologation

[C] Type [D] Year of construction
[E] Chassis number [F] Engine power
[G] Admissible total weight (only [H] Admissible axle load, front /
valid for public roads) rear (only valid for public
roads)
[J] Basic weight [K] Operating weight
[L] Maximum weight
The VIN [E] indicates the type series and the serial number of
the machine e.g. H1841234. The first four characters represent
the type series (H184), the following characters the serial num-
ber of this type series (1234).

General
Noise and vibration requirements
Type plate roll-over protection The roll-over protection, ROPS, approved by the manufacturer for this
ROPS machine is marked by a type plate attached at the cabin / roll-over bar
(see page 37).
Gültig für Typ / Fz.Ident Nr.

Valid for type / Serial No. A /
ROPS Ident Nr. ROPS Seriennr.
ROPS Part No. B ROPS Serial No. C
FOPS Ident Nr. Baujahr
FOPS Part No. D Year of construction E
ROPS - Eigengewicht
ROPS own weight F kg
Geprüft bis Maschinenhöchstgewicht
Tested to Maximum machine weight G kg
ISO 3471:2008, DIN EN 13510:2000, EN ISO 3449:2006
02147131
15271
[A] Type / type series (part of the [B] Cabin / ROPS identification
VIN) number
[C] Cabin / ROPS serial number [D] FOPS identification number
[E] Year of construction [F] Cabin / ROPS own weight
[G] Tested up to the machine's
maximum speed
602-05
1.07 Noise and vibration requirements

The sound emission of the machine was measured according to the EC
Sound Emission Directive in the version 2000/14/EC.
The sound and vibration indications on the driver's seat are in line
with the requirements of the EC Machinery Directive in the version
2006/42/EC.
Sound power level Sound indication of the machine

The guaranteed sound power level is specified in the machine's Techni-
cal Details (see page 150 sqq.).
Sound intensity level Sound indication on operator panel

The noise level at the operator's seat is specified under Technical da-
ta (see page 150 sqq.) (measurement uncertainty in accordance with
EN ISO 11201).
However, when working in the immediate vicinity of the machine,
values may exceed 85 dB(A). In this case wear always your per-
sonal noise protection (ear protection).

General
Noise and vibration requirements
Vibration indication on the Whole body vibration

operator panel The weighted rms values of the acceleration with whole body vibrations
on the operator's seat have been accessed in accordance with EN1032
and do not exceed aw = 0.5 m/s².
Hand arm vibrations
The weighted rms values of the acceleration with hand arm vibrations
have been accessed in accordance with EN 1032 and do not exceed
ahw = 2.5 m/s².
602-06

General
Personnel
1.08 Personnel
1.08.01 Qualification and duties
Operating personnel All activities at the machine must be carried out by authorised operating
personnel only. In this operating manual the term operating personnel
refers to all authorised persons that are responsible for operating, main-
taining, instaling, setting up, cleaning, repairing or transporting the ma-
chine.
This comprises the following persons:
Machine operator
Maintenance personnel
Persons are deemed as authorised that have been trained, qualified

and instructed for carrying out relevant activities at the machine and that
have proven their skills to the contractor. The operating personnel must
be authorised by the contractor for those activities at the machine.
In addition to the qualifications specified in the safety instructions,

the operating personnel must:
Have read and understood the operating manual.
Be trained and instructed according to the rules of action in the case
of perturbation.
Please adhere to the following instructions:

Please drive the machine only if you are entirely familiarised with the
operating and control elements and the method of operation.
Please use this machine only according to its intended purpose.
In case you detect any defects, such as at the safety equipment, that
may affect the safe operation of the machine, please immediately no-
tify the supervising body.
With defects that may endanger persons, please stop operating the
machine immediately.
Please ensure that the machine is compliant with all requirements
concerning traffic law.
Banksman Only persons are to marshal independently that:

Have been trained in marshalling others (the machine).
Have successfully proven their participation in such a course.
Have proven their skills to the contractor.
Fulfil their tasks in a reliable manner.
Have been appointed by the contractor / company as a banksman.
The meaning of signals must be unambiguous between driver and

banksman.
To avoid ambiguities, clarify hand signal, such as specified by the Ger-
man BG Directive "Safety and Health Protection Signals at Work",
should be used.

General
General safety instructions
Please adhere to the following instructions:

Please make yourself familiar with the machine's and the loading
vehicle's dimensions.
Wear reflective clothing.
For marshalling please use voice radio (e.g when loading with a
crane) or via hand signals (e.g. when reversing the machine).
602-07
1.09 General safety instructions

Safety instructions The safety instrucions are part of the operating manual. Please make
yourself familiar with these safety instructions prior to working with the
machine.
Regulations and Provisions In addition to this operating manual, it is also necessary to adhere to all
laws, standards, regulations and provisions applicable in the country of
use and at the building site. The vandslism protection for the lighting is
not permitted by the StVZO (Germany) and must be removed when trav-
elling on public roads.
Additional information In case you should obtain additional technical and/or safety-relevant in-
formation, they also must be adhered to and need to be attached to the
operating manual.
Electrical equipment During works at the electrical system, the machine must be de-ener-
gised at the battery isolating switch or by disconnecting the negative ter-
minal (ground strap) at the battery.
ROPS roll-over protection The machine frame must not be warped, bent or cracked in the ROPS
fixing area (deformation). The reinforcement elements of the cabin / roll-
over bar must not show rust, damage, fissures or open fractures. All
screwed connections of the reinforcement elements must comply with
the given specifications and must be screwed tightly to each other. Ob-
serve starting torque values! Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent
or deformed. It is absolutely forbidden to modify or repair / level the rein-
forcement elements in any way (see page 173 sqq.).
610-05

General
Danger zone
1.10 Danger zone

The machine's danger zone is divided into the areas inactive and
moving.
Zone "inactive"
15272
With the machine put out of operation and with the diesel engine
switched off, an area 1 metre around the machine is defined as danger
zone. Only authorised operating personnel is allowed to enter the dan-
ger zone.
Zone "moving"
10197
For a moving machine the danger zone is defined as follows:

10 metres In front of and in the rear of the machine
1 metre To the left and right of the machine
During compression and transport works no persons are allowed to be

within the danger zone.
610-06

General
Loading and transport
1.11 Loading and transport

Regulations and Provisions When loading rollers onto lorries, trailers or semitrailers, it is very im-
portant to secure the load properly. The duty for tie-down on street vehi-
cles arises from StVO § 22, StVO § 23, HGB § 412 as well as from VDI
guideline 2700 or other local requirements. Sufficient knowledge about
the loading of vehicles as well as about their behaviour under load are
required for loading and transporting the machine. The machine may on-
ly be loaded by trained loading staff. The machine must be fixed to the
vehicle in an form-locked or friction-locked and transport-safe way. The
machine must not change its position on the vehicle during normal traf-
fic loads. Emergency braking, change manoeuvres and uneven grounds
count among normal traffic loads. If it is impossible to secure the ma-
chine properly onto the vehicle, or if the loading vehicle shows visible
defects which do not ensure safe transport, loading must not be per-
formed.
Basically, the relevant transport company is responsible for transporting
the machine and accessory.
Loading instructions When loading please observe the following instructions:

Adhere to section Transport as specified in the safety instructions.
Observe weight and dimensions (see page 150 sqq.).
Only use approved gantries or planks that are provided with an anti-
skid coating. Never drive with metal on metal.
Gantries, planks and loading areas must be swept clean and free
of oil and ice. Clean roller drums and tyres prior to driving on the
gantries. Please ensure a friction factor or ≥0.6, e.g. by use of an-
ti-slide mats.
Drive the machine slowly onto the loading area with ¾ diesel engine
speed.
On rubber wheeled rollers with tyre filling system, the tyre filling sys-
tem must be set to 0.6 MPa (6 bar, 87 psi).
In case of rollers with articulated steering, the safety strut must al-
ways be activated for transport.
Lash the machine with appropriate lashing devices onto the loading
area, using only the marked lashing lugs (see figure).
In case of crane loading, only fix ropes to the marked lifting lugs.
Remove wedges and lashing devices completely before unloading.
Unblock steering system by unblocking the safety strut.
Drive the roller slowly and carefully from the loading area.
716-07

General
Loading and transport
Load securement example
2 m (78.74") 2 m (78.74") 2 m (78.74") 2 m (78.74") 2 m (78.74") 2 m (78.74")

A B A B A B
15397-1
Park machine on a loading area with two clean strips of anti-slide

mats for each roller drum / tyre.
Position 2 wedges at each axis - as far to the outside as possible -
flush with roller drum or tyre, and fix each of them with 5 nails (Ø 3.8
mm) to the loading area. The nail must at least reach into the loading
area by 50 mm.
The lashing devices A and B must be fixed to the lashing point of the
machine and the vehicle.
The arrangement of the lashing devices shown in the figure must be re-
alised on both sides. The type of the lashing device, the number of lash-
ing devices and the min. tractive force at the lashing point can be found
in the table depending on the max. weight of the machine (type plate).
Lashing devices must comply with the requirements according to
EN 12195:
Lashing straps according to EN 12195-2
Chains according to EN 12195-3, quality class 8
Max. weight (kg) Type of lashing de- Number

vice
0 - <5000 Lashing strap: 4
LC=2000 daN
0 - <5000 Chain 6 mm: 4
LC=2200 daN
5000 - <10000 Chain 8 mm: 4
LC=4000 daN
10000 - <18000 Chain 8 mm: 6
LC=4000 daN
18000 - <25000 Chain 10 mm: 6
LC=6300 daN
25000 - 30000 Chain 10 mm: 6
LC=6300 daN
716-08

General
Stickers on the machine
1.12 Stickers on the machine

Below you will find all used stickers. You will find the precise arrange-
ment of stickers in the spare parts catalogue.
1.12.01 Warning labels

Read documentation
Read operating manual and safety instrucions before you start working
with the machine or maintaining it. Ignoring this instructions can cause
serious injuries or fatality.
Seat belt obligatory (only with ROPS cabin or ROPS roll-over bar)
Risk of being thrown out of tipping machine can cause serious injuries
or fatality. Put on safety belt.
Hearing protection
Dangerous noise level! May cause damage to the hearing. Wear per-
sonal safety equipment.
Water jets
Dangerous situation! Fluid may enter control units and cause injury and/
or damage to the machine. Do not spray components with water.

General
Motor Stop
Hazard due to rotating parts! With the machine running, serious injuries
or fatality may be caused. Prior to maintenance work, shut down engine
and remove ignition key. Wait until all machine components have come
to a standstill.
Hot surface
Risk of burns! Surfaces can be very hot. Do not touch surface. Keep
away.
Air conditioning
Risk of burns! Coolant of the air-conditioning can cause serious injuries
or fatality. Follow operating and maintenance instructions.
Chip spreader
Hazard due to rotating parts! Moving machine components can cause
serious injuries or fatality. Prior to maintenance and adjustment works,
shut down machine and remove ignition key.

General
Edge pressing assembly

Risk of crushing! Pinch point can cause serious injuries or fatality. Keep
away. Prior to maintenance and adjustment works, shut down machine
and remove ignition key.
Fan blade
Hazard due to rotating parts! With the machine running, serious injuries
or fatality may be caused. Prior to maintenance work, shut down engine
and remove ignition key. Wait until all machine components have come
to a standstill.
V-belt
Risk of trapping! Open belts or chains. With the machine running, seri-
ous injuries or fatality may be caused. Prior to maintenance work, shut
down engine and remove ignition key. Wait until all machine compo-
nents have come to a standstill.
Accumulator
Tank under pressure. System contains accumulator. Prior to starting
service work, read operating and service manual.

General
Folding joint
Risk of crushing! Pinch point can cause serious injuries. Keep away.
Running over hazard

Machine movements can cause serious injuries or fatality. Keep away.
Danger of overturning
Pay attention that there is sufficient stability when working with rollers of
small roller drum width. Pay attention to permitted machine tilt.
Risk of crushing
Pinch point can cause serious injuries. Keep away.
Lashing not allowed

Dangerous situation! Do not use as a lashing or lifting point. Lifting not
allowed.

General
Battery isolating switch

Dangerous situation. Actuate the battery isolating switch only with the
enginge stopped. Before you start with service works, read the operat-
ing and maintenance instructions.
12 V fuses
Diesel
Diesel tank! Use diesel with a sulphur content of less than 0.5%. Pay at-
tention to standards.
Safety strut
Marking of a safety strut.
Towing loop for crane loading
Lashing point

General
Read documentation
Read operating manual before you start working with the machine or
maintaining it.
First-aid kit
Panolin
Biodegradable hydraulic oil in use.
1.12.02 Information sign

In the following you will find a list of all information signs. Illustrations
and values of the signs may vary depending on the machine type.
Put parking brake into / out of operation
Drive lever function
All-wheel lock
Engine speed

General
Sprinkling
Water tank outlet
Additive sprinkling
Water tank inlet of additive sprinkling
Water tank outlet of additive sprinkling
Water pump
Hydraulic oil filling level

General
Hydraulic oil reservoir inlet
Hydraulic oil reservoir outlet
Engine oil outlet
Water sump fuel filter outlet
Coolant filling level
Coolant inlet
Inflation pressure
Tyre without water filling

General
Inflation pressure
Tyre with water filling
Guaranteed sound power level
2000 h Maintenance overview

1000 h
H
500 h
H A
250 h
G
10 h P A B
G
C
F
F A
A
B
G
D B
F
E
C
E
B D D B
B (OSZI)
D E B
E
D C

Description
Technical characteristics of the machine
2 DESCRIPTION
000-01
2.00 Technical characteristics of the machine

Drive Hydrostatic all-wheel drive
Infinitely variable
Single lever operation
Vibration / oscillation Direct hydrostatic drive
Steering Hydrostatic servo-assisted steering via centre pivot assembly

Large steering angle to both sides
Oscillation upwards and downwards
Track offset Hydrostatic track offset, infinitely variable

Offset to both sides
Service brake During operation, the machine is braked with the hydrostatic drive.
Wear-free brakes
Parking brake Spring-operated brake acting upon each hydromotor of the drive
Manually and automatically
EMERGENCY STOP brake Machine is braked with spring-operated brakes and hydrostatic drive.
Sprinkling Pressure sprinkling

Manual operation and automatic interval system
Additive sprinkling Pressure sprinkling

Manual actuation
Electrical system Operating voltage 12 Volt

100-08

Description
General view of machine
2.01 General view of machine

This operating manual applies to several types of this series.
Therefore it is possible that these instructions include descrip-
tions of operating elements not installed on your machine.
000-03
2.01.01 Chassis / safety devices
B A B L C
D M E F K G H M J D 15398
[A] Stickers indicating dangers [B] Towing loop for crane loading
[C] Towing loop [D] Lashing point
[E] Safety strut [F] Steps
[G] Engine room door [H] Chassis
[J] Chassis number [K] Type plate of machine
[L] Operation mirror / rear-view [M] Step
mirror

Description
2.01.02 Control stand

ROPS cabin
A
D
G
E
B
A
C F
15663
[A] Handholds [B] Operator's seat console

[C] Operator's cabin [D] Steering column
[E] Compartment for operating [F] ROPS cabin type plate
manual / first aid kit
[G] Position of *fire-extinguisher
ROPS roll-over bar

G
A B C D F A H E 15664
[A] Handholds [B] Compartment for operating

manual / first aid kit
[C] Steering column [D] Operator's seat console
[E] Roll-over bar [F] ROPS roll-over bar type plate
[G] Sun roof / roof [H] Position of *fire-extinguisher

Description
2.01.04 Drive unit / diesel engine
B
F
D
G
10200
[A] Fuel system [B] Oil dip stick

[C] Oil inlet [D] Diesel engine with drive units
[E] Oil outlet [F] Exhaust system
[G] Cooling system
15399
[A] Air filter [B] Dust discharge valve

Description
A B
15400
[A] Coolant inlet [B] Coolant level indicator

Description
2.01.05 Hydraulic oil supply

A C B D
10202
[A] Oil inlet [B] Level indicator

[C] Hydraulic oil reservoir [D] Oil outlet
15401
[A] Hydraulic oil filter

Description
2.01.06 Electrical equipment

Engine compartment
15402
[A] Battery isolating switch [B] Battery
Fuses
A
15265
[A] Fuses

Description
2.01.08 Drive
Scraper for roller drum and
tyres
A A A 15403
[A] Scraper
2.01.09 Steering system
A B 15404
[A] Steering cylinder [B] Centre pivot assembly

Description
2.01.12 Water system
G, H, J B C C B A
K D E F 15405
[A] Sprinkler nozzles of sprinkling [B] Inlet water tank

unit
[C] Water tank [D] Water outlet
[E] Water filter [F] Water pump
[G] Sprinkler nozzles of additive [H] Additive tank
sprinkling
[J] Water pump for additive sprin- [K] Outlet additive tank
kling

Description
2.01.26 Vibration / oscillation
A
D
E
15406
[A] Oil inlet for vibrator [B] Roller drum with vibrator
[C] Level indicator of vibrator [D] Vibration drive motor
[E] Oil outlet for vibrator

Description
General view of instruments and operating elements
2.02 General view of instruments and operating elements

All instruments and operating elements are marked by numbers.
You will find a description in chapter 3 under the corresponding
element.
000-04
2.02.02 Control stand

Steering column
525 524 302 528 A 528 B 501, 502, 503 10152
[302] Switch EMERGENCY STOP [501] Drive lever

[502] 0-position lock [503] Multifunction handle
[524] Seat adjustment rotation [525] Seat adjustment left - right
[528] Adjustment steering panel [A] Foot lever
[B] Toggle

Description
Switch console front
311 307 303 305 326 349 216 310 406 10153
[216] Pilot light cold start assistance [303] Switch blinker

[305] Switch warning flasher [307] Switch lighting
[310] Switch electrical system / en- [*311] Switch rotating light
gine start
[326] Switch preselection water [349] Switch for automatic engine
pump management - high speed
[406] Cigarette lighter / Socket 12 V
Operator's cabin roof section

534 535 410
338 332 333 330 361 347 15244
[330] Switch cabin-heating [332] Switch windshield wiper front

[333] Switch windshield wiper rear [338] Switch window washer
[347] Switch cabin temperature reg- [*361] Switch air conditioning temper-
ulation ature
[410] Cab lighting [534] Actuation element roof hatch
[535] Limitation pin cabin door

Description
Operator's seat
520
523
522
10154
[520] Seat adjustment weight / [522] Seat adjustment backrest

height
[523] Seat adjustment armrest
Control unit normal mode

353 237
375 101 301 113 15597
[101] Display system info [*113] Display asphalt temperature

[237] Pilot light fuel [301] Switch signal horn
[353] Switch parking brake monitor- [375] Switch system info
ing

Description
Control unit vibration / Version: comfort

oscillation
374 109 312 110 376 376 110 312
STOP
221 235 313 222 319 222 313 235 221 15598
[*109] Display compression HMV / [*110] Display vibration / oscillation

Impact per foot frequency
[221] Pilot light amplitude small [222] Pilot light amplitude large
[*235] Pilot light oscillation [312] Switch vibration / oscillation
[*313] Switch frequency regulation [319] Switch vibration mode manu-
al-automatic
[*374] Switch compression HMV / Im- [376] Switch preselection amplitude
pact per foot small / large

Description
Version: standard
374 109 312 110 110 312
STOP
221 235 376 222 319 222 313 235 221 15665
[*109] Display compression HMV / [*110] Display vibration / oscillation

Impact per foot frequency
[221] Pilot light amplitude small [222] Pilot light amplitude large
[*235] Pilot light oscillation [312] Switch vibration / oscillation
[*313] Switch frequency regulation [319] Switch vibration mode manu-
al-automatic
[*374] Switch compression HMV / Im- [376] Switch preselection amplitude
pact per foot small / large
Control unit travelling

108
STOP
357 377 15599
[108] Display driving speed [357] Switch preselection final

speed
[377] Switch track offset rear roller
drum left / right

Description
Control unit sprinkling

207 238 207 232 373
STOP
317 318 15600
[207] Pilot light sprinkling [232] Pilot light sprinkling stage

[238] Pilot light filling level sprinkling [317] Switch sprinkling
[318] Switch additive sprinkling (on- [373] Switch sprinkling stage
ly if with combination roller
equipped)
Control unit warning lamp

234 202 203 206 228 204 220 227 229 214 205 201 236
15601
[201] Pilot light charge current [202] Pilot light oil pressure
[203] Pilot light air filter [204] Pilot light parking brake
[*205] Pilot light all-wheel lock / ASC [206] Pilot light coolant level
[214] Pilot light hydraulic oil filter [220] Pilot light STOP
[227] Pilot light water sump fuel pre- [228] Pilot light engine temperature
filter
[229] Pilot light oil temperature, hy- [234] Pilot light diesel engine
draulic system
[236] Function not existing

Description
2.02.04 Drive unit / diesel engine

Engine compartment
531 530 356
15409
[356] Battery isolating switch [530] Manual pump

[531] Operating lever

Description
2.02.08 Drive
Scraper of roller drum Version: spring-loaded
536 10230
[536] Locking device of scraper
Scrapper tyres 536
15410
[536] Locking device scraper

Operation
Instruments and operating elements
3 OPERATION
3.00 Instruments and operating elements
The instruments and operating elements are arranged in this
section in ascending order according to their number. These
numbers in squared brackets are used as a reference in the de-
scription of the elements.
000-05
3.00.01 Indicators, displays

Electrical equipment When switching on the electrical system with the switch [310] all pilot
lights and indicators are activated for ca 2 seconds . Check whether all
elements are operable. You find further explanations in the section Oper-
ational monitoring (see page 94 sqq.).
100-06
101 System info
The driver gets the information about machine condition, settings and
system messages via the indicator.
The corresponding display can be selected with switch [375].
Operating hours
After the electrical system is switched on, the operating hours of the ma-
chine are shown in the display field. Maintenance work has to be carried
out according to the accumulated operating hours.
0101-204
Limit for asphalt temperature
The upper or lower limit for the asphalt temperature is displayed only if a
measuring system is installed. If the machine is equipped without mea-
suring system no indicator appears.
Upper limit — TEMP_HI
Lower limit — TEMP_LO
If you want to see or change the limit, the corresponding preselection

must be entered in the indicator.
Diagnostic Codes
The diagnostic code consists of letters and numbers. The letters mark
the group; the numbers mark the number of malfunction.
It is differentiated between:
ERR_xxx - Malfunction of machine components e. g. display, travel-
ling, ASC.
ENGINE-xx - Diesel engine malfunction. The malfunction messages
on hand are numbered e. g. ENGINE_3.
If a diagnostic code is displayed, write down all messages and contact

your HAMM Customer Service. The diagnostic codes can only be inter-
preted by a HAMM service partner.
101-04

Operation
108 Driving speed

Display of the driving speed in km/h or mph. When the selected speed
is adjusted with the switches ± [357], the value for the rated speed ap-
pears in the display. After 3 seconds the current engine speed is dis-
played again.
mph 108-09
km/h
0108-202
109 Compression HMV / Impact per foot
Impact /foot
With the switch [374] the display can be switched to the values HMV
160
HMV
20 and Impact per foot.
18
140
HMV
120 16
100 14 The magnitude of the indicated value depends on the material to be
80 12 compressed. During compacting work with the vibration switched on in-
60 10
40 8
creasing HMV-values show an increasing material densification or car-
20 6 rying capacity. If the value remains constant at a pre-compressed place,
this place cannot be compressed further. The left scale indicates the
0109-202 values for HMV. Both display bars move synchronously. In addition, the
exact value is shown in figures. The use is only permitted in earth-mov-
ing works.
Impact per foot
The display of the compression strokes per foot depend on the driving
speed and the vibrator frequency. The right skale indicates the values
for Impact per foot. The left display bar shows the value for the front
roller drum, the right one for the rear roller drum.
If the machine is not equipped with a computer unit for HMVImpact,

no display appears.
109-03
110 Vibration / oscillation frequency

Indication of the current frequency. When the selected frequency is ad-
justed with the switch [313], the value for the rated frequency appears in
the display. After 3 seconds the current frequency is displayed again.
00 110-09
Hz
vpm
0110-204

Operation
113 Asphalt temperature
If the machine is equipped without measuring system no indica-

tor appears.
°F Asphalt temperature display under the machine in °C or °F.
°C Limit for asphalt temperature

If on the display [101] a limit for the asphalt temperature is selected, the
corresponding temperature value is displayed. You can change the set-
0113-203
tings with the switches [313].
113-02

Operation
3.00.02 Pilot lights

The colours of the pilot lights mark the value of the incident.
Meaning of the colours:

Red Danger, important reminder
Yellow Warning, notice, malfunction
Green Switch-in check
000-06
201 Charge current

Flashing during operation indicates missing charging current.
201-06
0201-204
202 Engine oil pressure

Flashing during operation indicates insufficient oil pressure.
202-07
0202-204
203 Air filter

Flashing during operation indicates a clogged air filter cartridge.
203-04
0203-204

Operation
204 Parking brake

The pilot light flashes when the parking brake is applied and after the
actuation of the EMERGENCY STOP switch [302]. A flashing pilot light
when driving indicates that the oil pressure is not sufficiant for opening
the parking brake.
204-06
0204-206
205 All-wheel lock / ASC

All-wheel lock — lights up YELLOW
If the four-wheel blocking is switched on, the display is illuminated and
indicates full tractive force for each drive side.
Malfunction ASC — module flashes RED
1. Stop machine.
2. Shut down the diesel engine.
3. Switch off the electrical system.
0205-202
4. Restart the diesel engine.
If the pilot light still flashes after a re-start, a malfunction of the ASC-
system is on hand. Call the customer service!
205-04
206 Coolant level

Flashing during operation indicates that the coolant level in the cooling
system of the diesel engine is not sufficiant.
206-02
0206-206
207 Sprinkling
The pilot light illuminates when the water pump runs during sprinkling.
207-02
0207-204

Operation
214 Hydraulic oil filter

Flashing during operation indicates a clogged filter cartridge of the hy-
draulic oil filter.
214-01
0214-202
216 Cold start assistance

When the electrical system is switched on (switch [310] position I) the
pilot light illuminates. After reaching start temperature, the indicator
switches off; then start the diesel engine.
216-04
0216-201
220 STOP
Flashing during operation indicates a serious malfunction of the ma-
chine. At the same time an acoustic signals sounds.
Further operation is inadmissible!
STOP
1. Shut down machine out of the danger zone.
2. Shut down diesel engine immediately .
3. Rectify the cause immediately.
220-02
0220-202
221 Amplitude small

The pilot light illuminates if working with roller drum vibration and pre-
selected small amplitude.
221-03
0221-201

Operation
222 Amplitude large

The pilot light illuminates if working with roller drum vibration and pre-
selected large amplitude.
222-04
0222-201
227 Fuel pre-filter water sump

Flashing during operation indicates an excessively high water sump in
the fuel pre-filter.
227-03
0227-207
228 Engine temperature

Lighting up during operation indicates improper engine temperature.
Warm-up phase — lights up YELLOW
Elevated — lights up RED
Overheating — flashes RED
228-02
0228-202
229 Oil temperature of hydraulic system

Lighting up during operation indicates improper hydraulic oil tempera-
ture.
Warm-up phase — lights up YELLOW
Elevated — lights up RED
Overheating — flashes RED
0229-200
229-02

Operation
232 Sprinkling stage

The sprinkling stage is displayed by the pilot lights. A luminous point
shows the pre-selected sprinkling stage.
232-01
0232-201
234 Diesel engine

Lighting up during operation indicates a malfunction of the diesel en-
gine.
1. Stop machine.
2. Select the diagnostic code by the switch [375] in the indicator [101]
and write it down.
3. Contact your HAMM customer service.
As long as the engine works with normal speed, the machine can be op-
0234-204 erated further.
Only if the diesel engine automatically limits its speed to emergency op-
eration, the machine must be parked outside of the danger area.
1. Stop machine.
2. Select the diagnostic code by the switch [375] in the indicator [101]
and write it down.
3. Shut down the diesel engine.
4. Contact your HAMM customer service.
234-01
235 Oscillation
The pilot light illuminates when working with roller drum oscillation ver-
sion.
235-01
0235-201

Operation
237 Fuel filling level

The fuel tank filling level is displayed by an illuminated pilot light. Ac-
cording to the filling level, the luminous point moves between 2/3, 1/3
2/3 and 1/10. If the level drops below 1/10 the luminous point flashes. At the
same time an acoustic signals sounds. The notice DIESEL is displayed
in the indicator [101] for approx. 5 seconds . Topping up is necessary!
1/3 237-00
1/10
0237-200
238 Sprinkling filling level

The water tank filling level is displayed by an illuminated pilot light. Ac-
cording to the filling level, the luminous point moves between 2/3, 1/3
and 1/10. If the level drops below 1/10 the luminous point flashes for ap-
prox. 15 minutes. At the same time an acoustic signals sounds. The no-
2/3
tice WATER is displayed in the indicator [101] for approx. 5 seconds.
1/3 Refuelling is necessary!
238-00
1/10
0238-200

Operation
3.00.03 Switch
301 Signal horn
The signal horn sounds as long as this switch is pressed.
301-03
0301-202
302 EMERGENCY STOP
WARNING!
Full braking!
Danger of injuries due to strong braking force.
Activate EMERGENCY STOP only in the event of danger.
Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP as operation brake.
002-03
0302-205
Pressing the switch:

Stops the hydraulic drive,
Switches off the diesel engine,
Activates the hydraulic brakes
And the notice STOP is displayed in the indication [101].
On — position DOWN
To disengage EMERGENCY STOP, turn push button clockwise.
Off — position UP
After actuating the EMERGENCY STOP switch, the machine
must be brought into its start position.
Start position:
1. Switch off the electrical system [310].
2. Latch drive lever [501] in 0-position.
3. Release EMERGENCY STOP switch.
4. Start the diesel engine.
302-21

Operation
303 Blinkers
Turn indication
I Curve right — position I
(push button flashes)
Off — position 0
0 Curve left — position II
(push button flashes)
303-09
II 0303-205
305 Warning flashers

On — position I
I (push button flashes)
Off — position 0
305-02
0 0305-201
307 Lighting
When the electrical system is switched off (switch [310] in 0-position)
II and the switch is in position I, only the parking lights are switched on.
When the electrical system is switched on (switch [310] in position I)
and the switch is in position I, the driving lights are switched on (push
I button alight).
If the switch is in position II, the working spotlights are switched on.
Working spotlights — position II
0 0307-202
Driving light — position I
Off — position 0
307-06

Operation
310 Electrical system / Engine start

The switch (ignition key) supplies the electrical components with power,
and starts and stops the diesel engine.
0 0-position
I Electrical system — OFF
Diesel engine — STOP
II (key released)
Position I
III Electrical system — ON
0310-200 Position II — PREHEAT
Position III — ENGINE START
Key turns back to position I after starting.
When the engine is at a standstill and the electrical system

is switched on for a longer period (position I), the battery dis-
charges rapidly. If the engine is started with the EMERGENCY
STOP switch pressed, the engine will not start for safety rea-
sons.
To activate the machine:
1. Latch drive lever [501] in 0-position.
2. Release EMERGENCY STOP switch [302].
310-06
311 Rotating light

On — position I
I (push button lights up)
Off — position 0
311-06
0 0311-203
312 Vibration / oscillation

Pressing the switch activates or deactivates the vibration / oscillation
system.
Activation — PRESS
(switch lights up)
Deactivation — PRESS again
When the vibration / oscillation system is activated, the vibrator / oscilla-
tor can be switched on or off at the multifunctional handle [503].
312-11
0312-208

Operation
313 Frequency regulation

With the switches, the frequency of the vibrator / oscillator is changed
so that the desired value at the frequency display [110] can be seen.
Frequency can also be regulated during the vibration.
Increasing the frequency — PRESS +
Reducing the frequency — PRESS -
If the machine is equipped with an asphalt thermometer, you can
change the asphalt temperature limits with the right switch pair. The de-
sired value is then displayed on the indicator [113]. To do that, select ei-
0313-205
ther the upper limit (TEMP_HI) or the lower limit (TEMP_LO) in the indi-
cator [101].
Increasing the limit — PRESS +
Reducing the limit — PRESS -
313-06
317 Sprinkling
The switch turns the sprinkling on or off.

Water consumption is optimized via a multi-stage automatic interval sys-
tem. The sprinkling stage can be selected with the switches [373].
On — PRESS
Off — PRESS again
Continuous pressing of the switch will cause permanent sprinkling. As
long as the switch is pressed, the pump runs in continuous operation.
0317-206 Continuous operation — PRESS continuously
Inspection of sprinkling see page 95 sq.

When the machine is at a standstill, the sprinkling is without
function.
317-05
318 Additive sprinkling
The sprinkling is activated as long as this switch is pressed.

318-04
0318-200

Operation
319 Vibration mode manual-automatic

The operating mode for the vibration / oscillation is set with the switch.
The vibrator / oscillator can be switched on or off manually or automati-
cally.
Manual — PRESS
(upper control light lights up)
The vibration / oscillation can be switched on or off at any time with the
switch on the multifunction handle [503].
Automatic — PRESS again
0319-206 (lower control light lights up)
Switching on and off of the vibration / oscillation is coupled to the road
speed. Vibration / Oscillation is switched off when at low or high speed.
The automatic mode must be activated with the switch on the

multifunctional handle [503] after initial switching on.
The vibration / oscillation can be switched on or off at any time with the
switch on the multifunctional handle.
319-08
326 Preselection of water pump
The operational safety of the pressure sprinkling is ensured by two water

I pumps. Depending on the switch position, the sprinkling is supplied by
pump 1 or pump 2.
Pump 1 — position I
Pump 2 — position II
We recommend, to run the pumps alternately in defined intervals
in order to prevent breadowns due to corrosion.
II 0326-203
326-03
330 Cabin heating

The switch regulates the blower for the cabin-heating.
3 Air current Off — position OFF
2 Air current stage 1— position 1
Air current stage 2 — position 2
Air current stage 3 — position 3
1
330-06
OFF
0330-206

Operation
332 Windshield wiper front

On — position I
I Off — position 0
332-04
0 0332-202
333 Windshield wiper rear

On — position I
I Off — position 0
333-03
0 0333-201
338 Windshield washer

By pressing the switch up or down, the delivery pump of the windshield
I washer is switched on. Only as long as the switch is pressed a moisten-
ing of the windscreen takes place.
Washing windscreen — position I
0 Off — position 0
Washing rear pane— position II
338-02
II 0338-201
347 Cabin-heating temperature regulation

The heat exchanger for the cabin-heating is connected to the diesel en-
gine cooling circuit. The heat exchanger temperature is continously ad-
justable with the switch.
Temperature min. — stop LEFT
Temperature max. — stop RIGHT
347-02
0347-202

Operation
349 Engine management automatic - high speed

With the switch you can select whether the engine speed is regulated
I automatically or a max. speed is pre-set.
Automatic — position II
After the engine start, automatic is always preselected.
The optimal speed of the diesel engine is continuously calculated by the
electronic control according to the currently required engine load and is
automatically adjusted to changing conditions.
II 0349-200
High speed — position I
The diesel engine continuously runs at max. speed.
349-06
353 Parking brake inspection
WARNING!
Full braking!
CHECK Only inspect the parking brake when the engine is at a standstill.
Do not use the parking brake as the service brake.
002-04
0353-203
The parking brake is applied only as long as the switch is pressed (pilot
light [204] flashes).
353-20
356 Battery isolating switch
0 NOTICE
Voltage spikes!
Damage or destruction of electrical components.
I I Only interrupt the circuit at the battery isolating switch when the en-
gine is at a standstill and when the electrical system is switched off!
004-03
0 0356-200
The circuit to the minus terminal of the battery is interrupted at the bat-
tery isolation switch. All electric components will be off.
Electrical circuit interupted — position 0
(key released)
Electrical circuit closed — position I
(key latched)
356-01

Operation
357 Preselection final speed

The actuation of the switches displays or changes the pre-set final
speed.
Display value — PRESS + or -
Increase the value — + PRESS several times
Reduce the value — - PRESS several times
When the final speed is adjusted, a value for the target speed appears
in the display [108]. After 3 seconds the current engine speed is dis-
played again.
0357-202
The final speed can be adjusted also during travelling up to the max. fi-
nal speed (see page 150 sqq.) .
357-04
361 Air conditioning temperature

The cooling system is switched on with the switch. The air flow is cooled
down through the heat exchanger of the air conditioning system.
On — position ON
Off — position OFF
ON
361-03
OFF
0361-202
373 Sprinkling stage

When the sprinkling [317] is switched on, the water consumption can
be selected from several sprinkling stages. Each actuation of the switch
causes a stage increment. An illuminated pilot light [232] indicates the
selected level.
Increasing the stage — PRESS +
Reduce the state — PRESS -
373-01
0373-201
374 Compression HMV / Impact per foot

By pressing the switch, the indicator[109] changes from HMV to Impact
per foot.
Impact per foot — PRESS
HMV — PRESS again
374-01
0374-200

Operation
375 System info

By pressing the switch, the display system info [101] changes. Each ac-
tuation of the switch switches one step ahead.
Operation hours — PRESS
Engine speed — PRESS again
Upper asphalt temperature limit — PRESS again
Lower asphalt temperature limit — PRESS again
Diagnostic Code — PRESS again
0374-200 375-01
376 Preselection amplitude small / large
Only when working with roller drum vibration is activated.
By pressing the switch, the amplitude with the corresponding frequen-

cy range is pre-selected. Each actuation of the switch switches one step
ahead.
Amplitude small — PRESS
(pilot light [221] lights up)
0376-200 Amplitude large — PRESS again
(pilot light [221] lights up)
376-01
377 Track offset of rear roller drum left / right

With the switches, the track offset for the rear roller drum is adjusted. Pi-
lot lights indicate the direction of the track offset.
Track offset to the left — PRESS switch to the left
(pilot light left lights up)
Track offset to the right — PRESS switch to the right
(pilot light right lights up)
Shortly press both switches at the same time for an automatical return.
Neutral — PRESS both switches
0377-200
(pilot light goes out)
377-01

Operation
3.00.04 Sockets, lights

406 Socket 12 V / cigarette lighter
Cigarette lighter
Press the cigarette lighter until it engages (spiral-wound filament is
heated). After a short time the lighter springs out and can be removed
from the socket.
Socket 12 V
Power can be taken off from the cigarette lighter socket using the spe-
cial plug. The maximum load on the socket is 100 W (8 A).
406-01
0406-200
410 Cab lighting

This works even if the electrical system is switched off.
410-00
0410-200

Operation
3.00.05 Operation levers, adjustment handles

501 Drive lever
The machine can be equipped with a second drive lever (op-

tion). Both drive levers are coupled to each other. The following
description applies for both drive levers.
The drive lever determines the driving direction and speed.

Forwards travelling — push lever FORWARD
Reverse travelling — push lever BACK
0501-212 Braking — lever to CENTRE
Stop — lever in CENTRE
The driving speed is proportional to the magnitude of the lever rash.
However, it is dependent on the pre-selected final speed [357]. If the dri-
ve lever is held in the central position for longer than 10 seconds, the
parking brake is activated automatically.
If the machine is equipped with a back-up alarm, an acoustic signal
sounds when travelling reverse.
The machine is equipped with a STOP function. A jerky movement
of the drive lever in the opposite direction to the driving direction past
the mid position is interpreted as an emergency situation. The drive is
stopped without decelerating.
The drive must be activated again after an interruption:
1. Switch drive lever to central position.
If there is danger, the machine can also be brought to a standstill

with the EMERGENCY STOP switch [302].
501-13
502 0 position lock / parking brake

For latching, the right drive lever must be pushed in central position into
the 0 position lock. Two functions are assigned to this position. For un-
latching, press the drive lever in the direction of the driver's seat.
0-position lock
The 0 position lock is a safety device. It avoids unintended movement of
I 0 the machine.
Latched — drive lever position 0
(drive lever [501] is latched in central position)
0502-206
Unlatched — drive lever position I
(drive lever is free)
Parking brake
If the drive lever is latched in the 0 position lock, the parking brake is
applied. If the parking brake is applied, the pillot light [204] flashes.
After unlatching the drive lever, the parking brake is released on-
ly when the machine starts to move. The pilot light goes out.
502-08

Operation
503 Multifunctional handle
Vibration
If the vibration system is activated, the vibrator can be switched on or off
B at switch [A] at any time.
Vibrator on — PRESS
A
Vibrator off — PRESS again
KAG
The edge pressing and cutting equipment (KAG) is lifted and lowered as
0503-200 long as one side of the switch [B] is pressed.
KAG up — UP
KAG down — DOWN
If equipped with KAG on both sides, the switch of the relevant side is
pressed.
KAG left — DRIVE LEVER LEFT
KAG right— DRIVE LEVER RIGHT
503-15

Operation
520 Seat adjustment weight / height

In order to absorb impulsive machine movements using the installed at-
tenuation system, this must be adjusted to the weight of the driver.
The pretension of the attenuation system can be adjusted continuous-
ly to the driver's weight by turning the lever to the left or right between
50 kg and 130 kg . The adjusted weight is displayed in the adjacent win-
dow.
0520-203
The seat height can be adjusted to several levels. The seat latches to
the next higher level by lifting it manually by approximately 30 mm .
For lowering, the seat must first be lifted to the stop. After that it can be
lowered to the lowest level.
520-04
10015
522 Seat adjustment backrest

The inclination of the backrest can be adjusted in forward or backward
direction by lifting the lever.
522-03
0522-200
523 Seat adjustment elbow-rest

The inclination of the elbow-rest can be adjusted in upward or down-
ward direction by turning the handwheel A.
The height of the elbow-rest can be adjusted after loosing the clamping
screw B.
523-02
A B 0523-200

Operation
524 Seat adjustment rotation
WARNING!
0 Uncontrolled movements!
Risk of injury by uncontrolled movements when changing the seat
524
pedestral position.
Operate the machine only in an admissable seat position.
I Only drive the machine with latched seat pedestal.

0524-202 Do not adjust the seat pedestal during driving.
Adjust the seat pedestal only on an even surface.
Use it for transporting only if the driver doors are closed and the seat
is in central position of the cabin.
002-05
NOTICE
Damage to property on the operator platform!
Damage due to shocks or strokes.
Before turning, the seat console must be displaced to the centre of
the cabin.
004-02
After releasing the lock with the hand lever, the complete seat console
can be turned into further rest positions by 90 ° to the left or the right.
Latched — hand lever position 0
Unlatched — hand lever position I
524-03

Operation
525 Seat adjustment left - right
WARNING!
0 Uncontrolled movements!
525
pedestral position.
I Only drive the machine with latched seat pedestal.
0525-208 Do not adjust the seat pedestal during driving.
002-05
Normal seat position

After releasing the lock with the hand lever, the complete seat console
can be displaced into further rest positions to the left or the right.
Latched — hand lever position 0
Unlatched — hand lever position I
Outer seat position
NOTICE
Damage to property on the operator platform!
Damage due to strokes or shocks.
Before moving the seat pedestal the cabin door must be opened
completely.
004-04
525-05

Operation
528 Adjustment steering console
WARNING!
Uncontrolled movements!
B Risk of injury due to uncontrolled movements when changing the steer-
ing console position.
Only drive the machine with latched steering console.
A
Do not adjust the steering console when the machine is driving.
0528-202 Adjust the steering console only on an even surface.
002-25
Access to the operator's seat

After releasing the locking device with the foot lever A, the complete
steering console can be rotated to the front.
Locking device released — PRESS foot lever
Before moving, the steering console must be turned into the latch posi-
tion in the direction of the operator's seat.
Adjustment to seat position

Adjust the steering console as follows:
1. Loosen toggle [B].
2. Adjust the steering console to the desired seat position by inclining it.
3. Loosen toggle [B].
528-04
530 Hand pump

When towing the machine, the spring-operated brakes must be re-
leased with the hand pump on breakdown of the feeding pressure.
I Release the brake— lever position I
Without function — lever position 0
530-06
0
0530-203
531 Operating lever

The manual pump (530) is actuated with the operating lever.
531-03
0531-207

Operation
534 Actuation of sun roof

1. Press locking knob [A].
2. Open or close the sun roof with the deflexion lever [B].
Locking is also possible in intermediate positions.

A 534-01
0534-200
535 Limitation cabin door

When the cabin door is to be opened completely:
1. Pull down limitation pin [B] at the actuation button [A].
B
535-01
0535-200
536 Locking device of scraper
Version: spring-loaded for roller drum

The scraper is adjusted with the stop lever [A].
Depending on the position of the distance screw [B] on the stop [C] the
scraper is in contact with the roller drum or released from it.
Scraper released — position UP
Scraper contacts roller — position CENTRE
Scraper pressed against roller — position DOWN
C B A 0536-202 Turning the distance screw
1. Lift scraper console.
2. Turn the distance screw with the stop lever to the corresponding gap
at the stop.
3. Put the scraper console down such that the distance screw has con-
tact with the gap.
If the distance screw is turned further than the to the stop, the scraper is
pressed against the roller drum with the spring force.
536-01

Operation
536 Locking device of scraper
Version: tyres
Depending on the position of the stop lever the scraper rubs against the
I tyre or not.
Scraper attached — position I
0 Scraper released — position 0
Switch stop lever:
1. Lift scraper console.
0536-203 2. Turn stop lever.
536-03

Operation
Prior to machine start
3.01 Prior to machine start

General
DANGER!
Uncontrolled driving behaviour!
Risk of fatal injury due to the machine's own driving movements.
It is essential to perform a setup after working on the electronic com-
ponents associated with the control.
It is not admitted to operate the machine without setup.
001-02
After working on electronic components associated with the control such

as adjustable resistors (potentiometers), sensors, switches, etc., or their
replacement, an electronic system setup must be performed. This ad-
justs the control unit to the changed data information.
Operation of the machine without a setup is not permitted since the ma-
chine can react with uncontrolled driving movements.
This work may only be carried out by trained personnel.
WARNING!
Operating errors!
Risk of injury due to improper use.
Prior to every start-up:
Check the machine for operational and traffic safety.
Read and adhere to the Operating manual and the Safety instruc-
tions.
Ensure that no persons or objects are in the danger zones of the ma-
chine.
002-07
701-05
What must be done prior to 1. Battery isolating switch [356] — position I

start of work? 2. Perform inspection and maintenance works (see page 107 sqq.).
3. Check the flasher [303] and warning flasher system [305], the signal
horn [301], back-up alarm [501] and the lighting [307].
4. Check the parking brake [304].
5. Adjust the operator's seat.
6. Adjust the rear and operation mirrors so that you see the traffic in the
rear.
Fuel
1. Never drive the machine until the fuel tank is empty. Check the fill-
ing level of the fuel tank in time. Fill up the fuel tank already in the
evening. This avoids the formation of condensed water in the fuel
tank.
2. Fill up to the lower edge of the filler neck. Only use clean fuel!
Advice about fuel see page 148 sqq. See also Safety instruc-
tions.

Operation
Water
1. Check the filling level of the water tank.
2. Fill up to the lower edge of the filler neck. Use clean water only!
*Additiv
1. Check the filling level of the additive tank.
2. Fill up to the lower edge of the filler neck.
*Air
1. Check the air pressure in the tyres.
701-06
Control stand
WARNING!
pedestral position.
Only drive the machine with latched seat pedestal.
Do not adjust the seat pedestal during driving.
002-05
Operator platform
Machine may only be operated from the operator platform. If the driver
rises off the operator's seat, the machine is stopped with a short delay.
In order to be able to continue driving, the driver must sit down again
and bring the machine to its start position.
Start position:
1. Drive lever [501] — CENTRE
2. 0-position lock [502] — position 0

Operation
NO! OK!
15277
WARNING!
Collision with items and vehicles driving past!
Risk of injury due to shocks or crushing.
When on outer seat position, no parts of the steering console or seat
pedestal may protrude on the side of the cabin / ROPS.
002-23
Inadmissable seat position

It is not admissable to operate the machine if parts protrude the steering
console or the seat pedestal on the side of the cabin / ROPS.
Admissable seat position

Use it for transportation and for earth moving work only if the seat posi-
tion is in the centre of the operator platform.
The outer seat position in or opposite to the direction of travelling is ad-
missable only when working on asphalt.
701-07

Operation
Engine start
3.02 Engine start

General The starting process may last 20 seconds as a maximum; otherwise, the
starting motor will be overheated and destroyed. There must be paus-
es between the individual starting processes in order to allow the star-
ing motor to cool down. If the engine doesn't start after two starting at-
tempts, find out and eliminate the cause. Observe the operating manual
of the engine. The engine cannot be started by means of towing. Drive
component damage would be the consequence.
When the battery is unloaded, the egine can be restarted by starting with
an external power source (see page 101 sqq.).
703-04
Start position before starting

310 0
302 501 502 15274
Set the operating elements to their start position prior to the start of the
engine.
2. 0-position lock / parking brake [502] — position 0
3. EMERGENCY STOP [302] — position UP
Only when the 0-position lock is latched, is the starting motor

connected to the switch [310] via the starter protection device.
This is the only way to start the engine.
702-24
Engine start 1. Key [310] — 0 → I

(electrical system ON)
If the key is turned to position I, all pilot lights light up shortly for func-
tion control purposes.
2. Key [310] — I → III
After the start of the engine, the working gear is always activated
additionally, the final speed is limited.
704-20

Operation
Engine start
Before driveaway
WARNING!
Long stopping distance!
Risk of fatal injury due to braking delay with viscous hydraulic oil.
In case of low external temperatures, in particular when below freez-
ing, wait a few minutes after starting the engine until driveaway.
Warm up the machine during the warming phase with moderate
speed and low load until the oil in the hydraulic system has heated to
approx. +20 °C (68 °F) .
002-15
The acceleration and braking behaviour of the machine are influenced

by viscous hydraulic oil. If the machine is frozen to the ground, take care
that no clods of earth stick to the roller drum / tyre, since these could
damage the scrapers. Therefore, park the machine on planks or dry
gravel if frost is likely!
705-05

Operation
Driving
3.03 Driving
General The machine is equipped with Hammtronic. The operation system that is
controlled by micro processes ensures an optimal rolling result through
automatic control and regulation routines as well as ultimate safety for
driver and machine. Monitoring and regulation features cover the diesel
engine, drive and vibration drive.
Drive
The hydraulic drive is optimized by Hammtronic. Features such as pres-
election of the final speed, constant speed function, limited load control
etc. guarantee the best traction.
Constant speed function

The driving speed which is set with the drive lever [501] is held constant
in normal operation by the constant speed function. Factors such as an
increase or reduction in the load are monitored and included in the cal-
culation of the road speed.
Limited load control

If the speed of the diesel engine drops below a certain value as a result
of an increased load (uphill driving), the control device will automatically
switch over to limited load control. At the same time, the driving speed is
reduced to such an extent as to prevent an overloading of the diesel en-
gine. If the load is reduced (level ground), the driving speed is increased
back up to the original value.
733-09
Driveaway
204 302 310 501 502
I
15275
1. 0-position lock / parking brake [502] — position I

The parking brake is only released when the machine starts to move.
Pilot light [204] goes out.
2. Drive lever [501] — FORWARD
or — BACK
If the machine is equipped with a back-up alarm, an acoustic signal

sounds when travelling reverse.

Operation
Driving
Do not switch off the switch [310] when the machine is driving
(0-position).
The machine is equipped with a STOP function. A jerky movement of the

drive lever in the opposite direction to the driving direction past the mid
position is interpreted as an emergency situation. The drive is stopped
without decelerating.
If there is danger, the machine can also be brought to a standstill with
the EMERGENCY STOP switch [302].
A further possibility to bring the machine to a standstill is to switch off the
electrical system with the switch [310].
706-20
Final speed
108
357 15602
The final speed is preselected with the switches [357]. During the adjust-
ment the value for the target speed appears on the display [108]. After 3
seconds the current engine speed is displayed again.
742-01
Gear shifting
WARNING!
Full braking!
Use transportion gear only to manoeuver on paved roads.
In case of visible obstacles reduce speed in good time.
Longer uphill or downhill slopes must always be driven in working
speed.
Work may only be performed in the working gear.
002-16

Operation
Driving
357 501 15603
Changing over from working gear to transportation gear is done

only when the machine is at standstill and depends on the prese-
lected final speed [357].
The machine has a working gear and a transportation gear. A maximum

final speed is defined for every range (see page 150 sqq.). The final
speed for on-site operation can be reduced by the switches [357]. When
the drive lever [501] is pushed to the stop, the driving speed is limited to
the pre-selected final speed.
After the start of the engine, the working gear is always activated and
the preselected final speed is limited to 2 km/h. The value can be in-
creased to the maximum final speed when working.
If you want to operate the machine in the transportation gear, the prese-
lected final speed must be above the maximum final speed of the work-
ing gear when the machine is at standstill.
If the preselected value is set to a value lower than the maximum final
speed of the working gear, the electronic system switches to the working
gear only after the next standstill. Toggling during driving is not possible.
708-06
Pilot light ASC

WARNING!
Malfunction in ASC-module
Risk of injury due to uncontrolled propulsive force of the hydraulic mo-
tors.
Stop the machine when the red pilot light illuminates.
002-17

Operation
Driving
220
15607
Flashing during operation shows a malfunction in the ASC module.

Stop machine, switch off diesel engine and electrical system!
When switching the electrical system on again, the data of the electronic
unit are reset to their initial setting. If the pilot light [205] even after a re-
start flashes, a malfunction of the ASC-system is on hand.
Drive machine slowly and carefully to a save place and shut down. Call
the customer service!
734-02

Operation
Driving with vibration / oscillation
3.04 Driving with vibration / oscillation

General
WARNING!
Collapse or damage!
Risk of collaps or damage at buildings or on the pipe system in the
ground.
Do not switch on the vibration system near buildings!
Prior to switching on the vibration function, ensure that there are no
lines (e.g. gas, water, electricity, sewage lines) are laid in the under-
ground.
002-18
WARNING!
Explosion!
Risk of injury due to burns and moving parts.
Prior to switching on the vibration function, it must be ensured that
there are no lines laid in the underground.
002-19
WARNING!
Reduced road adhesion!
Risk of falling or tipping due to reduced lateral stability when having
switched in vibration.
Do not switch in vibration function when driving across inclines or on
hard underground.
002-20
When the vibration system is switched on, the roller drum will vibrate ac-
cording to the speed of the vibrator. This hammering will increase the
compacting force of the machine several times over. Two amplitudes
with aligned frequency ranges can be selected for vibration.
In the oscillation mode the roller drum is shifted to tangential oscillations.
The compression of the material to be compacted is conducted by flex-
ing movements. The oscillation works with a tangential amplitude and
one frequency range.
If the machine is equipped with an Ecomatic system, the hydraulic dri-
ve is controlled by the Hammtronic system. It ensures that the selected
frequency during operation remains constant. Occurring disturbances
such as speed variation of the Diesel engine, that are caused by variable
energy absorption of the ground or drive, are compensated by a compar-
ison of the actual and the target value.
An elastic suspension of the roller drums prevents the transfer of vibra-
tion oscillations to the machine frame.

Operation
Vibrations
Vibration oscillations can spread in the ground over a wide area. They
are generated in circles around the roller drum and effect also the deep-
er ground. This may cause a damage to buildings or pipe systems under
the machine. Oscillation vibrations are developed predominantly on the
surface of the ground and spread only in front of the roller drum and on
its rear. Thus the damaging force is reduced considerably.
712-31
Vibration / oscillation
312 110 376
STOP
313 319 503 15605
Version: comfort
312 110
STOP
376 319 313 503 15606
Version: standard
The vibration / oscillation is activated / deactivated at the switch [312].

When working with roller drum version vibration, the amplitude is pre-se-
lected with the switch [376]. The vibration works with small or big ampli-
tude, according to the pre-selection. When the vibration / oscillation sys-
tem is activated, the vibrator / oscillator can be switched on or off at the
multifunctional handle [503].
712-25
Manual-automatic operating The operating mode for the vibration / oscillation is set with the switch
mode [319]. The vibrator can be switched on or off manually or automatically.
712-26

Operation
Ecomatik The ECOMATIC system has been specially developed to keep the fre-
quency of the vibrator / oscillator on the constant level desired. You can
change the frequency of the vibrator / oscillator by means of the switch
[313]. The desired value is displayed on the indicator [110].
712-27

Operation
Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine
3.05 Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine

WARNING!
Switch off diesel engine even if you leave the operator platform only
for short time.
002-22
Stop
349 503
501, 503 15291
1. Vibration [503] — OFF

The hydrostatic drive brings the machine to a stop. In the engine man-
agement [349] AUTOMATIC the Hammtronic slows down the diesel en-
gine to no-load speed.
Before switching off the

engine 312 310 502
0
15279
1. Vibration (312) — OFF

2. 0-position lock / parking brake (502) — position 0
3. Fully lower attached accessory equipment.

Operation
Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine
Switch off engine Do not switch off engine directly after full load operation. Instead, let it
run for 1-2 minutes with no-load speed for temperature compensation
purposes.
1. Key [310] — I → 0
The battery discharges rapidly if the engine is at a standstill and

the electrical system is switched on (switch [310] in position I).
000-02
Leaving the machine The driver may only leave the machine when orderly parked. Traffic reg-
ulations have to be observed as well.
Before leaving the machine, the driver must ensure that

The driver's seat console is latched in the centre of the machine.
The ignition key is disconnected.
The machine is switched off at the battery isolating switch and the
key is removed.
The cabin doors resp. the instrument panel covering, as well as all
cladding covers are locked.
713-26

Operation
Operation monitoring
3.06 Operation monitoring

220
15607
Keep an eye on the control and indication instruments on the instrument

board during operation. Pilot lights inform the driver about the operating
stages of the individual machine components and indicate faults. The ur-
gancy of taking action is subdivided into three stages.
Danger, important reminder The pilot light STOP [220] is active. In addition, you hear an permanent
acoustic signal. Further operation of the machine is inadmissible. The
cause of the fault is displayed by further active pilot lights.
1. Park the machine out of the danger zone and switch off the diesel en-
gine.
2. Rectify the cause immediately.
Warning, notice, malfunction A pilot light displays the fault. In addition you hear an acoustic signal for
a short time. Further operation of the machine is admissible for a short
period of time.
1. Rectify the caus of the fault without delay, at least at the end of the
working shift.
Switch-in check A pilot light indicates that a machine component e.g. the sprinkling is
switched on. No action necessary.
Filling level Pay an attention to the filling level for operating supply items (fuel, water,
additive etc.).
1. Fill up tanks in good time.
2. Never drive the machine until the fuel tank is empty.
711-20
General To prevent bituminous materials from adhering to tyres the tyres' contact
surfaces are preheated by thermal radiation (infrared radiation). Then,
the tyre surfaces are further heated with the rolling procedure through
the hot layer material. The tyre heating is only required prior to the rolling
procedure and when the layer material cools down.
731-02

Operation
Sprinkling
3.07 Sprinkling
207 207 232 326 310
STOP
317 373 502 15608
General The pressure sprinkling ensures a reliable moistening of the roller drums
during blacktop works and thus prevents bituminous materials from ad-
hering to the drums.
An electric water pump supplies the sprinkling system with water so that
the water consumption can be adjusted optimally to the deployment con-
ditions using the installed automatic sprinkling. A multilevel automatic in-
terval system determines the minimum use of water for optimum moist-
ening, using a combination of spray quantity and pump pause time. The
water pump can also be switched manually to continuous operation at
any time.
The sprinkling control is switched off at a road speed of less than
0.5 km/h (0.3 mph). The operational safety of the pressure sprinkling is
ensured by two water pumps. Depending on the switch position [326],
the sprinkling is supplied by pump 1 or pump 2. We recommend, to run
the pumps alternately in defined intervals in order to prevent break-
downs due to corrosion.
726-30
Sprinkling The automatic sprinkling system is switched on and off with the switch
[317]. The pilot light [232] indicates the current sprinkling stage. As long
as the switch [317] is pressed, the pump runs in continuous operation.
The switches [373] allow to increase (+) or decrease (-) water consump-
tion. The pilot light [207] indicates that a water pump is in operation.
When the machine is at a standstill, the interval sprinkling is with-
out function.
726-26
Sprinkler nozzle check when Activate the continuous sprinkling for a period of 3 minutes.
engine is at a standstill Requirement:
1. Engine stopped
2. 0-position lock / parking brake [502] — position 0
3. Switch [310] — position I
4. Switches [317] — ON
5. Switch + - [373] — PRESS at the same time for 3 seconds

Operation
Sprinkling
To switch off:
1. Switches [317] — OFF
726-31
On risk of frost
A B C D E
15281
Frozen water leads to damage to the sprinkler system. Therefore, it must

be drained before frost begins. If there is the possibility of a frost-free
storing, the complete spray arms may be taken off the machine so that
only the water filter and the water tanks must be drained.
Emptying the water sprinkling system:

1. Remove a sealing cap [B] per sprinkler pipe [A] (observe internal
gasket ring).
2. Unscrew lateral cap nut [D] from the sprinkler nozzles [C] and re-
move together with valve insert and membrane. Reassemble spray-
ing nozzle after emptying the nozzle casing.
3. Unscrew filter head [E] at the water tank and remove it together with
the compression spring (observe gasket ring on filter head).
4. Pull the filter insert from the water tank.
5. Clean filter insert, compression spring, and filter head and store in
tool cabinet.
6. Re-fit filter insert, compression spring and filter head only before
starting work.
726-28

Operation
Additive sprinkling
3.08 Additive sprinkling
STOP
318 15609
General The additive sprinkling enables a moistening of the wheels with a sepa-
rating compound. This prevents that bitumen sticks on tyres when laying
blacktops. This is the only way to make a neat and even covering.
The emulsion may only be mixed of parting agent concentrate and water
according to the indications of the parting agend producer (Observe reg-
ulations for environment protection).
WARNING!
Risk of fatal injury due to unintentional rolling away of the machine.
Secure machine against rolling away.
002-21
Additive sprinkling With switch [318] or [ 380], the additive sprinkling is switched on and off.
As long as the switch is pressed, the tyres are sprinkled.
The frequency of sprinkling depends on the temperature of the tyres.
Cold tyres must be moistened more often than warm ones. Prior to dri-
ving on hot blacktops take care that the running surfaces of the wheels
are clean and sufficiently moistened.
On risk of frost After the long standstill period in the winter we recommend, to drain and
clean the container for the additive sprinkling.
If strongly diluted separating compound is used, the container and the
pump for the additive sprinkling must be drained when frost is likely.
Empty additive sprinkling system:

1. Remove pressure hose from hose connection piece.
2. Switch on the pump until intake pipe and pump is free of fluids.
3. Mount pressure hose on hose connection piece.
727-03

Operation
Scraper
3.09 Scraper
General
A A A 15412
The scrapers [A] are designed to remove clogging dirt from the surface
of the roller drums / tyres when working on soft, adhesive ground. With
grounds that are not clingy or with transporting operations the scrapers
can be lifted away from the roller drums / tyres. This prevents premature
wear.
Rinse out dirt embedded between roller drums / tyres with water jet. Re-
move strongly adhesive dirt e.g. with spatula or similar tool.
744-00

Operation
Scraper
3.09.01 Scraper of roller drum

Version: spring-loaded
Attach scraper
A 536
10227
1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.

2. Turn distance screw [A] with stop lever [536] to position CENTRE or
DOWN .
Lifting the scraper
A 536
10228

2. Turn distance screw [A] with stop lever [536] to position UP .
744-02

Operation
Scraper
3.09.02 Scrapper tyres

Attach scraper
536
15413

2. Turn stop lever [536] to position I .
Lifting the scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
2. Turn stop lever [536] to position 0 .
744-01

Operation
Starting with jump leads
3.10 Starting with jump leads

Preparation Observe precaution measures for handling batteries (see Safety in-
structions).
Pay attention to the nominal voltage of the batteries.
A discharged battery can freeze already at 0 °C (32 °F). It is essential
that you defrost a frozen battery in a warm room before connecting it
with jump leads.
Use jump leads with an insulated terminal clamp and a cross section
of at least 25 mm².
The terminal clamps of one lead may not come in contact with those
of the other.
Do not disconnect the battery from the vehicle's supply system.
Charging vehicle and discharged vehicle may not come in contact
with each other.
Connecting leads
4
2
3
NO! OK!
15295
1. Connect one terminal clamp of one wire with the positive terminal of
the charged battery (plus sign).
2. Connect the other terminal clamp of this lead to the positive terminal
of the discharged battery (plus sign).
3. Connect one terminal clamp of the second wire with the negative ter-
minal of the charged battery (minus sign).
4. Connect the other terminal clamp of the second lead with the dis-
charged vehicle. e.g. at the engine block or at the fastening screw of
the engine suspension. Do not connect the terminal clamp with the
negative terminal of the discharged battery (risk of explosion) but as
far away from the discharged battery as possible.
5. Lay leads such that they are not drawn into rotating parts and that
they can be taken off even with a running diesel engine.
Starting process 1. Start the engine of the charging vehicle and let it run with medium en-
gine speed.
2. Start the diesel engine of the discharged vehicle after approx. 5 min.
3. For approx. 3 min let both engines run with medium engine speed
and the jump leads connected.

Operation
Towing
Removing leads 1. To prevent overloads in the electrical system, switch on an electrical

component in the discharged vehicle (e.g. driving light) before remov-
ing the jump leads.
2. Remove the jump leads in reverse order.
743-00
3.11 Towing
General
WARNING!
Brake out of order!
Prior to releasing the brake, secure the machine against rolling away
with wedges.
002-23
15296
Towing of the machine assumes sufficient knowledge of the functioning

of the hydrostatic drive and the operation of the multi-disc spring operat-
ed brake. The preparations for towing may only be carried out by experi-
enced personnel who are aware of the dangers. The machine may only
be fastened at the towing loops [A] and only be towed with a towing bar.
Replace damaged pipes and hoses from which oil leaks before towing
(environment protection).
In dangerous situations: You can also use a towing rope or
towing chains when salvaging the machine on an uphill slope
(brakes not released).
717-09

Operation
Towing
Before towing
310 0
501 502 15294

2. 0-position lock [502] — position 0
3. Shut down diesel engine, if still functional..
4. Secure machine against rolling away with wedges or blocks.
5. Interrupt frictional connection of the hydrostatic drive (see text be-
low).
6. Disable parking brakes (see text below).
7. Tow using towing bar only (brakes not functional).
Towing Start, if possible, the engine (for steering hydraulics). The machine may
only be towed with low speed 1 km/h (0.6 mph) . The maximum towing
distance is 500 m.
If the diesel engine fails, the machine can only be steered in a
restricted way and with a high amount of force at the steering
wheel (emergency steering). Before moving, remove wedges or
blocks.
After towing 1. Shut down the diesel engine.

2. Secure machine against rolling away with wedges or blocks.
3. Reestablish frictional connection of the hydrostatic drive (see text be-
low)
4. Actuate parking brakes (see text below).
5. Remove towing bar.
717-07

Operation
Towing
Separating the hydrostatic

drive power train
A
10218
Only if the oil flow can circulate without pressure in the hydraulic system,
can the machine be towed.
For this, perform the following at both high pressure valves:
1. Loosen lock nut [A] at the drive pump [C].
2. Screw in the locking screw [B] until the screw end flushes with the
lock nut.
Activating the hydrostatic 1. Screw out the locking screw [B] until the stop.
drive power train 2. Tighten lock nut [A].
718-03
Making the parking brakes

inoperational
0
C 530 A B
15282
Only for the purpose of towing in case of a defective diesel engine or de-
fective hydraulic system the pretension of the spring-loaded brakes may
be reduced using the hand pump [530].
1. Turn the lever [A] at the hand pump [530] to the lever position I .
2. Turn the hexagon screw [B] at the valve block clockwise as far as
possible.
3. Aerate the spring-operated brakes by pumping at lever [C] (approx.
30 pump strokes).
4. During towing, the spring-operated brakes must be kept open by con-
stant and slow pumping due to interior leaks.
Making parking brake 1. Turn the hexagon screw [B] anti-clockwise until the stop.
operational
719-10

Operation
Heating / ventilation / cooling
3.12 Heating / ventilation / cooling

General The comfort, well-being and good condition of the driver are largely de-
pendent on a properly set heating and ventilation. This especially applies
for the cold seasons. By adjusting the leg-room heating and opening the
ventilation nozzles required, a temperature distribution is achieved with
the pleasant effect of having warm feet but a cool head. An especially
designed heating and ventilation system together with a air condition-
ing ensures an optimal compartment climate. The cabin ventilation is
achieved through mixer operation, i.e. the exhaust flow aspires air simul-
taneously out of the driver The dirty filters must be replaced depending
on the dust load.
Cabin ventilation
330 361 347 A 15283
The air flow enters the cabin through the ventilation nozzles [A] that can
be opened or closed by adjusting the discs. The direction is set by turn-
ing the disc ring. For drying or de-icing of the front or rear window the air
flow must be directed to the windows.
Heating The heat exchanger for the heating is connected to the engine cooling
circuit. After the ventilation fan [330] is switched on, the air flow which
passed through the heat exchanger is guided into the cabin. The heating
temperature [347] can be set variably.
Ventilation If the switch [347] is set to min. (left stop), the system runs in ventilation
operation. Three ventilation steps [330] ensure an optimal air circulation
in the cabin.
Cooling If the machine is equipped with an air conditioning, the air flow for cab-
in aerating can be cooled down at high outside temperatures. Doors and
windows should be closed in order to obtain a fast cooling of the cabin if
the air conditioning is turned on. This obtains a further cooling of already
cooled inside air.
Switching on and off is activated at the switch [361], the temperature
regulation at the switch [347].
Switch on air conditioning at least 1 per month (even in winter)
for ca. 15 minutes.
720-16

Operation
*Asphalt thermometer
3.13 *Asphalt thermometer

Only if equipped with such a thermometer are data about asphalt
temperatures displayed on the indicators.
General Asphalt can only be compacted in a special temperature range. Depend-

ing on the asphalt composition, different temperature limits apply for
compaction. The upper (TEMP_HI) and lower (TEMP_LO) limits are de-
termined on site and saved in the system memory. Since the asphalt
cools down continually, the driver has to pay attention to the temperature
of the lower drum. If the machine reaches the temperature limit, this limit
(HI or LO) is displayed in addition to the asphalt temperature.
Asphalt temperature control

unit
CHECK
375 101 113 313 15610
[101] Display system info [*113] Display asphalt temperature

[313] Switch for limit adjustment [375] Switch system info
Adjusting limit 1. Set the switch [375] to TEMP_HI or TEMP_LO in the indicator [101].
2. Determine the limit with switch [313] in the indicator [113].
If the indicator [113] is to display only the current temperature, the upper
limit must be set to 255 °C (491 °F) and the lower limit to 5 °C (41 °F).
746-00

Maintenance
General maintenance instructions
4 MAINTENANCE
000-01
4.00 General maintenance instructions

This machine requires care and maintenance like any other technical de-
vice. The extent and the frequency of the maintenance work depends
essentially of the operating and deployment conditions, which are very
different in many cases. In case of more difficult operating conditions,
the machine must have maintenance in shorter intervals as scheduled
for normal operation.
The maintenance intervals are determined according to the running time
of the operation hours counter; for this, additional maintenance work has
to be performed during the running-in time according to the running-in
regulations. The works necessary for care and the conservation of the
operational safety of the machine are listed in the following sections.
The running-in regulations, the servicing intervals and the care mea-
sures for the diesel engine can be found in the operating manual of the
engine manufacturer and must be observed.
800-06
4.00.01 Operation monitoring

Air filter The operability of the air filter cartridge and the safety cartridge is mon-
itored by an electric contamination indicator. Only if the pilot light [203]
flashes, must the air filter cartridge or the safety filter cartridge be re-
placed.
810-16
Pressure filter hydraulics The pressure filters for the hydraulic system are monitored by an electri-
cal contamination display. Only if the pilot light [214] flashes, must the fil-
ter insert of the hydraulic filters be replaced prematurely.
A prematurely contaminated filter can be a first hint for a damage
in the hydraulic system.
819-05
Preliminary fuel filter According to the water content in the fuel, more or less water precipi-
tates in the drain housing of the fuel pre-filter. If the pilot light [227] flash-
es, the water sump must be drained.
837-17
Coolant of diesel engine The coolant level in the diesel engine's cooling system is monitored
electrically. If the pilot light [206] flashes, the coolant level in the cooling
system must be checked.
815-07

Maintenance
4.00.02 Maintenance overview
Engine maintenance: see Operating manual for engine ( )!
Every 10 operating hours 10 h
P Checking the function of the parking brake see page 115 sqq.
Checking the EMERGENCY STOP func- see page 115 sqq.
tion when machine at standstill
Checking filling level hydraulic oil see page 130 sqq.
Cleaning the spay nozzles see page 139 sqq.

Checking the air pressure in the tyres see page 133
Checking filling level motor oil
Checking coolant level see page 120 sqq.
Checking and cleaning air filter / dust valve see page 120 sqq.
Cleaning the filter for sprinkling see page 139 sqq.
Draining water separator see page 120 sqq.
Checking the scrapers see page 133 sqq.
Checking vibrator oil filling level see page 141 sqq.

Lubricating the pivoted bearing see page 137
Lubricating the steering cylinder bolt see page 137 sqq.
Lubricating the rotary connection of the see page 141 sqq.
roller drum
Checking the radiator see page 120 sqq.

Maintenance
Replacing fresh air filter of the operator's see page 118 sqq.
cabin
Replacing filter insert of pressure filter for see page 130 sqq.
hydraulic system
Checking the damping elements see page 141 sqq.
Checking V-belt tension
Checking the wheel nuts / wheel bolts for see page 133 sqq.
tightness
Changing engine oil
Exchanging lubrication oil filter of diesel en-

gine
Replacing filter cartridge for the fuel filter
Changing the filter cartridge for the fuel see page 120 sqq.
pre-filter
Changing the filter insert of the dirt and see page 120 sqq.
water separator
Checking the EMERGENCY STOP func- see page 115 sqq.

tion when machine is driving
Cleaning the water sprinkling unit see page 139 sqq.
Changing vibrator oil see page 141 sqq.
Replacing the hydraulic oil see page 130 sqq.
Replacing v belt
Replacing the toothed belt see page 141 sqq.
Changing the coolant see page 120 sqq.
Replacing the air filter cartridge see page 120 sqq.

Changing the safety cartridge
Replacing ventilation filter of hydraulic oil see page 130 sqq.
tank
4.00.03 Running-in regulations

After 50 operating hours Maintenance of the tyre mounting
1. Check the wheel nuts for tightness.
803-20

Maintenance
4.00.04 Required maintenance parts

HD+ 90, HD+ 110 all types (TCD 2012 L04 2V)
H1850001 →
Servicing intervals
first in operating hours
Quantity Maintenance part time once once once once
after 50 every every every every
250 500 1000 2000
11.5 l Engine oil D
40.0 l Hydraulic oil D
16.0 l Coolant D
Vibrator oil (only with undi- each
6.5 l vided roller drum and vibra- roller A D
tion) drum
1 V-belt Generator A D
1 V-belt Coolant pump A D
1 Air filter cartridge A D
1 Safety cartridge D
1 Filter cartridge Lubricating oil D
2 Filter cartridge Fuel D
1 Filter cartridge Preliminary fu-
D
el filter
1 Filter insert Dirt and water D
separator
1 Seal Valve cover D
2 Filter insert Hydraulic sys- D
tem
1 Ventilation filter Oil tank D
1 Filter insert Water filter A
1 Dryer Air condition- (option) D
ing
1 Filter insert Operator's D
cabin
Damping elements for the A
24
drum suspension
1 Toothed belt Oscillation dri- D
ve
1 Concentrated separating
compound for additive sprin-
kling (smooth tyres)
A = check, replace if necessary, D = replace
1 All required maintenance parts for the corresponding 2140973 2140976

maintenance intervals
All necessary maintenance parts for the corresponding maintenance interval are arranged in a service kit.
You find the current order numbers for individual service kits in the WIRTGEN GROUP document Parts
and more.

Maintenance
4.00.05 Important information about maintenance works

General Specialist knowledge is necessary for the execution of some inspection
and maintenance works; these cannot be given in the scope of these op-
erating instructions. We recommend to have these works performed by
trained specialised staff.
800-07
Safety The following safety instructions apply for all maintenance works.
WARNING!
Unintentional movement!
Risk of injury due to unintentional movement during maintenance works.
Carry out maintenance work only when the engine is stopped.
Put machine on a safe surface (even, capable of bearing, horizontal).
Keep away from batters.
002-37
WARNING!
Inadmissable engine start!
Risk of injury due to starting engine during maintenance works.
Prior to maintenance works fasten a warning label on the operator
platform.
Prior to maintenance work, pull off the key from the battery isolating
switch (if applicable).
If no battery isolating switch exist, remove the ground strap from the
battery.
002-08
WARNING!
Uncovered, rotating parts!
Risk of injury due to rotating parts.
Only open the engine hood or engine room doors when the engine is
at a standstill.
002-09
WARNING!
Hot surface, hot fluids!
Risk of burns due to hot surfaces and fluids.
Prior to maintenance works, allow machine to cool down to a temper-
ature under 30 °C (86 °F) .
Do not touch hot machine parts.
Check filling levels only when machine is cooled down.
002-10

Maintenance
WARNING!
Explosion, acid!
Risk of injury due to moving parts and caustic acids.
Do not put any tools on the battery.
002-11
WARNING!
Fluids under pressure!
Risk of injury due to fluids spurting out under pressure.
Carry out maintenance works only with depressurized hydraulic sys-
tems.
Park the machine on level ground and secure against rolling away.
Put lifted machines on the ground.
Wait at least 1 minute after you switched off the motor until the pres-
sure is relieved.
002-12
WARNING!
Electrical voltage!
Risk of injury due to electric shock.
Prior to maintenance work, pull off the key from the battery isolating
switch (if applicable).
If no battery isolating switch exist, remove the ground strap from the
battery.
002-13
800-09

Maintenance
4.00.06 Safety strut

Applying safety strut
A/B A/B C
15284
1. Open bolt retainer [A] and remove together with the bolt [B].
2. Turn coupling bar [C] to the opposed locking device and secure with
the bolt [B].
3. Mount the bolt retainer [A] on the bolt [B] and lock the retainer.
800-11
Releasing safety strut
A/B C A/B
15308
1. Open bolt retainer [A] and remove together with the bolt [B].
2. Turn coupling bar [C] to the frame and fasten it with the bolt [B] on
the frame.
3. Mount the bolt retainer [A] on the bolt [B] and lock the retainer.
800-12

Maintenance
4.00.07 Welding works on the machine

Preparation Observe the operating manual of the diesel engine.
In order to protect electronic components as e. g. central processing
unit, monitor unit, sensors, relays etc., all connectors must be pulled
out prior to welding work.
The negative terminal of the welding appliance must be applied in the
vicinity of the weld directly on the component to be welded. Pay at-
tention that it has good contact and remove insulating colour coats.
If possible, keep welding leads away from the leads of the machine
(induction). If not possible, the welding leads must cross the machine
leads.
Touch with live electrodes only the welds. Other components may be
damaged if coming in contact with the electrodes. Prior to welding
works remove components which may get damaged by heat or weld-
ing work.
Ensure that there are no inlfammable or combustible materials / gas-
es (e.g. fuel, oil, etc.) can get into the vicinity of the welds.
885-00
Procedure 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.

2. Disconnect battery, first negative then positive terminal.
3. Connect negative terminal of the welding appliance in the vicinity of
the weld.
4. Pay attention to the components in the vicinity of the weld.
5. Reconnect all connection plugs after welding.
885-01

Maintenance
Chassis / safety features
4.01 Chassis / safety features

4.01.01 General
Adhere to the following Check operating and safety instructions on the machine. Replace
instructions: damaged or non-legible signs.
Ensure that hinges and links move easily and lubricate lightly.
Check the warning devices (signal horn, reflectors, back-up alarm,
blinkers and warning flashers).
Check lighting.
Check heavily loaded screw connections for being properly tightened
e.g. pivoted links, roller drum suspensions, drum drives.
883-00
4.01.02 Checking the function of the parking brake
WARNING!
Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone of the
machine.
Do not check functioning in case there is not enough space.
002-26
357 353 310
501 15611
Only inspect the parking brake when engine at standstill.

Maintenance
Function test 1. Start the diesel engine [310].

2. Set the final speed [357] to 2 km/h (1.2 mph).
3. Keep the switch [353] pushed.
4. Push the drive lever [501] shortly in forward direction.
5. Bring the drive lever [501] into central position again before releasing
the switch [353].
The parking brake works properly if the switch [353] is pushed and the
drive blocks. If the brake discs of the brakes are worn in a way that dri-
ving is possible even if the switch is pushed, the parking brake must be
inspected or replaced.
Operation of the machine is inadmissible! Call the customer service!
813-14
4.01.03 Checking the EMERGENCY STOP function
WARNING!
Full braking!
Activate EMERGENCY STOP only in the event of danger.
Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP as operation brake.
002-03
302 15286
Function test when machine 1. Press EMERGENCY STOP [302] when machine is at standstill.
at standstill (daily)
The machine:
Switches off the working functions.
Shuts down the diesel engine.
813-20

Maintenance
Function test when machine 1. Press EMERGENCY STOP [302] with low speed 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).
is driving (annually)
The machine:
Stops immediately.
Switches off the working functions.
Shuts down the diesel engine.
813-15

Maintenance
Control stand
4.02 Control stand

4.02.01 *Air conditioning
WARNING!
Fluids under pressure!
Risk of injury due to fluids spurting out under pressure.
Perform maintenance works only of the air conditioning is not under
pressure and empty.
Wear your safety equippment.
002-27
WARNING!
Refrigerating agent harmful to health!
Risk of injury due to frostbite and harmful vapours.
Do not touch air conditioning components.
Do not opern the pipe system of the air conditioning.
002-28
If the machine is equipped with an air conditioning, it must be main-

tained according to the manufacturer's instructions. Only trained, spe-
cialised staff with the corresponding workshop equipment is allowed to
perform these works.
886-00

Maintenance
Control stand
4.02.02 Replacing fresh air filter of the operator's cabin

Replace the filter depending on the dusty conditions.
A B C 10208

2. Loosen screws [A] and remove with the cover [B].
3. Remove filter element [C] from the ventilation system and replace
with new ones.
4. Mount cover [B] and tighten screws [A].
887-00

Maintenance
Drive unit - diesel engine
4.04 Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.01 General
WARNING!
Fuel under high pressure!
Risk of injury due to fluids spurting out under pressure. Fluids spurting
out under pressure may get on your skin or eyes.
Carry out maintenance works only with depressurized fuel systems.
Wait 1 minute after you switched off the diesel engine and the pres-
sure is relieved.
Special knowledge is necessary for works on the high pressure lines
of the injection system. Therefore only trained specialist personnel
are to carry out these works.
Wear your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, pro-
tective suit) during test run of the diesel engine.
002-47
WARNING!
Inflamable fuel!
Risk of injury due to fire and explosion.
Do not smoke. No open fire.
Do not breathe in fuel vapours.
Catch spilling fuel or water sump, do not allow to seep away into the
ground!
002-29
NOTICE
Damage to engine due to soiling!
Soiling in the fuel system damages the engine.
Prior to work on the fuel system:
Clean components and their vicinity thoroughly (e.g. with high pres-
sure washer).
Ensure no soiling or dust enters the fuel system (cover soiled areas
with plastic film).
Dry cleaned, wet areas with compressed air.
004-08
The fuel system must be deaerated after all works on the open
fuel system or after the tank has run out of fuel. Performing a test
run check fuel system for leaks.
000-08

Maintenance
Adhere to running-in regulations, servicing intervals and care measures

for diesel engine as specified in the operating manual of the engine
manufacturer.
800-08
4.04.02 Maintenance points at the engine for engine oil change

For engine maintenance see operating manual for diesel engine!
15250
[A] Oil dip stick [B] Oil filler

[C] Oil drain screw
# Lubricant only admissible if containing this marking (see page

145 sqq.).
872-01

Maintenance
4.04.03 Changing the filter cartridge for the fuel pre-filter
WARNING!
Inflamable fuel!
ground!
002-29
F
E
C G
15299
Replacing filter cartridge 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
2. Allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) .
3. Open the drain valve [A] (screw conical nipple into housing).
4. Open the vent screw [D].
5. Drain the fuel and the water sump from the filter.
6. Unscrew filter cartridge [C].
7. Unscrew the drain housing [B] from the filter cartridge and clean it.
8. Remove contamination from drain valve [A] (check function).
9. Screw the drain housing [B] with a new gasket ring to the filter car-
tridge [C] and tighten by hand. Close drain valve [A] (unscrew the
tightening cone from the housing until the stop).
10.Apply a thin coat of oil to the rubber seal and screw the new filter car-
tridge [C] to the filter head until the seal makes contact. Tighten the
filter cartridge by hand further by half a turn.
11. Fill the filter with fuel using the hand pump [E] until fuel comes from
the purge bore.
12.Screw in and tighten the vent screw [D].
13.Open the vent screws [F] at the fuel filter cartridges [G].
14.Actuate the hand pump further until fuel comes out of the purge
bores.
15.Screw in and tighten the vent screw [F].
16.Continue to actuate the hand pump until there is a notable resistance
at the actuation button.

Maintenance
17.Check for tightness after assembly.
Purging of the fuel system is performed by starting the Diesel

engine. For this, several starting attempts may be necessary.
The starting process may last 20 seconds as a maximum; oth-
erwise, the starter winding will be overheated and destroyed.
There must be pauses of a minimum of 1 minute between the
individual starting processes in order to allow the starter to cool
down.
The fuel pre-filter must be drained at the drain valve [A] from time to time
depending on the water content in the fuel. If the pilot light [227] flashes,
the water sump must be drained immediately in order to avoid damage
on the diesel engine.
837-18
4.04.04 *Draining water separator
WARNING!
Inflamable fuel!
ground!
002-29
1
15687
General To avoid damage to the diesel engine, the water separator must be
drained at the drain valve [A] depending on the water content in the
fuel. If the fuel has a high water content, the water separator must be
drained more often. If the pilot light [227] flashes, the water sump must
be drained immediately in order to avoid damage on the diesel engine.
Draining water sump 1. Open drain valve [A].

2. Allow water sump to drain off.
3. Close drain valve.
897-01

Maintenance
4.04.05 *Changing the filter insert of the dirt and water separator
WARNING!
Inflamable fuel!
ground!
002-29
E B
1
15688
Changing filter insert 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F).
3. Close the fuel shutoff valve if existing (only if the fuel tank is installed
in high position).
4. Open drain valve [A].
5. Open the vent screw [D].
6. Drain the fuel and the water sump from the filter.
7. Loosen 4 screws [b] and remove (screws are spring-loaded at the be-
ginning).
8. Removing cover [C]
9. Remove internal spring cage.
10.Pull the filter insert out of the housing and replace with a new one.
11. Mount the spring cage and the lid [C] (tighten screws [B] diagonally).
12.Close drain valve [A].
13.Open the fuel stop cock if existing (only if the fuel tank is installed in
high position).
14.Fill the water separator with fuel using the manual pump [E] on the
fuel prefilter until fuel comes from the purge bore [D].
15.Screw in and tighten the vent screw [D].
16.Continue to actuate the manual pump until there is a notable resis-
tance at the actuation button.
17.Check for tightness after assembly.

Maintenance
Purging of the fuel system is performed by starting the diesel en-

gine. For this purpose, several starting attempts may be neces-
sary. The starting process may last 20 seconds as a maximum;
otherwise, the starter winding will be overheated and destroyed.
There must be pauses of at least 1 minute between the individ-
ual starting processes in order to allow the starter to cool down.
882-00
4.04.06 Checking and cleaning dust discharge valve
15309
Prior to start of work check whether the opening of the dust discharge
valve [A] is clogged with moist dirt deposits.
2. Squeeze the dust discharge valve [A] and clean the discharge slot.
810-18

Maintenance
4.04.07 Checking and replacing the air filter
WARNING!
Exposed, rotating parts!
Start the diesel engine only with closed engine hood resp. closed en-
gine room doors.
Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone of the
machine.
002-30
The operability control of the air filter cartridge and the safety cartridge
must be performed with the diesel engine running.
1. Start the diesel engine.
If the pilot light [203] does not light up, both filter cartridges are still com-
pletely operable. If the pilot light flashes, the air filter cartridge [B] resp.
the safety cartridge [A] must be replaced.
15084
Replacing the air filter 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
cartridge 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F).
3. Pull out lock [C].
4. Turn the dust container [D] anti-clockwise (appr. 10°) and remove it.
5. Clean the inside of the dust collectors.
6. Replace the air filter cartridge [B].
7. Re-assemble in reverse order.
The operability check for the safety filter cartridge [A] is performed to-
gether with the replacement of the air filter cartridge [B]. For that pur-
pose the diesel engine is started with open filter housing and newly in-
serted air filter cartridge. If the pilot light [203] does not light up during
this process, the safety filter cartridge is still completely operable. If the
pilot light flashes, the safety filter cartridge must be replaced.
810-17

Maintenance
4.04.08 Changing the safety cartridge

Change the safety filter cartridge in the following intervals:
After having changed the air filter cartridge five times.
After 2000 operating hours at the latest.
If the pilot light [203] does not go out after having changed the air fil-
ter cartridge.
If the air filter cartridge is defective.
15087
Changing the safety cartridge 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
3. Remove the air filter cartridge [B].
4. Pull out safety filter cartridge [A].
5. Insert a new safety filter cartridge.
6. Insert the air filter cartridge [B].
The safety filter cartridge may only be taken from the housing
for replacement purposes. The safety cartridge must not be
cleaned. The diesel engine must not be operated without air filter
cartridge and safety filter cartridge.
861-04

Maintenance
4.04.09 Checking the radiator
10175

3. Check the cooling fins of the radiator for contamination.
If the cooling unit is contaminated it must be cleaned thoroughly and im-

mediately.
4. Clean the radiator carefully with a high-pressure cleaner.
824-04
4.04.10 Checking coolant level
A B
15300

2. Only check the coolant level when the engine is cold.
3. Correct coolant level: Min. mark [B] at the compensator tank.
Do not exceed this level!
4. In case of a lack of coolant, only fill up coolant in the specified con-
centration through filling opening [A] at the compensator tank.
5. In case of bigger coolant losses, find out and eliminate the cause.
& Lubricant only admissible if containing this marking (see page

145 sqq.).
815-06

Maintenance
4.04.11 Changing the coolant
WARNING!
Never open the sealing cap of the compensator tank when the en-
gine is hot.
002-31
A B C
15301

2. Open the sealing cap [A] at the compensator tank.
3. Remove the lower coolant hose [B] from the radiator and drain the
coolant in a provided receptacle.
4. Drain the engine block at the drain plug [C] according to the engine
operating manual.
5. Screw in again and tighten drain plug [C] and install coolant hose [B]
to the radiator adaptor.
6. Set the temperature regulator for the cabin heating to maximum tem-
perature.
7. Top up coolant up to the max. mark of the compensation tank.
8. Close the filling opening with the sealing cap [A].
9. Start the diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature (thermo-
stat opens).
10.Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
11. Check coolant level when the motor is cold, fill up as necessary.
12.Correct coolant level: Between the Min. and Max. mark at the com-
pensation tank.
& Lubricant only admissible if containing this marking (see page

145 sqq.).
866-09

Maintenance
Hydraulic oil supply
4.05 Hydraulic oil supply

4.05.01 General
Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly (at least 1x
yearly) for leaks and visible damage.
Damaged parts must be replaced immediately. Further operation is inad-
missible. Oil spurting out can lead to injuries and fire.
Avoid subsequent damage! After a damage to the hydraulic system, with
a foreign object having entered the oil circuit, the entire hydraulic sys-
tem must be cleaned. This work may only be performed by trained spe-
cialised personnel! Call the customer service!
After that, replace all suction filters, return filters or pressure filters in the
hydraulic system after 50 and after 125 operating hours.
888-00
4.05.02 Checking filling level hydraulic oil
A B
15287

2. check only is the engine is cooled down, approx. 20 °C (68 °F).
3. Correct oil level: Centre of inspection glass [A].
Do not exceed this level!
4. If the oil level is too low, fill in appropriate oil through filling aperture
[B].
5. In case of bigger oil losses, find out and eliminate the cause.
$ Lubricant only admissible if containing this marking (see page

145 sqq.).
811-03

Maintenance
4.05.03 Changing hydraulic oil and ventilation filter
WARNING!
002-10
A B C
15302

3. Unscrew oil drain screw [C] down on the oil tank and let the used oil
drain into a provided receptacle.
4. Remove ventilation filter [B] and replace by a new one.
5. Screw in oil drain screw [C] and tighten.
6. Fill in specified oil through filling opening [B] to the centre of the in-
spection glass [A].
7. Start the diesel engine, actuate drive lever [501] with low engine
speed until the drive activates, furthermore actuate the steering.
Pipes and hoses are filled with oil and purged.
8. Check the oil level of the diesel engine with the engine at a standstill.
If necessary fill up to the centre of the inspection glass [A].
9. Check the hydraulic system for leaks.
$ Lubricant only admissible if containing this marking (see page

145 sqq.).
860-10

Maintenance
4.05.04 Replacing filter insert of pressure filter for hydraulic system
WARNING!
002-32
09990
Perform following maintenance work on 2 filters:

2. Allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) .
3. Unscrew the cup-shaped housing [A].
4. Pull the filter insert [B] from the filter head and replace with a new
one.
5. Clean the inside of the cup-shaped housing, screw it back to the filter
head and tighten.
836-05

Maintenance
Drive
4.08 Drive
4.08.01 Checking the roller drum scraper
General Only correctly adjusted scrapers ensure a clean roller drum surface.
Check the condition of the scrapers. Replace worn scrapers in good
time.
825-15
536 B C D A
10229
If the scrapers are worn to such an extend that the scrapers in CENTRE
position do not rub against the roller drum, the basic settings must be
defined anew. Additionally, the scraper must be readjusted at the clamp
connection [D].
Basic setting of scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
2. Turn distance screw with stop lever [536] to CENTRE position.
3. Loosen lock nut [B] (2x) and bring scrapers in contact with roller
drums by means of the distance screw [C].
4. Tighten the lock nut [B].
Readjusting the scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
2. Turn distance screw with stop lever [536] to CENTRE position.
3. Loosen lock nut [B] (2x) and remove scrappers from the roller drums
by means of the distance screw [C].
4. Loosen clamping connection [D] (2x).
5. Push scraper [A] to the roller drum.
6. Tighten clamp connection [D]. Bring the scrapers in contact to the
roller drum with the distance screw.
7. Tighten the lock nut [B].
825-13

Maintenance
Drive
4.08.02 Checking scraper tyre

General Only with scrapers that are properly adjusted you will achieve a clean
tyre surface. Check the condition of the scrapers. Replace worn scrap-
ers in good time.
825-16
Version: tyres
A D C B D 536 A
15414
If the scrapers are worn to such an extend that the adjusting nut [C] is
in contact with the scrapers on the fixing device [B], the basic setting
must be defined anew. Additionally, the scraper can be readjusted at the
clamp connection [D].
Basic setting of scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
2. Turn stop lever [536] to position 0.
3. Establish a clearance of 10 mm between the tyres and the scraper by
means of the adjusting nut [C].
Readjusting the scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.
2. Turn stop lever [536] to position 0.
3. Loosen clamping connection [D] (2x).
4. Push scraper [A] to the tyres.
5. Tighten clamp connection [D].
After maintenance works the basic settings must be defined anew.

825-17

Maintenance
Drive
4.08.03 Checking the wheel nuts / wheel bolts for tightness
15488

2. Tighten the wheel nuts / wheel bolts crosswise.
For starting torque see Technical data (see page 150 sqq.).
879-00
4.08.09 Checking the air pressure in the tyres
WARNING!
Explosion, fluids under pressure!
Risk of injury due to flying parts and fluids spurting out under pressure.
Change damaged tyres.
When filling, do not exceed the values of the specified air pressure.
Use only suitable filling devices with a pressure indicator.
Fill tyres with water filling only in UPSIDE valve position.
When filling the tyres, be always next to the tyre, not in front of it.
002-43
A 15570

Maintenance
Drive
Visually inspect the tyre pressure daily. In case of visible air deficiency
fill the tyres with suitable filling devices to the specified air pressure.
2. Fasten filling hose to the valve [A] and fill the tyre till it reaches the
specified air pressure (air pressure see page 150 sqq.).
898-00
4.08.10 Changing the tyres

Preparation Only persons familiar with changing tyres and aware of dangers are
allowed to change the tyres.
Put machine on a safe surface (even, capable of bearing, horizontal).
Lift the machine only with suitable lifting equipment at the specified
lifting points considering the weights (see page 150 sqq.).
When jacking up the machine, use only stable liners capable of bear-
ing (e.g. squared timber of sufficient size)
Observe the weight of the tyres (see page 150 sqq.). Install if possi-
ble with two persons.
Dismantling 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key.

2. Lift the machine until the tyres are clear from the ground.
3. Put machine on the machine frame on liners capable of bearing
(tyres may not be in contact with the ground).
4. Unscrew wheel nuts.
5. Remove the circlips.
6. Remove the wheels from the wheel hub.
Installation 1. Put the wheels on the wheel hub (tyre bolts must align with the fixing
holes).
2. Put the circlip on the tyre bolt.
3. Screw the wheel nut on the tyre bolt and tighten with the starting
torque (see page 150 sqq.).
4. Lift the machine and remove the liners.
896-00

Maintenance
Steering system
4.09 Steering system

4.09.01 General
Any work in the danger zone of the articulated steering may only be
performed with the engine at a standstill and with the electrical system
switched off! Furthermore, the safety strut must be latched.
889-00
4.09.02 Lubricating the pivoted bearing
WARNING!
Prior to maintenance works, apply the safety strut in the hazard area.
002-33
A 10170

2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A].
" Lubricant only admissible if containing this marking (see page

145 sqq.).
820-04

Maintenance
Steering system
4.09.03 Lubricating the steering cylinder bolt
WARNING!
Prior to maintenance works, apply the safety strut in the hazard area.
002-33
A 10171

2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A] (2 nipples).
" Lubricant only admissible if containing this marking (see page

145 sqq.).
821-04

Maintenance
Sprinkling
4.12 Sprinkling
4.12.01 General
A high-volume, rustproof water filter, arranged upstream the water pump,
prevents a premature contamination of pump, lines and spraying noz-
zles, thus ensuring a trouble-free operation. Its maintenance depends on
the purity of the water used. Use clean water only!
890-00
4.12.02 Cleaning the water sprinkling unit
A B C D E
15281

2. Remove a sealing cap [B] per sprinkler pipe [A] (observe internal
gasket ring).
3. Remove the valve insert [D] with the membrane as well as the sprin-
kler nozzles [C] with filter from the sprinkler nozzle housing.
the pressure spring (observe gasket ring on filter head).
5. Pull the filter insert from the water tank.
6. Clean water tank thoroughly with pressure washer (if available) or
water jet.
7. Flush the sprinkler nozzle housings and the hoses.
Re-assemble in reverse order.

865-10

Maintenance
Sprinkling
4.12.03 Cleaning the filter for sprinkling
E 10163

the pressure spring (observe gasket ring on filter head).
3. Clean filter insert with pressure spring.

816-04
4.12.04 Cleaning the spay nozzles
F
A B C
G
05316

2. Loosen the cap nut [G] and remove it together with sprinkler nozzle
[F] and filter [E].
3. Remove the filter and the sprinkler nozzle from the cap nut and clean
them.
4. Unscrew the cap nut [A].
5. Remove valve insert [B] and membrane [C].
6. Flush the housing [D] with the sprinkling system switched on.

871-02

Maintenance
4.26 Vibration / oscillation

4.26.01 General
Prior to maintenance works clean roller drums thoroughly.
WARNING!
002-10
891-00
4.26.02 Checking vibrator oil filling level
A B 15416
only with undivided roller drum and vibration
Drive the machine slowly until the mark [A] is exactly perpendicular be-
low the axle.
3. Correct oil level: Centre of inspection glass [B].
4. If the oil level is insufficient, fill in oil through the filler bore [C].
Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.).
%
814-06

Maintenance
4.26.03 Changing vibrator oil
A B D 15417
only with undivided roller drum and vibration
Drive the machine slowly until the mark [A] is exactly perpendicular be-
low the axle.
3. Remove filling screw [C] for pressure equalization purposes.
4. Screw out oil drain screw [D] and let the used oil drain into a provided
receptacle.
5. Screw in and tighten the oil drain screw [D] with gasket ring.
6. Fill in the specified oil type through the filler bore [C].
Correct oil level: Centre of inspection glass [B].
7. Screw in and tighten the filling screw [C] with gasket ring.
Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.).
%
838-07

Maintenance
4.26.04 Checking the damping elements
A 15260

2. Check the damping elements [A] of the roller drum suspension for
cracks.
Replace damaged damping elements by new ones.

880-01
4.26.05 Changing the toothed belt for the oscillation drive
15418
Only for roller drum with oscillation
In order to avoid longer downtimes of the machine, we recommend to

replace the toothed belts for the oscillation drive after 2,000 operating
hours.
This work may only be carried out by trained personnel. Call the
customer service!
873-02

Maintenance
4.26.06 Lubricating the rotary connection of the roller drum
A 15419
only with divided roller drum and vibration
Drive slowly until the machine's lubrication nipple are accessible.

2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A] (4 nipples).
" Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.).
823-01

Tables
Technical data
5 TABLES
000-01
5.00 Technical data

5.00.01 Lubrication indications
Viscosity - temperature range
The viscosity of lubricant oil changes with the temperature. The ambient temperature at the place of utilisa-
tion determines the selection of the viscosity class (SAE class).
The following chart applies only for engine oil.
30
25
20
15
SAE 20W-50
10 A
SAE 15W-40
5 A
A A
SAE 10W-40
0 °C
SAE 10W-30
-5
SAE 5W-30
SAE 5W-40
SAE 0W-30
SAE 0W-40
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
02452
[A] Pre-heating only

Tables
Technical data
Lubrication indications
Lubricant Quality Viscosity Identification
Engine oil API: CG-4
The oil quality must correspond to the or higher
See chart
API / ACEA classification. ACEA: E5-02
or higher
Hydraulic oil (mineral oil)
The viscosity is determined in accor- Conditions
HVLP ISO VG 22 arctic
dance with DIN standard 3448 (ISO-VG:
viscosity grade). ISO VG 32 winter
ISO VG 46 summer
Hydraulic oil (biological hydraulic oil) ISO VG 68 tropical
Synthetic, saturated ester HEES ISO VG 100 extreme heat
(ISO-VG: viscosity grade).
Special oil
Only HAMM special oil is admissible.
Gear oil with Limited Slip additions.
The oil quality must meet the API GL-5 SAE 85W-90
API classification.
Coolant for engine, liquid-cooled (free of nitrite, amine and phosphate).
Mixture: 40 % coolant concentrate, 60 % water.
Lubricating grease
Lithium-based multi-purpose grease with high-pressure additives.
Temperature application range from -25 °C (-13 °F) to +120 °C (248 °F).
See for order numbers and packing size WIRTGEN GROUP Document Parts and More.
804-02
5.00.02 Use of biologic hydraulic oil

The hydraulic system of the machine is generally filled with mineral oil in factory. All maintenance intervals
given in these maintenance instructions are related to mineral oil.
The use of biological hydraulic oil is admissible under the following circumstances:
Only biological hydraulic oil on the basis of special synthetic saturated complex esters may be used.
The products used and recommended by HAMM can be taken from the lubricant indications (see page
145 sqq.). Other oils used must correspond to the specifications of the oil above mentioned. The neu-
tralisation value (oil acid) may not exceed 2.
Hydraulic oil replacement (biological hydraulic oil replaces mineral oil; mineral oil replaces biological hy-
draulic oil) may only be performed in accordance with special instructions. You can request for these in-
structions at HAMM Customer service. All filters in the oil circuit are to be replaced 50 operating hours
after oil replacement. After that, the filter change intervals given in this instructions apply again.
Used biological oil must be disposed at a reliable place of disposal, just like mineral oil.
801-01

Tables
Technical data
5.00.03 Coolant conditioning

For liquid-cooled diesel engines, special care must be taken for the conditioning and the inspection of the
coolant; otherwise, corrosion, cavitation and freezing can cause damage on the diesel engine. The condi-
tioning of the coolant is performed by adding a cooling system protection agent to the coolant.
The cooling system requires constant monitoring. Apart from the control of the coolant level, this also im-
plies the verification of the concentration of the cooling system protection agent.
The concentration of the cooling system protection agent can be checked with commercially available test
devices (e.g. gefo glycomat ®).
The concentration of the cooling system protection agent in the coolant should not exceed or fall
short of the following values:
Cooling system protection Water
agent
max. 45 Vol. % 55 %
min. 35 Vol. % 65 %
The products used and recommended by HAMM (free from nitrites, amines and phosphates) can be taken
from the lubricating instructions (see page 145 sqq.). The factory-filled coolant mixture consists of 40 %
Cooling system protective agent and 60 % water. This guarantees freezing protection up to -25 °C (-13 °F).
The cooling system protectiv agent can be purchased from HAMM customer service.
802-01

Tables
Technical data
5.00.04 Fuel
Use only the diesel fuel commercially available which contains a sulphur content below 0,5 % . The engine
oil replacement intervals specified here apply only for diesel fuel.
Approved diesel fuel specifications are:

DIN EN 590
ASTM D 975 Grade-No. 1-D and 2-D
JIS K 2204 Grade 1 Fuel and Grade 2 Fuel, with lubricating properties corresponding to diesel fuel
EN 590 (HFFR max. 460 micrometer in accordance with EN ISO 12156)
In case other fuels are used that do not comply with the afore mentioned requirements, we do not accept
any guarantee.
With diesel fuels with a sulfur content over 0,5 % to 1,0 % or permanent ambient air temperatures below
-10 °C (-14 °F) the change intervals of the motor oil need to be halved.
The certification measurements to measure the compliance with statutory emission limits are carried out
using the test fuels specified by law. These fuels comply with the diesel fuels specified in this operating
manual according to EN 590 and ASTM D 975. For all other fuels specified in this operating manual we
cannot guarantee any emission values.
+32 0
C
+23 -5
+14 -10
+5 -15
-4 -20
D
-13 -25
-22 -30
°F °C 0% 10 % 20 % 30 %
A B
10209
[A] Exterior temperature [B] Admixture fraction petroleum

[C] Summer diesel fuel [D] Winter diesel fuel
Winter operation with diesel fuel

With lower ambient temperatures paraffin precipitations may result in congestions of the fuel system and,
thus, in malfunctions.
Below an ambient temperature of 0 °C (32 °F) it is necessary to use winter diesel fuel
(up to -20°C (-4 °F)) (gas stations provide them early enough prior to winter time).
Below -20 °C (-4 °F) it is necessary to add petroleum.
For the mixture ration required please see diagram.
For arctic climate zones up to -44 °C (-47 °F) it is possible to use special diesel fuels.
In case it is necessary to use summer diesel fuels below 0 °C (32 °F) , it is also possible to add petroleum
up to 30 % as indicated in the diagram.
Sufficient cold resistance may be achieved by adding flow improver.
715-01

Tables
Technical data
5.00.05 Starting torques

The starting torques indicated within the tables apply to nuts in accordance with DIN 934 and screws with
headrest according to DIN 931 (frictional coefficient μtotal = 0.12) unless otherwise specified.
Check screws and nuts regularly for tight seat, if necessary, retighten.
Starting torques for regular type screw threads

Starting torques MA (Nm)
Threads
8.8 10.9 12.9
M4 2,7 4,0 4,7
M5 5,5 8,1 9,5
M6 9,5 14 16,5
M8 23 34 40
M10 46 68 79
M12 79 117 135
M14 125 185 215
M16 195 280 330
M18 280 390 460
M20 390 560 650
M22 530 750 880
M24 670 960 1120
M27 1000 1400 1650
M30 1350 1900 2250
Starting torques for fine threads

Starting torques MA (Nm)
Threads
8.8 10.9 12.9
M8x1 24,5 36 43
M10x1.25 49 72 84
M12x1.25 87 125 150
M12x1.5 83 122 145
M14x1.5 135 200 235
M16x1.5 205 300 360
M18x1.5 310 440 520
M20x1.5 430 620 720
M22x1.5 580 820 960
M24x2 730 1040 1220
M27x2 1070 1500 1800
M30x2 1490 2120 2480
892-00

Tables
Technical data
5.01 Technical data

5.01.01 HD+ 90 VV
Description Value Units
Dimensions and weights
Basic weight without cab 8490 kg
Operating weight with cabin 9380 kg
Axle load front / rear 4740 / 4640 kg
Working width / max. working width 1680 / 1850 mm
Turning radius inside / outside 5250 / 6930 mm
Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Type TCD 2012 L04 2V
Number of cylinders 4
Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed 100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min
Emission level COM 3, EPA 3
Drive
Speed working gear 0-6,0 / (0-3,7) km/h / (mph)
Speed transportation gear 0-12,0 / (0-7,4) km/h / (mph)
Climbing ability, vibration on / off 35 / 40 %
Max. longitudinal gradient allowed 30 °
Max. transverse gradient allowed 30 °
Vibration
Vibration front / back
Level 1: Frequency / speed 40 / 2400 Hz / 1/min
Level 1: Amplitude max. 0,62 mm
Steering
Steering angle to both sides 30 °
Oscillation upwards and downwards 10 °
Track offset
Track offset to both sides 170 mm

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Engine oil (for oil change) 11,50 l
Coolant engine 16,00 l
Hydraulic oil 40,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Vibrator (2x) 6,50 l
Air conditioning (R134a) 1,6 kg
Noise data
Guaranteed sound power level LWA 108 dB(A)
Measured noise level at operator platform with
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)
ROPS roll-over bar 90 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.02 HD+ 90 VV-HV

Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Vibration
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.03 HD+ 90 VO
Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Vibration
Vibration front
Oscillation
Oscillation rear
Frequency / speed 42 / 2520 Hz / 1/min
Tangential amplitude 1,44 mm
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.04 HD+ 90 VV-S

Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Vibration
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.05 HD+ 90 VO-S

Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Vibration
Vibration front
Oscillation
Oscillation rear
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.06 HD+ 90 VT
Wheel load per tyre 1036,3 kg
Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Tyre equipment
Tyre size 11.00-20
Number of tyres 4 Quantity
Weight of tyres 130 kg
Air pressure 0,3 / (3,0) / [44] MPa / (bar) / [psi]
Starting torque wheel nut 360 Nm
Vibration
Vibration front
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Vibrator 6,5 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Additive sprinkling 22 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.07 HD+ 110 VV

Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Vibration
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.08 HD+ 110 VV-HV

Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Vibration
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.09 HD+ 110 VO

Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Vibration
Vibration front
Oscillation
Oscillation rear
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Technical data
5.01.10 HD+ 110 VT

Wheel load per tyre 1106,3 kg
Diesel engine
Manufacturer Deutz
Drive
Tyre equipment
Tyre size 11.00-20
Number of tyres rear 4 Quantity
Weight of tyres 130 kg
Air pressure 0,3 / (3,0) / [44] MPa / (bar) / [psi]
Starting torque wheel nut 360 Nm
Vibration
Vibration front
Steering
Track offset

Tables
Technical data

Filling quantities
Fuel 150,00 l
Vibrator 6,5 l
Sprinkling 834,00 l
Additive sprinkling 22 l
Noise data
ROPS cabin 81 dB(A)

Tables
Dimension sheet
5.02 Dimension sheet

5.02.01 HD+ 90 VV, HD+ 90 VV-HV, HD+ 90 VO, HD+ 90 VV-S, HD+ 90 VO-S,
HD+ 110 VV, HD+ 110 VV-HV, HD+ 110 VO
1815
(71,4")
(122,0")
(118,1")
3100
3050
(86,0")
2185
(31,1")
790
ø12
(13,0")
00
330
1
2 7=
(0 2 = H
(0 ,7" HD D+
60 1680 60 ,9 = + 9 3400 60 1680 60
"= H 1 0
(2,4") (66,1") (2,4") HD D+ 10 (133,9") (2,4") (66,1") (2,4")
+ 90
1800 11 ) 4600 1800
(70,9") 0) (181,1") (70,9")
15407
5.02.02 HD+ 90 VT, HD+ 110 VT
1815
(71,4")
(122,0")
(120,1")
3100
3050
(86,0")
2185
(32,3")
820
(13,0")
1
22 7 =
330
(0 = HD
(0 ,7" = HD +
,9" + 9
310 114 = HD+ 11 0 3400 60 1680 60
(12,2") HD 9 0 (66,1") (2,4")
(4,5") + 0) (133,9") (2,4")
11
76 150 0) 4600 1800
(2,9") (5,9") (181,1") (70,9")
31 1620
(1,2") (63,8")
15408

Tables
Fuses and diagnostic interfaces
5.03 Fuses and diagnostic interfaces

Fuses
Position Fuse occupancy Fuse
F1 RC power element, driving 15 A
F2 Additional electrical system, standard 15 A
F3 Control diesel engine (EMR) 25 A
F4 Cabin (clamp 30) 15 A
F5 Electrical system (terminal 15) 15 A
F6 Warning flashers, parking light (terminal 30) 10 A
F7 not used
F8 Sensors for:
– Hydraulic motor front left
– Wheel motor front right
– Filling level transmitter water
– Pressure switch, parking brake 1A
F9 RC power element, ASC 15 A
F10 not used
F11 RC control element, driving 1A
F12 RC control element, ASC 1A
F13 Sensors for:
– Wheel motor front right
– Hydraulic motor rear right 1A
F14 Sensors for:
– Track offset left
– Track offset right
– Engine vibration front
– Engine vibration rear
– Filter hydraulic oil
– Asphalt temperature 3A
F15 HCQ indicator 7.5 A
F16 Additional electrical system 15 A
F17 Operating elements on the operator's seat 5A
F18 Blinker, lighting 10 A
F19 Sprinkling pump 15 A
F20 Additive sprinkling 15 A
F21 Signal horn 15 A
F22 Windshield wiper front / back
Windshield washer 30 A
F23 Cabin (clamp 15) 15 A
F24 Heating, air conditioning (terminal 15) 30 A
F25 not used
F26 Beacon 10 A
F27 Back-up light 15 A
F28 Working spotlight 25 A

Tables
Fuses and diagnostic interfaces
Position Fuse occupancy Fuse

F29 Drum edge lighting 15 A
F30 Driving light left 10 A
F31 Driving light right 10 A
F32 Parking light right 5A
F33 Parking light left 5A
F34 Diagnostic interface WIDIAG 2A
FT Header for fuse test
When the green LED lights up, the fuse is operable.
Diagnosis interfaces
Position Diagnostic interface
X37 Data line engine control
X41 CAN-Bus A
X42 CAN-Bus B
X100 Terminal 31 (ground)
X101 Data line driving
X102 Flash memory driving
X103 Data line ASC
X104 Flash memory ASC
400-21

Assembly instructions
Instructions for installation and retrofitting
6 ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
000-01
6.00 Instructions for installation and retrofitting

6.00.01 Safety device ROPS cabin
NO! OK!
M12
Mt 85 Nm
10164
General The ROPS cabin is a safety device in the case the machine tilts or rolls
over. It avoids that the driver is crushed to death based on the high self-
weight of the machine. In case the ROPS cabin was demounted (from
the machine) due to transport or repair reasons, the ROPS cabin needs
to be remounted according to instructions prior to operating the machine
again.

Assembly instructions ROPS

WARNING!
cabin
High self-weight of machine!
Risk for life: Machine may crush you to death if tilting or rolling over.
Operate machine only with the ROPS safety device installed accord-
ing to instructions.
With detectable defects of the ROPS safety device or of its fixation it
is not allowed to operate the machine.
002-34
Installation
1. Use appropriate lifting devices and hoisting equipment. Observe
weight (see type plate of ROPS safety device).
2. Lift ROPS cabin onto platform and align with fixing holes.
3. Screw ROPS cabin with operator platform. Observe specified starting
torque (see picture).
Visual test The machine frame must not be warped, bent or cracked in the ROPS
fixing area (deformation).
The reinforcement elements of the ROPS cabin must not show rust,
damage, fissures or open fractures.
All screw connections of the reinforcement elements must comply with
the given specifications and must be screwed tightly to each other (ob-
serve starting torque values).
Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent or deformed.
It is absolutely forbidden to modify or repair / level the reinforcement ele-
ments in any way.
619-00

6.00.02 Safety device ROPS roll-over bar
NO! OK!
M12
Mt 85 Nm
10165
General The ROPS roll-over bar is a safety device in the case the machine tilts
or rolls over. It avoids that the driver is crushed to death based on the
high self-weight of the machine. In case the ROPS roll-over bar was
dismounted (from the machine) due to transport or repair reasons, the
ROPS roll-over bar needs to be remounted according to instructions pri-
or to operating the machine again.
Assembly instructions ROPS

WARNING!
roll-over bar
High self-weight of machine!
Risk for life: Machine may crush you to death if tilting or rolling over.
Operate machine only with the ROPS safety device installed accord-
ing to instructions.
With detectable defects of the ROPS safety device or of its fixation it
is not allowed to operate the machine.
002-34
Installation
weight (see type plate of ROPS safety device).
2. Lift ROPS roll-over bar onto platform and align with fixing holes.
3. Screw ROPS roll-over bar with operator platform. Observe specified
starting torque (see picture).

Visual test The machine frame must not be warped, bent or cracked in the ROPS
fixing area (deformation).
The reinforcement elements of the ROPS roll-over bar must not show
rust, damage, fissures or open fractures.
All screw connections of the reinforcement elements must comply with
the given specifications and must be screwed tightly to each other (ob-
serve starting torque values).
Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent or deformed.
It is absolutely forbidden to modify or repair / level the reinforcement ele-
ments in any way.
620-00

*Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)
6.01 *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

Adhere also to the manufacturer's operating manual when work-
ing with the chip spreader.
15667
General NOTICE
High linear load of the drum!
Movements and cracks may occur in the asphalt layer.
Do not drive with a fully loaded storage tank into the hot asphalt.
004-09
The chip spreader is an additional device regulating the output of chips

and rolling them into the road surface. An optimum output of the spread-
ing material depends on an exact setting of the spreading components.
621-00

6.01.01 Overview chip spreader

Chip spreader
E
D C B A F G 15668
[A] Distribution cylinder [B] Shut-off valve

[C] Dosing bar [D] Setting screw
[E] Storage tank [F] Connections for the hydraulic
system
[G] Connection lighting
A B
C 15677
[A] Lifting eyes [B] Lifting claw

[C] Fastening screw

6.01.02 General view of instruments and operating elements

345
344 15596
[344] Switch chip spreader [345] Switch spreading value

6.01.03 Switch
344 Chip spreader
The chip spreader is in normal operation if switched to position I. The

II spreading material is only applied if the machine is moving.
The chip spreader is in continuous operation if switched to position II.
The storage tank can be emptied if the machine is stationary.
I Continuous operation — position II
Normal operation — position I
Off — position 0
0 0344-200
344-02
345 Sprinkle value
(Only if equipped with spreading roller; if equipped with disk spreader

without function)
The speed of the distribution cylinder is continuously adjustable between
0 and maximum speed with the knob. By means of the scale you can de-
termine and adjust the spreading value. The quantity of the spreading
material depends on the roller speed.
Min. speed — stop LEFT
Max. speed — stop RIGHT
0345-200
345-02

6.01.04 Operation
WARNING!
Carry out adjustments and maintenance work only when the engine
is stopped.
002-48
Spreading width
A B
15669
The spreading width is set by opening the shut-off valve segments [A].
The segments must be opened manually prior to the start of spreading
according to the spread. For this purpose, hook in the segments into
the upper mounting brackets [B]. On completion of the spreading work,
close the shut-off valve in order to avoid that more spreading material
trickles out.
750-00
Dosing bar
C
B A D 15670

According to the set distance between the dosing bar [A] and the distri-
bution cylinder [B] more or less spreading material is applied. Adjust the
exact clearance [D] by the setting screw [C].
Rule of thumb: The clearance matches 1.5 times the maximum chip
size.
751-00
Distribution cylinder
345
A 15671
The rotating distribution cylinder [A] conveys the spreading material onto
the road surface. The speed of the distribution roller is determined by the
set spreading value [345] and the driving speed. The higher the driving
speed the higher the distribution roller speed and thus the spread quan-
tity. Therefore, the specified spread amount per m² remains exactly the
same independently from the driving speed.
752-00
Switching on and off

345
spreading
344 15596
Spreading operation off

1. Switch [344] — position 0

Normal operation
1. Spreading value [345] — PRESELECTION
Spreading is connected to the driving movement. If the machine is at

standstill, the spreading is also switched off.
Continuous operation
1. Switch [344] — position II
In order to empty the storage tank, the distribution cylinder is switched ot

maximums speed and continuous operation. Spreading material output
is also facilitated if the machine is stationary.
753-00
Determine the spreading The exact amount to be spread is determined through tests according to
value the following procedure:
1. Adjust the dosing bar (1.5 times the maximum chip size).
2. Open shut-off valve for spread.
3. Set the spreading value [345] to half of the spreading value range.
4. Perform a spreading test by moving over a sheet of paper of the size
297 x 210 mm (DIN A4).
5. Weight the spreading material or fill it from the paper sheet into a me-
tering box (size 100 ml, matches the volume of a cigarette packet).
6. Compare amount with the value in the table.
7. Increase or reduce the spreading value and repeat the test until the
correct spread quantity is reached.
Coarse detail for the spread quantity on a 297 x 210 mm sheet of paper
and a spreading material density of 1.6 kg/dm³.
Required Weight of Volume of Part of the
spread spreading spreading amount in the
quantity matierial on the matierial on the metering box
kg/m² paper sheet paper sheet
g ml
0,5 31 20 1/5
1,0 62 40 2/5
1,5 94 60 3/5
2,0 125 80 4/5
2,5 156 100 5/5
754-00

6.01.05 Maintenance
General Always adhere to the instructions given in the section "Important infor-
mation on maintenance works" (see page 111) as a matter of principle
when maintaining the chip spreader.
Chassis / safety features Check the operating and safety instructions on the chip spreader. Re-
place damaged and/or non-readable signs.
Ensure that hinges and links move easily and lubricate lightly.
Check lighting.
Check heavily loaded screw connection and make sure it is seated
tightly, e.g. mounting console.
806-00
Lubricating the bearings

A
15672

2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A].
" Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.).
807-00
Readjusting the scraper
B C A B 15673-1

If the scraper is worn to such an extend that spreading material falls

down between distribution cylinder [C] and scraper [B], the scraper must
be re-adjusted. Replace worn scrapers in good time.
2. Loosen clamp connection [A] (10x).
3. Push scraper [B] to the distribution cylinder [C].
4. Tighten clamp connection [A].
Scrapers which are only worn on one side can be re-used by

turning them.
808-00

6.01.06 Assembly
WARNING!
High self-weight of the chip spreader!
Danger to life during assembly due to crushing or pinching.
Work on firm ground (even, capable of bearing, horizontal) during as-
sembly.
Carry out assembly works only when the engine is stopped.
Carry out assembly only with the storage tank empty.
Do not rest or work under suspended loads.
002-49
Installing the chip spreader

A B
C 15677

weight (see type plate of chip spreader).
2. Raise chip spreader on the lifting eyes [A].
3. Attach it on the machine frame by means of the lifting claw [B] and
align to the fastening holes [C].
4. Screw in fastening screws [C] and tighten.
622-00

Connecting chip spreader

with machine B
15675
1. Connect the lines [A] for the hydraulic system.

2. Connect line [B] for the lighing.
623-00
Dismantle chip spreader Dismantling of the chip spreader is done in the reverse order of installa-
tion.
1. Empty storage tank.
2. Disconnect the lines for lighing and hydraulic system.
3. Fasten chip spreader on the towing loops.
4. Remove fastening screws.
5. Lift chip spreader at the towing loops from the machine frame.
624-00

6.01.07 Technical data BS-WA 1700

Basic weight chip spreader 220 kg
Weight attachment device 80 kg
Operating weight with chips 1820 kg
(calculated with a chip weight of 1600 kg/m³)
Storage tank contents 900 l
Working width 1700 mm
Working speed 0-5,0 (0-3,1) km/h (mph)
6.01.08 Dimension sheet BS-WA 1700

(71,3”)
1810
(16,1”)
410
19°
1040 3400
(40,9”) (133,9”)
5515
(217,1”)
15676

*Disk spreader (chip spreader)
6.02 *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

Adhere also to the manufacturer's operating manual when work-
ing with the chip spreader.
15674
General NOTICE
High linear load of the drum!
Movements and cracks may occur in the asphalt layer.
Do not drive with a fully loaded storage tank into the hot asphalt.
004-09
The chip spreader is an additional device regulating the output of chips

and rolling them into the road surface. The spreading width is adjustable
between 2 m and 6 m. An optimum output of the spreading material de-
pends on an exact setting of the spreading components.
621-01

6.02.01 Overview chip spreader

Chip spreader
E B
D C A F G 15678
[A] Spreading discs [B] Shut-off valve

[C] Spreading width limitation [D] Dosing device for spreading
material
[E] Storage tank [F] Connections for the hydraulic
system
[G] Connection lighting
A B C
D 15679
[A] Lifting eyes [B] Top link

[C] Coupling point for top link [D] Coupling point for bottom link

6.02.02 General view of instruments and operating elements

345
344 15596
[344] Switch chip spreader [345] Switch spreading value (with-

out function)
6.02.03 Switch
344 Chip spreader
The chip spreader is in normal operation if switched to position I. The

II spreading material is only applied if the machine is moving.
The chip spreader is in continuous operation if switched to position II.
The storage tank can be emptied if the machine is stationary.
I Continuous operation — position II
Normal operation — position I
Off — position 0
0 0344-200
344-02

6.02.04 Operation
WARNING!
is stopped.
002-48
WARNING!
Flying spreading matierial!
Risk of injury due to accelerated spreading material flying off.
Do not operate chip spreader in the vicinity of persons or objects.
Take the throwing width of the chip spreader into account.
is stopped.
002-50
Shut-off valve
A B
C 15680
By opening the shut-off valve [A] the spreading matierial supply to the
spreading disc is opened. If the valve is operated hydraulically, it is
opened and closed automatically when the spreading discs are switched
on or off by means of a hydraulic cylinder [C]. If the valves are operated
manually, they must be opend with the hand levers [B] before switching
in the spreading discs.
755-00

Dosage of the amount to be

spread A B
15681
The spread quantity is determined by the opening section of the shut-

off valves and limited by the adjusting lever [A]. According to the setting
more or less spreading material trickles onto the spreading discs. The
chip grain size and the output amount influence the opening cross sec-
tion. For adjustments loosen the T-screw [B] and push the adjustment
lever upwards or downwards. Tighten the T-screw.
756-00
Mechanical limiting of the

spread B
15682
The inclination of the spread width limitation [A] determines the throw-
ing range of the spreading material. By lifting or lowering the discs the
spreading width is set. Hook the carabine swivel [B] in the hole provided.
757-00

Spreading discs
A A 15683
The rotating spreading discs [A] throw the spreading matierial out of the
spreader. The speed of the spreading discs is linked to the speed of the
diesel engine.
758-00
Switching on and off

spreading
344 15684
Spreading operation off

1. Switch [344] — position 0
Normal operation
Spreading is connected to the driving movement. If the machine is at

standstill, the spreading is also switched off.
Continuous operation
1. Switch [344] — position II
To empty the storage tanks, the spreading discs are switched to continu-
ous operation. Spreading material output is also facilitated if the machine
is stationary.
753-01

Determine the spreading The exact amount to be spread is determined through tests according to
value the following procedure:
1. Set the shut-off valve for the amount to be spread according to the ta-
ble.
2. Define the throwing width by setting the spread limit.
3. Set the spreading value [345] to half of the spreading value range.
4. Perform a spreading test by driving over a sheet of paper 297 x 210
mm (DIN A4) with constant driving speed.
5. Weight the spreading material or fill it from the paper sheet into a me-
tering box (size 100 ml, matches the volume of a cigarette packet).
6. Compare amount with the value in the table.
7. Modify the driving speed or the position of the shut-off valve and re-
peat the test until the correct spread quantity is reached.
Coarse detail for the spread quantity on a 297 x 210 mm sheet of paper
and a spreading material density of 1.6 kg/dm³.
Spreading width 3 m
Scale Spread Weight Volume
quantity on the pa- on the pa-
kg/m² per sheet per sheet
g ml
1 km/h 15 1,3 78 56
20 2,5 153 110
25 3,3 201 143
30 3,8 238 170
2 km/h 15 0,6 39 28
20 1,2 77 55
25 1,6 100 72
30 1,9 119 85
3 km/h 15 0,4 26 19
20 0,8 51 37
25 1,0 67 48
30 1,3 79 57
4 km/h 15 0,3 20 14
20 0,6 38 27
25 0,8 50 36
30 1,0 59 42
5 km/h 15 0,2 16 1
20 0,5 31 22
25 0,7 40 29
30 0,8 48 34

Spreading width 5 m
g ml
1 km/h 15 0,8 50 36
20 1,5 94 67
25 2,0 125 89
30 2,3 143 102
2 km/h 15 0,4 25 18
20 0,8 50 36
25 1,0 62 45
30 1,2 75 53
3 km/h 15 0,3 19 13
20 0,5 31 22
25 0,7 44 31
30 0,8 50 36
4 km/h 15 0,2 12 9
20 0,4 25 18
25 0,5 31 22
30 0,6 37 27
5 km/h 15 0,1 6 4
20 0,3 19 13
25 0,4 25 18
30 0,5 31 22

Spreading width 6 m
g ml
1 km/h 15 0,6 37 27
20 1,3 81 58
25 1,7 106 76
30 2,0 125 89
2 km/h 15 0,4 25 18
20 0,6 37 27
25 0,8 50 36
30 1,0 62 45
3 km/h 15 0,2 12 9
20 0,4 25 18
25 0,5 31 22
30 0,6 37 27
4 km/h 15 0,2 12 9
20 0,3 19 13
25 0,4 25 18
30 0,5 31 22
5 km/h 15 0,1 6 4
20 0,2 12 9
25 0,3 19 13
30 0,4 25 18
754-01

6.02.05 Maintenance
General Always adhere to the instructions given in the section "Important infor-
mation on maintenance works" (see page 111) as a matter of principle
when maintaining the chip spreader. Proceed according to the descrip-
tion of the manufacturer's operating manual when replacing wear parts.
Chassis / safety features Check the operating and safety instructions on the chip spreader. Re-
place damaged and/or non-readable signs.
Ensure that hinges, links and threads move easily and lubricate light-
ly.
Lubricate the sliding face of the shut-off valve and the adjustment
lever.
Check lighting.
Check heavily loaded screw connection and make sure it is seated
tightly, e.g. mounting console.
806-01

6.02.06 Assembly
WARNING!
High self-weight of the chip spreader!
Danger to life during assembly due to crushing or pinching.
Work on firm ground (even, capable of bearing, horizontal) during as-
sembly.
Carry out assembly works only when the engine is stopped.
Carry out assembly only with the storage tank empty.
Do not rest or work under suspended loads.
002-49
Installing the chip spreader

A B C
D E 15685

weight (see type plate of chip spreader).
2. Raise chip spreader on the lifting eyes [A].
3. Fasten it with the bottom link pin [D] in the machine frame.
4. Fasten top link [B] with locking pin [C].
5. Mount securing elements [E] to the bottom link pin.
6. Secure bolts with cotter pins.
7. Align spreading discs horizontally with spindles on the top link.
622-01

Connecting chip spreader

with machine B
15675
1. Connect the lines [A] for the hydraulic system.

2. Connect line [B] for the lighing.
623-00
Dismantle chip spreader Dismantling of the chip spreader is done in the reverse order of installa-
tion.
1. Empty storage tank.
2. Disconnect the lines for lighing and hydraulic system.
3. Fasten chip spreader on the towing loops.
4. Remove securing elements and splints.
5. Remove locking pin from the top link.
6. Lift chip spreader at the towing loops from the machine frame.
624-01

6.02.07 Technical data ZA-XS 602

Basic weight chip spreader 240 kg
Weight attachment device 160 kg
Operating weight with chips 1820 kg
(calculated with a chip weight of 1600 kg/m³)
Storage tank contents 600 l
Working width 2–6 m
Working speed 0-5,0 (0-3,1) km/h (mph)
6.02.08 Dimension sheet ZA-XS 602

(67,7”)
1720
(34,6”)
880
33°
1390 3400
(54,7”) (133,9”)
5995
(236,0”)
15686

01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Water pump
# 851124
Connection
water tank
Connection
sprinkling
nozzles
Attention!
Consider the flow
direction when
changing the pump!
Electrical-Training 1/1
Mainboard HD+
# 2072099
Mainboard (installed) - view from front side
Wire harness for

fixed dashboard
Additional circuit board (series)

2072100
Additional circuit board (option)

2072101
Electric-Training 1/4
Mainboard HD+
# 2072099
Mainboard (rear) – plug overview

X1 Front frame
X2 Front frame
X4 Front frame
X11 Rear frame
X12 Rear frame
X13 Rear frame
X14 Rear frame
X15 -
X16 Driver´s seat console
X19 Cabin/ROPS
X20 Cabin/ROPS
X24 MC1
X25 MC1
X26 MC1
X31 MC ASC
X32 MC ASC
X33 Reserve
X34 HCM
X35 HCM
X36 HCM
X39 Emergency stop control
X40 -
X44 External drive controller
Mainboard HD+
# 2072099
Fuses
K15
F1 RC-power element, drive 15A
F2 Add. circuit board stdandard 15A
F3 Diesel engine control (EMR) 25A
F4 Cabin (Kl. 30) 15A K14 K8
F5 Electric system (Kl. 15) 15A
F6 Warning light, parking light
(Kl. 30) 10A
F7 free K9 K6
F8 Sensors:
Drum drive motors FL, RL CAN A
K3 CAN B
K4 K13 K10 K5
Water level
Brake pressure switch 1A
F9 RC-power element, ASC 15A
F10 free
F11 RC-control element, drive
F12 RC-control element, ASC 1A
F13 Sensors:
Drum drive motors FR, RR 1A
F14 Sensors: Relays
Crab offset R, L
K3 Diesel engine controller EMR3
Vibration motor front, rear
K4 Water pumps
K5 Flasher unit
Asphalt temperature 3A
K6 Driving light
F15 HCQ Indicator 7,5A
K8 Engine switch off
F16 Add. circuit board option 15A
K9 Backup-Alarm
K10 Signal horn
K13 Additive sprinkling
K14 Zero position drive lever
K15 Free
Mainboard HD+
# 2072099
Fuses
K15
F17 Operating elements seat 5A
F18 Flashers, lighting 10A
F19 Pump for water sprinkling 15A
F20 Pump for additive sprinkling 15A
K14 K8
F21 Signal horn 15A
F22 Wipers F/R
Wind screen washer system 30A
F23 Cabin (Kl. 15) 30A K9 K6
F24 Heating, AC (Kl. 15) 15A
F25
F26
Free
Warning beacon
CAN A
10A
K3 CAN BK4 K13 K10 K5
F27 Back-up lights 15A

F28 Working lights 25A
F29 Drum lighting 15A
F30 Driving lights (left) 10A
F31 Driving lights (right) 10A
F32 Parking lights (right) 5A
F33 Parking lights (left) 5A
F34 WIDIAG interface 2A
Service interfaces
FT Fuse tester X37 Diesel engine control
X41 CAN-Bus A
X42 CAN-Bus B
; If=>green LED is glowing

fuse is OK
X100
X101
Kl. 31 (Ground)
MC Drive
X102 Flash-memory drive
X103 MC ASC
X104 Flash-memory ASC
Additional circuit board HD+ (series)
# 2072100
Functions:
• Open loop control for vibration system (front / rear; big / small
Amplitude) (if no closed loop control is integrated)
• Crab offset (valve control, positioning sensors)
• Output emergency stop (drive pump)
• Output warning buzzer
• Output horn
• Output backup alarm
• Output additive sprinkling
• Output KAG sprinkling
• Output KAG up / down
• Input hydraulic oil filter pollution
ramps; setpoints for pump currents) is automatically set by
machine type - switch on backside of display
Communicationi via 2 CAN buses

(redundancy upon a breakdown)
Elektric-Training 1/2
Additional circuit board HD+ (series)
# 2072100
Assignment of connection plugs
X 27: X 28:
Pin 1: Sensor crab offset to the left Pin 1: Output backup alarm
2: Sensor crab offset to the right 2: Output additive sprinkling
3: Input emergency stop circuit 3: Output KAG sprinkling
4: Input right flasher 4: Output KAG up
5: Input left flasher 5: Output KAG down
6: Input hydraulic oil filter 6: CAN A high
7: Input (not used) 7: CAN A low
8: Output front vib., small ampl. 8: CAN GND
9: Output front vib., big ampl. 9: CAN B high
10: Output rear vib., small ampl. 10: CAN B low
11: Output rear vib., big ampl. 11: + 12 V
12: Output emergency stop solenoid 12: + 12 V
13: Input emergency stop solenoid 13: GND
14: Output crab offset to the left 14: Output (not used)
15: Output crab offset to the right 15: Output (not used)
16: Output warning buzzer 16: GND
17: Output horn 17: Input (not used)
18: GND 18: Input (not used)
Additional circuit board HD+ (option)
# 2072101
Functions:
• Closed loop control for vibration system (front / rear; big / small
amplitude)
• Input vibration sensors (front / rear)
• Input asphalt temperature sensors (front / rear)
• Output tachograph (big / small amplitude)
• Output chip spreader (quantity)
• Output chip spreader (open / close)
• Input chip spreader (quantity)
• Input chip spreader (on / off)
• Input chip spreader (open / close)
• Input chip spreader type
• Output flow divider
• Output tire heating
• Double-KAG: KAG selection
ramps; setpoints for frequencies, min. / max. frequency front /
Communicationi via 2 CAN buses rear) is automatically set by machine type - switch on backside of
(redundancy upon a breakdown) display
Additional circuit board HD+ (option)
# 2072101
Assignment of connection plugs
X 30: X 29:
Pin 1: Output tachograph big ampl. Pin 1: Input front vib sensor
2: Output tachograph small ampl. 2: Input rear vib sensor
3: Potentiometer + 5 V 3: Input front asphalt temp. sensor
4: Input potentiometer chip quantity 4: Input rear asphalt temp. sensor
5: Potentiometer GND 5: GND asphalt temperature
6: Input chip quantity on/off 6: Output front vib., small ampl.
7: Input chip spreader open/close 7: Output front vib., big ampl.
8: Input chip spreader identification 8: Output rear vib., small ampl.
9: - 9: Output rear vib., big ampl.
10: - 10: Output chip spreader quantity
11: CAN A high 11: Output chip spreader
12: CAN A low 12: Output open chip spreader
13: CAN GND 13: Output close chip spreader
14: CAN B high 14: Output KAG selection
15: CAN B low 15: Output flow divider (2 wheels)
16: + 12 V 16: Output tire heating
17: + 12 V 17: Input emergency stop
18: GND 18: GND
CAN – Diagram HD+
# 2137288
ID 0CFF0100
ID 0CFF9103
mobile dashboard
HCM drive
(option) lever
ID 0CFF0200
CAN A CAN B
ID 0CFF0A00 ID 0CFF0400 fixed dashboard ID 18XXXXXX
RC 4-4
RC 4-4 EMR 3
ASC
drive Mainboard Deutz
(option)
ID 0CFF0700 ID 0CFF0800
Add. Add.
series option
B
Diagnose
A
Speed sensor
# 2067128
Generally, the adjustment of the sensor is

threaded rod (glued in place) no longer necessary. The correct distance
is defined by the sensor support preset by
hexagon nut the motor producer.
counternut (glued in place) Procedure to replace the sensor:

Unscrew hexagon nut, insert sensor and fix
with hexagon nut.
sensor
washers
In case of a new adjustment, please proceed
as follows:
1. Plug in sensor up to the cylinder block and
cylinder block
make sure that the sensor does not touch
a sensor bore on the cylinder block.
2. Determine distance lower side of sensor
Similar looking – but different – sensors bracket – engine housing
8 in other drive motors!!!
To differ take note of the measure X!!!
3.
4.
“Y” = determined size + 0,5mm…0,8mm)
Adjust this size with washers and counter
nut.
X = 53mm ± 0,05 (Hamm No. 2067128)
Elektro-Schulung 1/1
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Fixed displacement motor - vibration
# 397520
Hochdruck Niederdruck Lecköldruck

High pressure Return line pressure Case drain pressure
Hydraulic-Training 1/3
# 397520
Port T 2
Attention ! M 12x1,5
(closed)
After fitting check the

direction of rotation
of vibrator (see next page).
High pressure port B

small amplitude 42 Hz
M 22x1,5
High pressure port A

big amplitude 30 Hz
M 22x1,5
Case drain port T1

M 12x1,5
# 397520
Attention!
When switching on the big amplitude, the vibrator
must turn clockwise.
Danger of bearing damage !
View of machine from the left
Series HD / DV
Vibration
• Big amplitude
• Small amplitude
Direction of rotation
vibrator Series 3000
„clockwise“
ASC - valve
# 1289942
Y5 Y4
P – drive pump G – charge system
A – drive motor
B – drive motor
F - tank
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Circuit diagram HD+ 90-110

valid from serial-No. : H1850001
Revision Modification valid from serial-No.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet
Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten
Änderung Datum Name Datum Name Projektbez. Blatt

a Revision management Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 29.06.2006 Janke
Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 1
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
Plotdatum: 13.08.2010
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
Page Page description
1 Revision management
2 Page list
3 Page list
4 Page list
5 Page list
6 Page list
7 Page list
8 Page list
9 Fuse box
high current relay Engine room
10 Central electric
11 Fuse occupancy
Central electric
12 Plug occupancy
Central electric
13 Plug occupancy
Central electric
14 Plug occupancy
Central electric
15 Plug occupancy

a Spare parts list Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 18.05.2010 Landstorfer
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
Central electric
16 Plug occupancy
Central electric
17 Plug occupancy
Central electric
18 Relay
Central electric
19 Control device
Diesel engine EMR-3
20 Control device
Diesel engine EMR-3
21 Control device Diesel engine

EMR-3 Electric plug
22 Voltage supply
Supply system
23 Voltage supply Supply system

Ignition switch
24 Emergency control
25 Voltage supply EMR-3
26 Diagnostic interface
Diesel engine
27 Diesel engine
Cold start equipment Common Rail

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
28 Diesel engine 2
Common Rail
29 Diesel engine 2
Common Rail
30 Diesel engine 4
Common Rail
31 Speed adjustment Diesel engine

Sensor Fuel prefilter
32 Sensors Diesel engine

Vehicle
33 General arrangement MC
34 Power supply MC
35 Frequency-Input 1A -3A
36 Analogue input
37 Analogue input
38 Digital input 1A - 6A
39 PWM-output 1A - 4A
40 Digital output 1A - 4A
41 Power supply
Additive Control unit

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
42 Additive - Control unit

Flat bar - 1

Flat bar - 1

Flat bar - 1

Flat bar - 1
46 Voltage supply

Flat bar - 2

Flat bar - 2

Flat bar - 2
50 General arrangement MC
51 Voltage supply
MC ASC
52 Frequency-Input 1A - 3A
MC ASC
53 Analogue input 1A - 4A
MC ASC

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
54 Analogue input 5A
MC ASC
55 Digital input 1A - 6A
MC ASC
56 PWM-output 1A - 4A
MC ASC
57 Blinker & Lighting STVZO 1
58 Lighting STVZO 1
59 Lighting Chip spreader
60 Additional lighting
61 Additional lighting ROPS/FOPS
62 Additional lighting XENON ROPS/FOPS
65 Cab lighting Radio assembly
66 Tachograph
67 Control unit, heating

Control unit, air conditioning
68 Instrument panel

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
69 Instrument panel Operator's seat console
70 Instrument panel
Operator's seat
71 Distributor CAN
72 Diagnostic interface
73 HCQ - Preparation
74 Reserve
75 Connector Diesel engine
76 Connector Engine room I
77 Connector Engine room II
78 Connector Front roller
79 Connector Rear roller

80 Spare parts list
81 Spare parts list
82 Spare parts list
83 Spare parts list
84 Spare parts list

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
85 Spare parts list
86 Spare parts list


b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
2 K01X1 3 K02X1 4 K03X1
1 :/ 2 3 . 7 1 :/ 5 7 . 1 9 1 :/ 2 7 . 3
K03 K02 K01
1 2 2 :/ 2 3 . 7 1 2 2 :/ 5 7 . 1 9 1 2 2 :/ 2 7 . 3
K01: Power relay 15
K02: Power relay Additional lighting
K03: Power relay Preheat equipment
K04: Starting relay

150 100 100

40
K04
F04 F03 F02 F01
5 K04X1
Pos.: Fuse Page Function 85: /23.10
87 86: /23.10
100A F01 100A /22.11 F01 - 100A: Supply system Terminal 15 30: /22.6
85
86
87: /22.6
30
XF1 100A F02 100A /22.13 F02 - 100A: Additional lighting
/22.8
1 Header Starting relay
150A F03 150A /22.16 F03 - 150A: Cold start equipment
( Engine room )
40A F04 40A /22.18 F04 - 40A: Supply system Terminal 30

a Fuse box Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
high current relay Engine room Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 9
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
F3 F-TEST V2 F4 F5 F6 F7 K15 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16

K
R2
F2
15A
V15
15 A
7,5A
15 A
15A
1 A
25A
15A
? A
10A
? A
1 A
1 A
1 A
3 A
F1
15A
K8
2A K14 30 30
30 F34 15 87 87
C1
30A
10A
10A
15A
15A
15A
30A
30A
10A
25A
10A
10A
15A
15A
15A
? A
5A
5A
86 87a 85 86 87a 85
RF1
F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 X100
85
K3 K4
87a
K13 K10 K9
85
85
K5
87
30
86
31
30 30
K6
49a
87a
87a
87 87
30
30
87
87
2072099
86
86
V33 V5
49
86 87a 85 86 87a 85
R3
R4
V13
R6 V10
X34 V44 R28
A1 V3
X41 X42 X43
S3 R5 R9
6
R24
2072100 02072101

a Central electric Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Fuse Page Function
F1 15A /24.18 Power outputs MC Drive control
F2 15A /24.22 Power outputs Additive - Electronic system A
F3 25A /25.3 Control device Diesel engine
F4 15A /65.16 30 Operator's cabin
F5 15A /23.2 Terminal 15
F6 10A /57.5 30 Blinker / Lighting
F7 ?A Reserve
F8 1A /34.11 Sensors MC Drive control
F9 15A /51.3 Power outputs MC ASC
F10 ?A Reserve
F11 1A /34.7 Electronic system MC Drive control
F12 1A /51.7 Electronic system MC ASC

F13 1A /51.11 Sensors MC ASC
F14 3A /42.3 Sensors Additive - Control device
F15 7.5A /73.3 HCQ-Indicator
F16 15A /46.3 Power outputs Additive - Electronic system B
F17 5A /69.3 Operator's seat console
F18 10A /57.3 15 Blinker / Lighting
F19 15A /39.18 Water pump
F20 15A /45.6 Additive sprinkling
F21 15A /44.15 Signal horn
F22 30A /63.3 Windshield wiper / Windshield washer
F23 15A /65.5 15 Operator's cabin
F24 30A /67.3 Control unit, heating Control unit, air conditioning
F25 ?A Reserve
F26 10A /60.19 Rotating-beam light
F27 15A /58.24 Additional lighting Back-up light
F28 25A /60.5 Working spotlights Cabin / ROPS
F29 15A /60.11 Drum lighting Page
F30 10A /58.3 Driving light left
F31 10A /58.16 Driving light right
F32 5A /58.19 Parking light right
F33 5A /58.6 Parking light left
F34 2A /72.24 Diagnostic interface
a Fuse occupancy Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
Central electric Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 11
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
7 8 9
A1X1 A1X2 A1X4
12 9 6 3 9 6 3 1: /35.4 9 6 3 1: /55.5
1: /58.3
2: /47.17 2: /35.7 2: /55.8
3: /44.16
3: /35.6 3: /55.7
4: /58.16
5: 4: /35.5 4: /55.6
Front frame part
1 /58.19 1 1
6: /47.14
5: /47.3 5: /56.3
7: /60.11
8: /47.16 6: /47.6 6: /56.7
Connector
9: /58.4
7: /47.4 7: /53.2
10: /60.13
11: /58.6 8: /48.17 8: /53.4
12: /58.17
9: /48.17 9: /53.6
10 11 12 13
A1X5 A1X6 A1X7 A1X8
12 9 6 3 9 6 3 1: /49.10 6 3 1: /23.10 10: /32.6
1: /39.3 18 15 12 9 6 3
1: /22.17
2: /39.7 2: /49.6 2: 11: /32.7
3: /39.10
3: /49.16 2: /42.18 3: 12: /45.8
4: /44.3
1 5: /44.6 1 4: 1 4: /36.11 13: /31.24
3: /42.18 1
6: /43.3
5: /45.12 5: /36.13 14: /36.2
7: /43.7
4: /36.25
Engine room
8: /43.11 6: /49.13 6: /38.4 15: /32.3

Connector
9: /43.15
7: /49.3 5: /42.21 7: /38.4 16: /31.22
10: /40.4
11: /40.14 8: /45.15 8: /36.9 17: /32.3
6: /42.21
12: /67.13
9: /49.20 9: /31.20 18: /32.6
14
A1X11
15 16 17
A1X12 A1X13 A1X14
1: /60.15 10: /49.23
18 15 12 9 6 3 6 3 9 6 3 6 3
1: /35.11
2: /58.8 11: /42.3

1: /36.15 1: /55.11
2: /39.17
3: /58.23 12: /58.11
2: /36.16 3: /39.19 2: /55.14
4: /60.16 13: /42.4
1 1 1 4: /35.10 1
5: /47.23 14: /42.3 3: /36.17 3: /55.13
5: /35.9
6: /58.10 15: /58.24
4: /36.19 4: /55.12
6: /35.12
7: /58.21 16: /44.18
Rear frame part
5: /36.20 7: /47.9 5: /56.10

8: /42.6 17: /47.20
8: /47.8
9: /47.22 18: /45.6 6: /36.21 6: /56.14
Connector
9: /47.11

a Plug occupancy Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
18 19 20
A1X16 A1X18 A1X17
12 9 6 3 12 9 6 3 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /23.9 12: /57.5
1: /69.3 1: /39.18
2: /69.4 2: /39.17 2: /48.7 13: /60.19
Operator's seat console

3: /24.3 3: /39.19
3: /48.13 14: /23.10
4: /69.8 4:
1 5: /69.11 1 5: /32.12 1 4: /57.17 15: /57.3
6: /71.2 6: /44.10
5: /48.5 16: /23.2
7: /71.4 7:
8: /71.6 8: /49.23 6: /48.11 17: /57.5
9: /71.7 9: /32.12
7: /37.11 18: /23.9
Connector
10: /71.9 10:

11: 11: 8: /48.9 19: /60.19
12: 12: /49.23
9: /57.3 20: /57.12
10: /57.24 21: /57.13
Farbe
11: /37.8
22
21 A1X20
A1X19
1: /66.10 10:
18 15 12 9 6 3
Operator's cabin / ROPS
1: /60.4
2: /66.10 11:
2: /65.16
3: /66.7 12:
3: /60.6
4: /66.7 13:
4: /67.3 1
5: /66.5 14:
5: /65.3
2 4 6 8 6: /67.13 15:
Connector
6: /65.5
1 3 5 7 7: 16:
7: /60.19
8: 17:
Farbe 8: /63.3
9: 18:
23
A1X21
24 25
A1X22 A1X38
21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /25.5 12: /25.23
15 12 9 6 3 1: 6 3
Control device Diesel engine
2: /31.22 13: /26.13

2: 1: /23.7
3: /32.3 14: /26.17 3:
4: 2: /23.7
1 4: /25.13 15: /26.15
5: /32.12
1 1
5: /31.24 16: /26.11 6: /32.12 3: /57.19
7:
6: 17: /26.9
8: 4: /57.19
7: /25.10 18: 9:
10: 5:
8: 19: /26.22
11: /31.12
Connector
9: /32.7 20: /25.3 12: /31.14 6:

13: /31.16
10: /25.17 21: /31.8
14:
Farbe 11: /25.20 15:

b
c
gez. 25.09.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A1X37
A: /26.4 G :/ 2 6 . 4
B: /26.4 H :/ 2 6 . 4
Diagnostic
Connector C: J:
D: K :/ 2 6 . 4
E: L:
F: /26.4 M :/ 2 6 . 4
26 27 28
A1X24 A1X25 A1X26
15 12 9 6 3 1: /71.16 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /37.8 12: /37.4 12 9 6 3
1: /39.3
2: /72.2
2: /38.8 13: /38.18 2: /39.7
3: /72.5
3: /39.10
4: /71.18 3: /38.14 14: /36.13
4: /39.14
5: /72.4
1 1 4: /36.25 15: /38.4 1 5: /40.4
6: /34.3
6: /40.7
7: /34.5 5: /37.11 16: /36.11
7: /40.11
8: /71.12
6: /35.5 17: /36.6 8: /40.14
9: /71.14
9: /31.14
10: /34.7 7: /36.9 18: /36.4
10: /31.12
11: /34.9
Connector
8: /35.7 19: /35.10 11: /37.14

12: /72.6
12:
13: /34.11 9: /38.21 20: /35.12
14: /34.3
MC1
10: /36.20 21: /38.11

15: /34.5
Farbe 11: /36.2

b
c
gez. 25.09.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Additive - Electronic system

A1.1 A1X27b
29
1: /42.3 10: /43.11
X27
/42.3 A1 AIN Track offset left 1 2 2: /42.6 11: /43.15
/42.6 A2 AIN Track offset right
3: /42.9 12: /40.14
/42.9 A3 DIN Emergency stop
/42.12 A4 DIN Blinker right 4: /42.12 13: /40.14
/42.15 A5 DIN Blinker left
5: /42.15 14: /44.3
/42.18 A6 DIN Pressure switch Hydraulic oil filter
/42.21 A7 AIN soot filter 6: /42.18 15: /44.6
/43.3 A8 DO Amplitude, small front
7: /42.21 16: /44.10
/43.7 A9 DO Amplitude, large front 17 18
/43.11 A10 DO Amplitude, small rear 8: /43.3 17: /44.13
/43.15 A11 DO Amplitude, large rear
9: /43.7 18: /41.3
/40.14 A12 K Emergency stop
/40.14 A13 K Emergency stop
/44.3 A14 DO Track offset left

/44.6 A15 DO Track offset right A1X28b
/44.10 A16 DO Warning buzzer
1: /44.20 10: /71.9
/44.13 A17 DO Signal horn
/41.3 A18 GND 1 2 2: /45.3 11: /41.3
X28
3: /45.8 12: /41.5
/44.20 B1 DO Back-up alarm
/45.3 B2 DO Additive sprinkling 4: /45.12 13: /41.5
/45.8 B3 Sprinkling - KAG
5: /45.15 14:
/45.12 B4 KAG lift
/45.15 B5 KAG lower 6: /71.2 15:
/71.2 B6 CAN A high
7: /71.4 16:
/71.4 B7 CAN A low 17 18
/71.6 B8 CAN GND 8: /71.6 17:
/71.7 B9 CAN B high
9: /71.7 18: /42.24
/71.9 B10 CAN B low
/41.3 B11 U+ [15]
/41.5 B12 U+ [15] Connector
/41.5 B13 GND Flat bar Base appliance
B14
B15
B16
B17
/42.24 B18 5VDC Sensor

b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Additive - Electronic system

A1.2 A1X29b
30
1: /47.6 10: /49.3
X29
/47.6 A1 DIF Speed sensor, vibration motor front 1 2 2: /47.11 11: /49.6
/47.11 A2 DIF Speed sensor, vibration motor rear
3: /47.16 12: /49.10
/47.16 A3 AIN Asphalt thermometer front
/47.22 A4 AIN Asphalt thermometer rear 4: /47.22 13: /49.13
/47.26 A5 GND A3 / A4
5: /47.26 14: /49.16
/43.5 A6 PWM Amplitude, small front
/43.9 A7 PWM Amplitude, large front 6: /43.5 15: /49.20
/43.13 A8 PWM Amplitude, small rear
7: /43.9 16: /49.23
/43.17 A9 PWM Amplitude, large rear 17 18
/49.3 A10 PWM Drive Chip spreader 8: /43.13 17: /48.3
/49.6 A11 DO Reversing valve Chip spreader
9: /43.17 18: /46.3
/49.10 A12 DO Chip spreader open
/49.13 A13 DO Chip spreader close
/49.16 A14 DO Reversing valve KAG

/49.20 A15 DO Flow divider A1X30b
/49.23 A16 DO Tire-heating
1: /66.10 10:
/48.3 A17 DIN Emergency stop
/46.3 A18 GND 1 2 2: /66.12 11: /71.11
X30
3: /48.5 12: /71.13
/66.10 B1 DO Amplitude, large
/66.12 B2 DO Amplitude, small 4: /48.7 13: /71.15
/48.5 B3 U+
5: /48.9 14: /71.17
/48.7 B4 AIN Distribution potentiometer Chip spreader
/48.9 B5 0V 6: /48.11 15: /71.19
/48.11 B6 DIN Chip spreader
7: /48.13 16: /46.3
/48.13 B7 DIN Chip spreader 17 18
/48.15 B8 AIN Chip spreader 8: /48.15 17: /46.5
B9
9: 18: /46.5
B10
/71.11 B11 CAN A high

/71.13 B12 CAN A low Connector
/71.15 B13 CAN GND Flat bar Option
/71.17 B14 CAN B high

/71.19 B15 CAN B low
/46.3 B16 U+ [15]
/46.5 B17 U+ [15]
/46.5 B18 GND

b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
31 32 33
A1X31 A1X32 X33
15 12 9 6 3 1: /71.24 1: /56.3 10: /53.2 15 12 9 6 3 1:
18 15 12 9 6 3
2: /72.13 2:
2: /56.10 11: /55.14
3: /72.16 3:
4: /71.26 3: /56.14 12: /55.4 4:
5: /72.15 5:
1 4: /53.4 13: 1
6: /51.3 1 6:
7: /51.5 5: /53.17 14: 7:
8: /71.20 8:
6: /55.11 15: /54.5
9: /71.22 9:
10: /51.7 7: /53.6 16: /53.23 10:
11: /51.9 11:
Connector
8: /56.7 17: /53.25
Connector
12: /72.17 12:
Reserve
MC ASC
13: /51.11 9: /55.8 18: /53.11 13:

14: /51.3 14:
15: /51.5 15:
34 35 36
A1X34 A1X35 A1X36
1: /73.3 10: /73.12 12 9 6 3 12 9 6 3
18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /73.2 1: /73.2
2: /73.4 11: /73.13 2: /73.3 2: /73.3
3: /73.4 3: /73.4
3: /73.5 12: /73.14
4: /73.4 4: /73.4
4: /73.6 13: 1 5: /73.5 1 5: /73.5
1 6: /73.6 6: /73.6
5: /73.7 14: /73.15
7: /73.6 7: /73.6
6: /73.8 15: /73.16 8: /73.7 8: /73.7
9: /73.8 9: /73.8
7: /73.9 16:
Connector
10: /73.8 10: /73.8

8: /73.10 17: /73.17 11: /73.9 11: /73.9
12: /73.10 12: /73.10
9: /73.11 18: /73.18
HCM
37
A1X39
1: /24.18
2: /24.18
3: /24.22
4: /24.22
5: /24.16
2 4 6 8
6: /24.3
1 3 5 7
7: /24.16
Farbe 8: /24.3

b
c
gez. 26.09.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
K3X1 K6X1 K13X1

86 86: /25.3 1: /57.24 1: /45.3
2 4 1 2 4 1
85: /25.3 2: /57.24 2: /45.3
87a
30 30: /25.5 3: /57.18 3: /45.6
5
87
87: /25.5 4: 4: /45.6
3
87a: 5: /57.19 5:
85
Driving light Additive sprinkling
Control device Diesel engine
K8X1 K14X1
K4X1
1: /40.7 1: /23.15
86 86: /39.14 2 4 1 2 4 1
2: /40.7 2: /23.15
85: /39.14
3: /31.8 3: /23.9
5
87a
30 30: /39.18
87 4: /31.8 4:
3
87: /39.18
5: 5: /23.10
87a:
85 R e m o t e s h u t - d o w n e n g i n eD r i v e l e v e r 0 - p o s i t i o n
Water pump 1/2 K9X1

1: /44.21
K5X1
2 4 1
2: /44.21
86 86: /57.3
3: /58.24
5
85: /57.3
4: /58.24
87a
30 30: /57.4
3
87
5: /58.25
87:
Back-up alarm
87a:
85
K10X1
Flasher relay
1: /44.13
2 4 1
2: /44.13
3: /44.15
5
4:
3
5: /44.16
Signal horn

a Relay Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
D1.1
Änderung
2
/25.7
48
Terminal 30
2
/25.17
49
GND
Datum
3
3
/25.10
50
Terminal 30
4
/25.20
51
GND
4
Name
5
/25.13
52
Terminal 30
6
/25.23
53
GND
5
gez.
7
gepr.
54
8
/26.22
55
D-Out Diagnostic Lamp
6
/31.14
56
A-In. Engine speed setting
Datum
30.06.2006
57
10
7
58
11
12
Name
59
Janke
8
13
/26.11
60
Diagnostic-CAN-Low
14
/26.15
61
CAN-Low (Customer-CAN)
9
15
/26.17
62
CAN-High (Customer-CAN)
16
/31.22
63
10
17
/31.24
64
18
65
11
19
66
20
67
12
21
68
22
/31.16
69
+5V (U ref.)
13
23
70
24
71
14
25
/25.3 /26.9
72
D-Out. EMR - Relay ISO-K-Line
EMR3 / EDC16
26
73
15
27
74
Control device
28
/31.8
75
Terminal 15
16
29
/32.12
76
U+ Diagnostic lamp
Diesel engine EMR-3

30
/32.3 /31.12
77
Pressure switch, air filter GND (U ref.)

17
31
78
32
/32.7
79
Sensor Coolant level

18
33
80
34
81
19
35
/26.13
82
Diagnostic-CAN-High
36
83
20
37
84
38
85
21
39
86
Projektbez.
40
87
D-In. Starting release

02150921
22
Zeichnungsnummer
41
88
42
89
Rev.
23
43
90
+
=
44
91
Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
24
45
/32.12
92
D-Out Pilot light Preheat

46
93
25
47
94
86
Blatt
26
19
Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
Änderung
2
Datum
3
4
Name
D1.2
5
gez.
gepr.
1
/30.21 /30.25
31
D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 5 GND Injection valve Cylinder 4-6
2
6
/30.23
32
D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 6
Datum
3
/30.11
33
30.06.2006
4
7
/27.3
34
D-Out - Relay Preheat
5
35
Name
Janke
6
8
36
7
37
Shield
8
9
/28.21
38
GND Pressure sensor Fuel Rail
9
39
/28.9 /29.11
40
10
A-In. charge-air pressure F-In. Speed sensor Camshaft

10
/27.18 /29.3
41
11
GND Temperature sensor, engine cooling GND Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure
12
42
GND Speed sensor Crankshaft
11
13
/28.23 /28.13
43
A-In. Pressure sensor Fuel Rail +5V Sensor
14
/28.3
44
+5V Sensor
12
15
/27.14
45
D-Out - Starting relay
16
/30.19 /30.15
46
D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 4 GND Injection valve Cylinder 1-3
13
17
/30.9
47
18
/30.13
48
14
EMR3 / EDC16
19
/30.5 /30.3
49
GND Fuel Valve Rail PWM-Out + Fuel Valve Rail
20
/29.13 /29.15
50
GND Speed sensor Camshaft Shield
15
Control device
21
/28.17 /27.7
51
GND Sensor Engine oil pressure D-In. Relay Preheat

22
52
16
Diesel engine EMR-3

23
/28.7 /28.5
53
A-In. Temperature sensor Boost air GND Sensor Boost air

24
/29.7 /27.5
54
+5V Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure D-Out + Relay Preheat

17
25
55
26
/28.15 /28.25
56
A-In. Engine oil pressure +5V Pressure sensor Fuel Rail

18
27
/29.5
57
A-In. Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure F-In. Speed sensor Crankshaft
28
/27.16
58
A-In. Temperature sensor, engine cooling

19
29
59
30
/27.12
60
D-Out + Starting relay

20
21
Projektbez.
02150921
22
Zeichnungsnummer
Rev.
23
+
=
Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
24
25
86
Blatt
26
20
Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
EMR3
D1 EDC16
38
D1X2 D1X1
Diesel engine
39 40
D1X1 D1X2
VIEW CONTACTS 1: /25.7 25: /26.9 49: 73: 1: /30.25 21: /27.7 41: /27.18
2: /25.17 26: 50: 74: VIEW CONTACTS 2: 22: 42:
3: /25.10 27: 51: 75: 3: 23: /28.5 43: /28.23
5 3 1 30 45
4: /25.20 28: /31.8 52: 76: 15 60 4: 24: /27.5 44:
6 4 2
5: /25.13 29: /32.12 53: 77: /32.3 5: 25: 45:
51 29
73 7 6: /25.23 30: /31.12 54: 78: 6: 26: /28.25 46: /30.19
7: 31: 55: /26.22 79: /32.7 7: 27: 47: /30.9
8: 32: 56: 80: 8: /28.21 28: 48: /30.13
9: /31.14 33: 57: 81: 9: 29: 49: /30.5
10: 34: 58: 82: /26.13 10: /29.11 30: /27.12 50: /29.13
11: 35: 59: 83: 11: /29.3 31: /30.21 51: /28.17
12: 36: 60: /26.11 84: 1 46 12: 32: /30.23 52:
16 31
13: 37: 61: /26.15 85: 13: /28.13 33: /30.11 53: /28.7
14: 38: 62: /26.17 86: 14: /28.3 34: /27.3 54: /29.7
15: 39: 63: /31.22 87: 15: /27.14 35: 55:
16: 40: 64: /31.24 88: 16: /30.15 36: 56: /28.15
94 28
72 50 17: 41: 65: 89: 17: 37: 57: /29.5
18: 42: 66: 90: 18: 38: 58: /27.16
19: 43: 67: 91: 19: /30.3 39: 59:
20: 44: 68: 92: /32.12 20: /29.15 40: /28.9 60:
21: 45: 69: 93:
22: /31.16 46: 70: 94:
23: 47: 71:
24: 48: 72: /25.3

a Control device Diesel engine Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
EMR-3 Electric plug Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 21
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
XF1: Fuse box Engine room

1 2 + 5 +
XF1 F01 100A F02 100A F03 150A F04 40A

/9.2 /9.4 /9.4 /9.4 /9.4
+ 3 4 6 7
30
/23.2
30.1
/27.2
30.2
/57.9
30.3
/23.20
15.1
/39.2
D+
/38.2
K04X1 30
V5
87
K04
/23.10 30
K04X1 87
R1 47R
+
135Ah
12V
G1
M1X2b 3 A1X7
42
M1 M1X2s 3
41 -
B+
G
1 30 M 50a W D+
0 1 3
1 1
M1/30 Q1 G2 U
31
M1/50a 43 44 31
G2D+
Earth terminal Earth terminal Earth terminal

Diesel engine Chassis E-Box
31 02 31 01 31 03 31 4 5 6 7 8 9
31
/23.2
M1: Starting motor G1: Battery G2: Alternator

K12: Starting relay S1: Battery isolating switch

a Voltage supply Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
Supply system Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 22
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/22.25 /25.2
15
/37.2
50a
/38.2
30 1 0-Stellung
/37.2
2 30.3 15.1
/22.25 /39.2
30 30 15.2
/24.2
F5 15A
/11.3
S1
0,1 123
46
45
17 17 54 15 50a 19 19
5 7 5 30
A1X17 16 K01
.7 87
A1X17 1 18 14
15 1
15 2
K14-3
K14X1 3
K14
.15 4 5
K14X1 5 FL A
K14-5
A1X38 1
Sicherungstester
Fuse Tester
A1X8 1
FL 1
K01X1 1 M1X2b 1 K14X1 1
M1X2s 1
V1 86 1
K01 K04X1 86 K14
2
R2
47
85
4700uF740V
49
S20/K30
86
+ K01X1 2
K04 K14X1 2
C1 V2
RF1 A1X38 2 48 85
?
K04X1 85
M1X2s 2
M1X2b 2
31 31
/22.25 /24.2
5
30
87
30
87
.22 /22.6 3 .9
4
S1: Ignition switch K04: Starting relay
K01: Power relay 15 K14: Relay 0-position B3: 0-position Drive lever
a Voltage supply Supply system Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
Ignition switch Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 23
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.2 15.2
/23.24 /34.2
NA
/69.2
F1 15A F2 15A
/11.3 /11.3
51 52
A1X16 3
A1X39 8 A1X39 7 A1X39 2 A1X39 4

31
43
K110 K110 13 1 3 5 7
.3 44 .3 32
K113 K113 K113 K113 K113
31 21 21 .12 14 .12 2 .12 4 .12 6 .12 8
23
K112 K113 K110 K111
.9 32 .12 22 .3 22 .6 24 1 3 5 7
13
21
23 K114 K114 K114 K114 K114
.14 14 .14 2 .14 4 .14 6 .14 8
K114 K112
.14 22 .9 24
D2
50
31
13 13 13
K110 K111 K111 K112
.3 14 .6 32 .6 14 .9 14
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
K110 K111 K112 K113 K114
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
A1X39 6 A1X39 5 A1X39 1 A1X39 3
Power-Zusatz
Power-MC1
31 31
/23.24 /25.2
Not-Aus
13 14 13 14 13 14 1 2 1 2
.3 .7 .9 .18 .18
21 22 23 24 23 24 3 4 3 4
.9 .12 .12 .20 .20
/26.2
/34.2
/41.2
31 32 5 6 5 6
.12 31 32 31 32 .22 .22
.4 .3 7 8 7 8
43 44
.6 .23 .23
13 14 13 14
.16 .16
21 22 .6 21 22 .6

a Emergency control Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/23.24 /57.2
F3 25A
/11.3
53 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3
D1.1 GND D1.1 GND D1.1 GND
/19.2 /19.2 /19.2
2 4 6
D1X1 2 D1X1 4 D1X1 6
A1X21 10 A1X21 11 A1X21 12

K3X1 86 30
86 30
K3
54 85 87a 87
K3X1 85 87
A1X21 20 A1X21 1 A1X21 7 A1X21 4

D1X1 72 D1X1 1 D1X1 3 D1X1 5
72 1 3 5
D-Out.
D1.1 D1.1 Terminal 30 D1.1 Terminal 30 D1.1 Terminal 30
/19.2 EMR Relay /19.2 /19.2 /19.2
EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3
31 31
/24.13 /26.2
K1: Relay EMR-3 D1: EMR-3

a Voltage supply EMR-3 Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Not-Aus Not-Aus
/24.16 /31.2
EMR-L
/71.2
EMR-H
/71.1
DIA-EMR
/69.2
A1X37
Diagnosestecker A
Diagnostic plug
M
H G F F
I M
E
A K L
B C D
H
EMR-3
K
D1.1 D-Out
B
60¿ 120¿ /19.2 Diagnostic
55
R3 R4
S3 D1X1 55
A1X21 17 A1X21 16 A1X21 13 A1X21 15 A1X21 14
A1X21 19
R5 4,7k¿ R6 1k¿
D1X1 25 D1X1 60 D1X1 82 D1X1 61 D1X1 62
25 60 82 61 62
Diagnostic Diagnostic Customer Customer V3

D1.1 ISO-K-Line
/19.2 CAN-Low CAN-High CAN-Low CAN-High
EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3
X? 6 X? 7
Shield Shield
/31.2
31 31
/25.25 /31.2
D1: EMR-3
S3: Push button switch Warning lamp Diesel engine

a Diagnostic interface Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 30.06.2006 Janke
Diesel engine Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 26
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15M 15M
30.1
/22.25
EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3

D1.2 D-Out + D-Out - D-In. Relay D1.2 D-Out + D-Out - A-In. GND
/20.5 Relay Relay Preheat /20.5 Starting relay Starting relay Sensor Sensor
34 24 21 30 15 58 41
D1X2 34 D1X2 24 D1X2 21 D1X2 30 D1X2 15 D1X2 58 D1X2 41

K03X1 1
86 30
K03 K03 M1X1s 30 M1X1s 24
85 .3 87 M1X1b 30 M1X1b 24
55
K03X1 2
M1X3 1 M1X3 2
B43X1 1
B43
E04 E05 E01 E02
60
56 57 58 59
B43X1 2
30
87
.9
B43: Temperature sensor, engine cooling

K03: Relay Heater plugs
E01-E06: Heater plugs R(20°C) 2500 Ohm

a Diesel engine Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 04.07.2006 Janke
Cold start equipment Common Rail Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 27
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3
D1.2 +5V GND A-In. Boost air A-In. Boost air D1.2 +5V A-In. Pressure GND D1.2 GND A-In. Pressure +5V
/20.5 Sensor Thermosensor Pressure sensor /20.5 Engine oil Sensor /20.5 Sensor Fuel Rail
14 23 53 40 13 56 51 8 43 26
D1X2 14 D1X2 23 D1X2 53 D1X2 40 D1X2 13 D1X2 56 D1X2 51 D1X2 8 D1X2 43 D1X2 26
M1X1s 22 M1X1s 28 M1X1 29 M1X1 23 M1X1s 33 M1X1s 26 M1X1s 27 M1X1s 31 M1X1s 25 M1X1s 32
M1X1b 22 M1X1b 28 M1X1b 29 M1X1b 23 M1X1b 33 M1X1b 26 M1X1b 27 M1X1b 31 M1X1b 25 M1X1b 32
B48X1 3 B48X1 1 B48X1 2 B48X1 4 B6X1 1 B6X1 2 B6X1 3 B49X1 1 B49X1 2 B49X1 3
+5V GND T P +5V P GND GND P +5V

0,5-4,5V 0,5-4,5V 0,5-4,5V 0,5-4,5V
B48 P T B6 P B49 P
U U U U
61 62 63
B48: Sensor charge-air pressure / B6: Sensor Engine oil pressure B49: Pressure sensor Fuel Rail
Boost air Thermosensor
R(20°C) 2510 Ohm

a Diesel engine 2 Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 04.07.2006 Janke
Common Rail Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 28
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3

D1.2 GND A-In Fuel +5V D1.2 F-In. GND Shield A? F-In. GND Shield
/20.5 Sensor Low pressure /20.5 Speed sensor Sensor Speed sensor Sensor
11 57 54 10 50 20 27 12 7
D1X2 11 D1X2 57 D1X2 54 D1X2 10 D1X2 50 D1X2 20 X? 27 X? 12 X? 7
0.75 sw
0.75 sw
0.75 sw
2x 0.75
2x 0.75
2x 0.75
2x 0.75
ws
ws
ws
ws
M1X1s 10 M1X1s 17 M1X1s 16 M1X1s 14 M1X1s 13 M1X1s 9 M1X1s 15 M1X1s 21 M1X1s 1
M1X1b 10 M1X1b 17 M1X1b 16 M1X1b 14 M1X1b 13 M1X1b 9 M1X1b 15 M1X1b 21 M1X1b 1
2x 0.75
2x 0.75
2x 0.75
2x 0.75
1.0 sw
1.0 sw
1.0 sw
ws
ws
ws
ws
B51X1 1 B51X1 2 B51X1 4 B40.1X1 1 B40.1X1 2 B40.1X1 3 B40.2X1 1 B40.2X1 2 B40.2X1 3
GND P +5V Sign. GND Shield Sign. GND Shield

0,5-4,5V
B51 P B40.1 n B40.2 n

64 U 65 U 66 U
B51: Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure B40.1: Speed sensor Camshaft B40.2: Speed sensor Crankshaft

b
c
gez. 05.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3
D1.2 PWM-Out + GND D1.2 Injection valve + Injection valve + Injection valve + Injection valve - D1.2 Injection valve + Injection valve + Injection valve + Injection valve -
/20.5 MPROP MPROP /20.5 Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2 Cylinder 3 Cylinder 1-3 /20.5 Cylinder 4 Cylinder 5 Cylinder 6 Cylinder 4-6
19 49 47 33 48 16 46 31 32 1
D1X2 19 D1X2 49 D1X2 47 D1X2 33 D1X2 48 D1X2 16 D1X2 46 D1X2 31 D1X2 32 D1X2 1
M1X1s 19 M1X1s 20 M1X1s 35 M1X1s 36 M1X1s 37 M1X1s 34 M1X1s 39 M1X1s 40 M1X1s 41 M1X1s 42
M1X1b 19 M1X1b 20 M1X1b 35 M1X1b 36 M1X1b 37 M1X1b 34 M1X1b 39 M1X1b 40 M1X1b 41 M1X1b 42
Y19X1 1
Y15.1 Y15.3 Y15.6 Y15.4

Y19 68 69 70 71
67
X19X1 2
Y15.1: Injection valve

Cylinder 1
Cylinder 5
Y19: Fuel Valve Rail
Cylinder 3 Y15.4: Injection valve
R = 3 Ohm Cylinder 6
R = 0,5 Ohm
R = 0,5 Ohm

b
c
gez. 05.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Not-Aus Not-Aus
/26.25 /32.2
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 EMR-3 EMR-3

A2 AOut_GND AOut AIN 5 D1.1 GND A-In. Sensor
/33.5 /19.2 Sensor Fuel prefilter
7 22 19 63 64
A2X1 7 A2X1 22 A2X1 19 D1X1 63 D1X1 64

K8X1 3
K8
/40.7 4 5
K8X1 4 A1X26 10 A1X26 9
A1X21 2 5
1K0 8K2
R22 R21
A1X21 21 A1X22 11 A1X22 12 A1X22 13
Umin = 500mV
A1X8 9 16 13
D1X1 28 D1X1 30 D1X1 9 D1X1 22
28 30 9 22
B11X1 1 2
Klemme 15 GND A-In. Potentiometer +5V U ref.

D1.1 D1.1
/19.2 /19.2 Sensor Engine speed 1MW
EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 EMR-3 B11

72
Shield Shield
/26.25
31 31
/26.25 /34.2
B11: Sensor Water level

Fuel prefilter

a Speed adjustment Diesel engine Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 05.07.2006 Janke
Sensor Fuel prefilter Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 31
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Not-Aus Not-Aus
/31.25 /38.2
Sensor_In
A1X8 15 A1X8 18
EMR-3
D1.1
/19.2
29
B54X1 1
D1X1 29
A1X22 6
+U
SIGN
B54
S13X1 1 74
GND
S13 P A1X18 9
73
S13X1 2
X2
B54X1 2 3
H6
X1
75
A1X8 17 A1X8 10 11
A1X18 5
A1X21 3 A1X21 9
A1X22 5
D1X1 77 D1X1 79 D1X1 92

77 79 92
D1.1 EMR-3 D1.1 EMR-3 D1.1 EMR-3

/19.2 /19.2 /19.2
Sensor_In Sensor_In Sensor_In
S13: Pressure switch, air filter
B54:Level switch, cooling fluid
H6: Pilot light, glow

a Sensors Diesel engine Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 03.11.2006 Janke
Vehicle Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 32
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A2
76 RC 4-4/20
U+ Power outputs /34.3 1 +U Power outputs
Earth /34.3 2 GND
Earth /34.7 3 GND Housing
Parking brake /39.10 4 PWM-output - 3
Back-up alarm /40.11 5 Digital output - 3

Emergency stop Drive pump /40.14 6 Digital output - 4
Engine speed setting /31.12 7 Analogue-Output GND
Water level indicator Signal /36.20 8 Analogue input [U] 3
Preselection Engine speed /37.11 9 Analogue input [I] 3
Emergency stop /38.11 10 Digital input - 3
Sense of rotation front left /38.14 11 Digital input - 4
Charge indicator /38.21 12 Digital input - 6
enable Power outputs Input /34.11 13 Enable Power outputs in
not used 14 Enable Power outputs out
Contr. switch/starter safety switch /40.7 15 Digital output - 2
Water pump 1 /39.14 16 PWM-output - 4 77 A2X1
not used 17 GND Frequency-Input 3
not used 18 Frequency-Input 3
Engine speed setting /31.16 19 Analogue input [U] 5
Thermosensor Hydraulic oil Signal /36.25 20 Analogue input [U] 4
not used /37.14 21 Analogue input [I] 4
Engine speed setting /31.14 22 Analogue-Output Signal 1: /34.3 27: /34.5
Sense of rotation rear left /38.18 23 Digital input - 5 2: /34.3 28: /34.5
GND RS232 /72.5 24 GND RS232 3: /34.7 29: /40.4
CAN-L2 /71.18 25 CAN-L2 4: /39.10 30: /39.7
CAN-H2 /71.16 26 CAN-H2 5: /40.11 31: /39.3
U+ Power outputs /34.5 27 +U Power outputs 6: /40.14 32: /35.5
Earth /34.5 28 GND 7: /31.12 33: /35.7
Gear shifting /40.4 29 Digital output - 1 8: /36.20 34: /37.4
Drive pump reverse /39.7 30 PWM-output - 2 9: /37.11 35: /36.4
Drive pump forward /39.3 31 PWM-output - 1 10: /38.11 36: /36.2
Speed sensor front left Earth /35.5 32 GND Frequency-Input 1 11: /38.14 37: /38.4
Speed sensor front left Signal /35.7 33 Frequency-Input 1 12: /38.21 38: /36.6
0-position Drive lever /37.4 34 Analogue input [I] 1 13: /34.11 39: /71.14
Angle sensor Pivoted bearing Signal /36.4 35 Analogue input [U] 1 14: 40: /71.12
Angle sensor Pivoted bearing +5V /36.2 36 5V Voltage supply - 1 15: /40.7 41: /34.7
Pressure switch, parking brake /38.4 37 Digital input - 1 16: /39.14 42: /34.9
Angle sensor Pivoted bearing GND /36.6 38 GND Voltage supply - 1 17: 43: /35.10
CAN-L1 /71.14 39 CAN-L1 18: 44: /35.12
CAN-H1 /71.12 40 CAN-H1 19: /31.16 45: /37.8
U+ Electronic system /34.7 41 Voltage supply Electronic system 20: /36.25 46: /36.11
Speed sensor rear left Earth /35.10 43 GND Frequency-Input 2 22: /31.14 48: /38.8
Speed sensor rear left Signal /35.12 44 Frequency-Input 2 23: /38.18 49: /36.13
Preselection Engine speed /37.8 45 Analogue input [I] 2 24: /72.5 50: /72.4
Fuel indicator Signal /36.11 46 Analogue input [U] 2 25: /71.18 51: /72.2
Voltage supply 5VDC /36.9 47 5V Voltage supply - 2 26: /71.16 52: /72.6
Ignition switch 50a /38.8 48 Digital input - 2
Voltage supply 0VDC /36.13 49 GND Voltage supply - 2
RxD RS232 /72.4 50 RxD RS232
TxD RS232 /72.2 51 TxD RS232
Bootstrap /72.6 52 Bootstrap

a General arrangement MC Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 14.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.2 15.2
/24.26 /42.2
MC1-Sensor MC1-Sensor
/35.2
Power-MC1
/24.18
F11 1A F8 1A
/11.3 /11.3
78 79
A1X44
4
1
A1X24 14 A1X24 15 A1X24 10 A1X24 11 A1X24 13
A2X1 1 A2X1 27 A2X1 41 A2X1 42 A2X1 13
1 27 41 42 13
U+ U+ U+ U+ Inhibit
A2 Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge Microcontroller Microcontroller Leistungsausgänge
/33.5
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4

A2 GND GND GND
/33.5 Gehäuse
2 28 3
A2X1 2 A2X1 28 A2X1 3

A1X24 6 A1X24 7
31 31
/31.25 /41.2

a Power supply MC Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 14.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
/34.25 /36.2
RC 4/4 RC 4/4
A2 FRQ1_A1 SIG A2 FRQ1_A2 SIG
/33.5 /33.5
33 44
RC 4/4 A2X1 33 RC 4/4 A2X1 44
A2 FRQ1_A1 GND A2 FRQ1_A2 GND

/33.5 /33.5
/55.11
32 43
/73.8
/55.4
A2X1 32 A2X1 43
HL
VL-GND
VL-Sig
A1X25 6 8 19 20
/38.13
/38.13
RVL
RHL
A1X2 1 4 3 2 A1X13 5 4 1 6
U+ GND DIR SIGN U+ GND DIR SIGN

D3 D4
80 gn rt 82 gn rt
U+ GND SIGN U+ GND SIGN
+U +U
n GND n GND
B1 B2
U U
81 83
SIGN SIGN
Speed sensor, axle motor Speed sensor, axle motor

front left rear left

a Frequency-Input 1A -3A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 17.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
/35.26 /37.2
RC 4/4 RC 4/4
A2 GND A2 GND
/33.5 /33.5
38 49
RC 4/4 A2X1 38
RC 4/4 A2X1 49
RC 4/4 RC 4/4
A2 ANA_A1 A2 ANA_A2 A2 ANA_A3 A2 ANA_A4
/33.5 /33.5 /33.5 /33.5
35 46 8 20
RC 4/4 A2X1 35
RC 4/4 A2X1 46 A2X1 8 A2X1 20
A2 ANA_A1V +5V A2 ANA_A2V +5V

/33.5 /33.5
36 47
A2X1 36 A2X1 47
A1X25 11 18 17 A1X25 7 16 14 A1X25 10 A1X25 4
100 Ohm
200 Ohm
+5V
R8 R12
200 Ohm
/42.2
Lenk_Sig
Lenk_GND
R28
A1X12 1 2 3 4 5 6
/53.5
/53.6
A1X8 14 A1X8 8 4 5 A1X7 4

B9Xb 1 2
R9X1 1 2 R13X1 1
R13
P
B9 86
I
85 GND
R9
L
84
Level transmitter
Thermosensor
Fuel tank Level transmitter
Hydraulic oil
Water tank

a Analogue input Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 17.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
/36.25 /38.2
0-Stellung 0-Stellung
/23.24 /69.2
15 15
/23.24 /48.2
58
/39.2
S20X1 2 8
2 8 10
S20
87 102 1 3 7 9
3 1 7 9
A1X17 11 A1X17 7
A1X25 12 A1X25 1 A1X25 5 A1X26 11

A2X1 34 A2X1 45 A2X1 9 A2X1 21
34 45 9 21
A2 CUR_A1 A2 CUR_A2 A2 CUR_A3 A2 CUR_A4

/33.5 /33.5 /33.5 /33.5
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4
0-position Switch
Drive lever Preselection
Engine speed
1 - 0 : Rated speed
0 - 1 : Maximal speed

a Analogue input Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 17.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
/37.25
D+
/22.25
Not-Aus Not-Aus
/32.25 /42.2
50a RVL RVL
/23.24 /35.6 /53.11
RHL RHL
/35.11 /53.23
A1X8 7
S4X1 1
S4 P
88
S4X1 4
A1X8 6
A1X25 15 A1X25 2 A1X25 21 A1X25 3 A1X25 13 A1X25 9

A2X1 37 A2X1 48 A2X1 10 A2X1 11 A2X1 23 A2X1 12
37 48 10 11 23 12
A2 DIG_A1 A2 DIG_A2 A2 DIG_A3 A2 DIG_A4 A2 DIG_A5 A2 DIG_A6

/33.5 /33.5 /33.5 /33.5 /33.5 /33.5
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4
Pressure switch Emergency stop Sense of rotation
Parking brake Wheel drive
rear left
Ignition switch Sense of rotation Charge indicator
50a Wheel drive Alternator
front left

a Digital input 1A - 6A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 17.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/23.24 /44.2
58 58
/37.25 /48.2
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 F19 15A

/11.3
A2 PWM_A1 A2 PWM_A2 A2 PWM_A3 A2 PWM_A4
93
/33.5 /33.5 /33.5 /33.5
K4X1 30
31 30 4 16
30
A2X1 31 A2X1 30 A2X1 4 A2X1 16 K4

.14 87a 87
K4X1 87
A1X26 1 A1X26 2 A1X26 3 A1X26 4
A1X18 1
A1X44 12 S5X1 2 8 10
2 8 10
A1X44 A1X44
S5
6 5
V7 94 3 1 7 9
3 1 7 9
9 11
A1X18 2 A1X18 3
A1X5 1 A1X5 2 A1X5 3
A1X13 2 A1X13 3
M2X1 1 M3X1 1
Y1X1 1 Y2X1 1 Y3X1 1 K4X1 86
86
M2 M M3 M
Y1 Y2 Y3 K4
95 96
89 90 91 92 85
2 2 Y3X1 2 K4X1 85
M2X1 2 M3X1 2
Drive pump Valve Water pump 1

forward Parking brake
Drive pump Water pump Water pump 2
reverse
87
30
.17
87a

a PWM-output 1A - 4A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 17.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4

A2 DIGL_A1 A2 DIGL_A2 A2 DIGL_A3 A2 DIGL_A4
/33.5 3A /33.5 3A /33.5 /33.5
29 15 5 6
A2X1 29 A2X1 15 A2X1 5 A2X1 6
A1X26 5 A1X26 6 A1X26 7 A1X26 8
A1X27b 12
A12

A1.1
Emergency stop
Not-Stop
/15.11
Zusatz
A1X44
2
Zusatz
A1.1 Not-Stop
3 /15.11
A13
A1X5 10
A1X27b 13
A1X44 8
V11
A1X5 11
Y4X1 1 K8X1 1 Y5X1 1
1
Y4 K8 Y5
97 98 2 99
Y4X1 2 K8X1 2 Y5X1 2
Valve Power supply

Gear shifting EMR III Emergency stop
5
Valve
3
/31.8 Drive pump

4

a Digital output 1A - 4A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 17.07.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Power-Zusatz
/24.22
A1X28b 11 A1X28b 12
B11 B12
U+ U+
A1.1 Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge
/15.11
Zusatz Zusatz
Zusatz Zusatz
A1.1 GND GND
/15.11
A18 B13
A1X27b 18 A1X28b 13
31 31
/34.25 /46.2

a Power supply Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 22.11.2006 Janke
Additive Control unit Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 41
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.2 15.2
/34.25 /46.2
Not-Aus Not-Aus Sensor-Zusatz
/38.19 /48.2 /47.2
+5V
/36.3
R
/57.9
L
F14 3A /57.9
/11.3
100
A1X7 2 A1X7 5
S6X1 1
2
S6 P
A1X11 11 13 103 1
S6X1 2
B7Xb 1 3 2
B7Xs 1 3 2 A1X7 3 A1X7 6

B7 B8
101 102
B7Xs 4 5
B7Xb 4 B7Xb 5
A1X11 14 8
A1X27b 1 A1X27b 2 A1X27b 3 A1X27b 4 A1X27b 5 A1X27b 6 A1X27b 7 A1X28b 18
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B18
A1.1 DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN DIN AIN AIN

/15.11
Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz
Crab steering Emergency stop Blinker soot filter +5V Sensors

left left
Crab steering Blinker Filter indicator

right right Hydraulic oil filter

a Additive - Control unit Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 14.11.2006 Janke
Flat bar - 1 Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 42
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz

A1.2 PWM_1 PWM_2 PWM_3 A1.2 PWM_4
/16.12 /16.12
A6 A7 A8 A9
A1X29b 6 A1X29b 7 A1X29b 8 A1X29b 9

A1.1 DO_1 DO_2 DO_3 DO_4
/15.11
A8 A9 A10 A11
A1X27b 8 A1X27b 9 A1X27b 10 A1X27b 11
A1X5 6 A1X5 7 A1X5 8 A1X5 9

Y6X1 1 Y7X1 1 Y8X1 1 Y9X1 1
Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9
104 105 106 107
Y6X1 2 Y7X1 2 Y8X1 2 Y9X1 2
Valve Valve Valve Valve

Amplitude, small Amplitude, large Amplitude, small Amplitude, large
front front rear rear

b
c
gez. 14.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/39.26 /45.2
Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz F21 15A Zusatz

/11.3
A1.1 DO_1 DO_2 DO_3 DO_4 DO_5
112
/15.11
A14 A15 A16 A17 B1
A1X27b 14 A1X27b 15 A1X27b 16 A1X27b 17 A1X28b 1
K10X1 3
K10
.13 4 5
K10X1 5
A1X11 16
A1X5 4 A1X5 5 A1X18 6 A1X1 3

Y10X1 1 Y11X1 1 H2X1 86 K10X1 1 H1Xb 1 K9X1 1
H3X1 2
1 + 1
Y10 Y11 H2 K10 H3 H1 K9
108 109 110 111 2 113 - 114 115 2
H3X1 1
Y10X1 2 Y11X1 2 H2X1 85 K10X1 2 H1Xb 2 K9X1 2
Valve Valve Warning buzzer Signal horn Signal horn Back-up alarm
Track offset Track offset
left right
5
5
3
3
.15 /58.24
4
4
b
c
gez. 14.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/44.26 /57.2

DO F20 15A DO DO DO
A1.1 /11.3
/15.11
117
B2 B3 B4 B5
A1X28b 2 A1X28b 3 A1X28b 4 A1X28b 5
K13X1 3
K13
.3 4 5
A1X11 18 A1X8 12 A1X6 5 A1X6 8
M4X1 1
K13X1 1 Y12X1 1 Y13X1 1 Y14X1 1

1
M4 M
K13 Y12 Y13 Y14
118
116 2 119 120 121
K13X1 2 Y12X1 2 Y13X1 2 Y14X1 2
M4X1 2
Additive sprinkling Valve Valve

Sprinkling KAG KAG left down
5
Valve
3
.5
KAG left open
4

b
c
gez. 14.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.2 15.2
/42.26 /51.2
F16 15A
/11.3
122
A1X30b 16 A1X30b 17
B16 B17
U+ U+
A1.2 Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge
/16.12
Zusatz Zusatz
Zusatz Zusatz
A1.2 GND GND
/16.12
A18 B18
A1X29b 18 A1X30b 18
31 31
/41.25 /51.2

b
c
gez. 22.11.2006 Janke
Additive Control unit Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 46
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Sensor-Zusatz Sensor-Zusatz
/42.26 /48.2
Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz

A1.2 FRQ FRQ ANA_A2 ANA_A3 ANA_A2/3 GND
/16.12
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
A1X29b 1 A1X29b 2 A1X29b 3 A1X29b 4 A1X29b 5
/73.15
/73.16
/73.17
/73.18
Temp-V-Sig
Temp-V-GND
Temp-H-Sig
Temp-H-GND
/66.7
/66.5
VIB-V
VIB-H
A1X1 6 8 2 A1X11 17 9 5
A1X2 5 7 6 A1X13 8 7 9 D6Xb 3 1 2 4 D9Xb 3 1 2 4
D6Xs 3 1 2 4 D9Xs 3 1 2 4
U+ GND SIGN U+ GND SIGN 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4
D5 D7
123 gn rt 125 gn rt D6 D9
U+ GND SIGN U+ GND SIGN 127 128

U U
Asphalt thermometer Asphalt thermometer

front rear
+U +U
n GND n GND
B4 B5
U U
124 126
SIGN SIGN
Speed sensor Speed sensor

Vibration drive Vibration drive
front rear
b
c
gez. 14.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Sensor-Zusatz Sensor-Zusatz
/47.26
Not-Aus Not-Aus
/42.10
15 15
/37.25 /53.19
58 58
/39.26 /49.2
S22X1 2 5 8
2 5 8 10
S22
130
123 1 3 4 6 7 9
3 6 7 9
Cylinder spreader
D13
A1X2 /58.2
1 1 2 D13X5 9
8 4
X101b D13X4 X1b
2 2 1 D13X5 11
9 3
R23
D13X4
129 3 3 1 D13X5 13
7 2
A1X17 5 2 8 6 3 X101s D13X5
Ring gear - Chip spreader

A1X29b 17 A1X30b 3 4 5 6 7 8
A17 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A1.2 DIN AIN+ AIN AIN- DIN DIN DIN

/16.12
Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz
Emergency stop Chip spreader Chip spreader

on Type
Distribution potentiometer Chip spreader D13: Change-over Lighting Chip spreader

Chip spreader emptying

b
c
gez. 23.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
58 58
/48.25 /57.9
Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz Zusatz

A1.2 PWM DO A1.2 DO DO DO DO DO
/16.12 /16.12
A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16
A1X29b 10 A1X29b 11 A1X29b 12 A1X29b 13 A1X29b 14 A1X29b 15 A1X29b 16
A1X18 12
S21X1 2 8
2 8 10
S21
137 3 1 7 9
1 7 9
A1X18 8
A1X6 7 A1X6 2 A1X6 1 A1X6 6 A1X6 3 A1X6 9 A1X11 10
Y15X1 1 Y17X1 1 Y18X1 1 Y20X1 1 Y21X1 1 Y22X1 1

Y15 Y17 Y18 Y20 Y21 Y22

131 133 134 135 136 138
Y15X1 2 Y17X1 2 Y18X1 2 Y20X1 2 Y21X1 2 Y22X1 2
Valve Valve Valve Reversing valve Valve

Chip spreader Chip spreader Chip spreader Edge pressing assembly Tire-heating
Driving motor open close
Y17 Y18 Valve

open 1 1 ASC 2 Rad
close 0 1

b
c
gez. 14.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A4
139 RC 4-4/20
U+ Power outputs /51.3 1 +U Power outputs
Earth /51.3 2 GND
Earth /51.7 3 GND Housing
ASC Valve rear left /56.10 4 PWM-output - 3
not used 5 Digital output - 3

not used 7 Analogue-Output GND
Driving direction front right /53.17 8 Analogue input [U] 3
/53.19 9 Analogue input [I] 3
/55.11 10 Digital input - 3
enable Power outputs Input /51.11 13 Enable Power outputs in
not used 14 Enable Power outputs out
ASC Valve rear right /56.14 16 PWM-output - 4 140 A4X1
/52.15 17 GND Frequency-Input 3
/52.17 18 Frequency-Input 3
Driving direction rear right /54.5 19 Analogue input [U] 5
Driving direction rear left /53.23 20 Analogue input [U] 4
/53.25 21 Analogue input [I] 4
not used 22 Analogue-Output Signal 1: /51.3 27: /51.5
/55.18 23 Digital input - 5 2: /51.3 28: /51.5
GND RS232 /72.16 24 GND RS232 3: /51.7 29:
CAN-L2 /71.26 25 CAN-L2 4: /56.10 30: /56.7
CAN-H2 /71.24 26 CAN-H2 5: 31: /56.3
U+ Power outputs /51.5 27 +U Power outputs 6: 32: /52.5
Earth /51.5 28 GND 7: 33: /52.7
not used 29 Digital output - 1 8: /53.17 34: /53.6
ASC Valve front right /56.7 30 PWM-output - 2 9: 35: /53.4
ASC Valve front left /56.3 31 PWM-output - 1 10: /55.11 36: /53.2
/52.5 32 GND Frequency-Input 1 11: /55.14 37: /55.4

/52.7 33 Frequency-Input 1 12: /55.21 38:
Angle sensorPivoted steering /53.6 34 Analogue input [I] 1 13: /51.11 39: /71.22
Angle sensorPivoted steering /53.4 35 Analogue input [U] 1 14: 40: /71.20
Angle sensorPivoted steering /53.2 36 5V Voltage supply - 1 15: 41: /51.7
/55.4 37 Digital input - 1 16: /56.14 42: /51.9
/54.7 38 GND Voltage supply - 1 17: /52.15 43: /52.10
CAN-L1 /71.22 39 CAN-L1 18: /52.17 44: /52.12
CAN-H1 /71.20 40 CAN-H1 19: /54.5 45:
U+ Electronic system /51.9 42 Voltage supply Electronic system 21: /53.25 47:
/52.10 43 GND Frequency-Input 2 22: 48: /55.8
/52.12 44 Frequency-Input 2 23: /55.18 49:
/53.13 45 Analogue input [I] 2 24: /72.16 50: /72.15
Driving direction front left /53.11 46 Analogue input [U] 2 25: /71.26 51: /72.13
Voltage supply 5VDC /53.9 47 5V Voltage supply - 2 26: /71.24 52: /72.17
Voltage supply 0VDC /54.9 49 GND Voltage supply - 2
RxD RS232 /72.15 50 RxD RS232
TxD RS232 /72.13 51 TxD RS232
Bootstrap /72.17 52 Bootstrap

a General arrangement MC Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.2 15.2
/46.25 /72.20
MC2-Sensor
/52.2
F9 15A F12 1A F13 1A

/11.3 /11.3 /11.3
141 142 143
A1X31 14 A1X31 15 A1X31 10 A1X31 11 A1X31 13
A4X1 1 A4X1 27 A4X1 41 A4X1 42 A4X1 13
1 27 41 42 13
U+ U+ U+ U+ Inhibit
A4 Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge Microcontroller Microcontroller Leistungsausgänge
/50.5
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4

A4 GND GND GND
/50.5 Gehäuse
2 28 3
A4X1 2 A4X1 28 A4X1 3

A1X31 6 A1X31 7
31 31
/46.25

b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
MC ASC Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 51
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
/51.25 /55.2
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4

A4 FRQ1_A1 SIG A4 FRQ1_A2 SIG A4 FRQ1_A3 SIG
/50.5 /50.5 /50.5
33 44 18
RC 4/4 A4X1 33 RC 4/4 A4X1 44

RC 4/4 A4X1 18
A4 FRQ1_A1 GND A4 FRQ1_A2 GND A4 FRQ1_A3 GND

/50.5 /50.5 /50.5
32 43 17
A4X1 32 A4X1 43 A4X1 17


a Frequency-Input 1A - 3A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15
/48.25
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4

A4 CUR_A1 A4 CUR_A2 A4 CUR_A3 A4 CUR_A4
/50.5 /50.5 /50.5 /50.5
34 45 9 21
RC 4/4 A4X1 34
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 A4X1 21
A4 ANA_A1 A4 ANA_A2 A4 ANA_A3 A4 ANA_A4

/50.5 /50.5 /50.5 /50.5
35 46 8 20
RC 4/4 A4X1 35
RC 4/4 A4X1 46 A4X1 8 A4X1 20
ANA_A1V +5V ANA_A2V +5V

/36.4
/36.6
A4 A4
/50.5 /50.5
36 47
Lenk_Sig
Lenk_GND
A4X1 36
A1X32 10 4 7 18 5 16 17
Richtung vorne rechts
Richtung hinten links

Richtung vorne links
A1X4 7 8 9
R15X1 1 2 3
RVL
RHL
RVR
/38.19
/38.19
/55.9
R15
144
Angle sensor
Pivoted steering

a Analogue input 1A - 4A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RC 4/4 RV 4/4
ANA_GND ANA_GND
38 49
RC 4/4
A4 ANA_A5
/50.5
19
A4X1 19
A1X32 15
Richtung hinten rechts
RHR
/55.16

a Analogue input 5A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
/52.26
SIGN SIGN
n GND n GND
B52 B53
U U
145 147
U+ U+
U+ GND SIGN U+ GND SIGN
/53.17
/54.5
D8 D10
146 gn rt 148 gn rt
U+ GND DIR SIGN U+ GND DIR SIGN
RVR
RHR
A1X4 1 4 3 2 A1X14 1 4 3 2
/35.8
/66.2
/35.13
VL-Sig
VL-Sig
HL
A1X32 12 A1X32 9 A1X32 6 A1X32 11
A4X1 37 A4X1 48 A4X1 10 A4X1 11 A4X1 23 A4X1 12
37 48 10 11 23 12
A4 DIG_A1 A4 DIG_A2 A4 DIG_A3 A4 DIG_A4 A4 DIG_A5 A4 DIG_A6

/50.5 /50.5 /50.5 /50.5 /50.5 /50.5
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4
B52: Speed sensor front right
B53: Speed sensor rear right

a Digital input 1A - 6A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4 RC 4/4

A4 PWM_A1 A4 PWM_A2 A4 PWM_A3 A4 PWM_A4
/50.5 /50.5 /50.5 /50.5
31 30 4 16
A4X1 31 A4X1 30 A4X1 4 A4X1 16
A1X32 1 A1X32 8 A1X32 2 A1X32 3

A1X4 5 A1X4 6 A1X14 5 A1X14 6
Y24X1 1 Y25X1 1 Y26X1 1 Y27X1 1
Y24 Y25 Y26 Y27

149 150 151 152
2 Y25X1 2 2 2
ASC - Valve ASC - Valve

front left rear left
ASC - Valve ASC - Valve

front right rear right

a PWM-output 1A - 4A Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 09.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/25.26 /65.2
15.1 15.1
/45.26 /58.17
30.2
/22.25
R R
/42.26 /58.2
L L
F18 10A F6 10A /42.26 /58.2
/11.3 /11.3 58
/49.25
Zusatz
153 154 /58.2
56b
/58.2
K6X1 3 58
/58.2
3
A1X17 15 17 A1X17 20 21 K6
.24 4 5
5
S7X1 11 4
11 14
S7 S9X1 2 5 8
2 5 8 10
155 S9
3 13 5 18 17 10 158
3 13 5 18 17 10 123 1 3 4 6 7 9
3 6 7 9
A1X17 4
A1X17 10
A1X17 9 12 S8X1 2 5 8 10
A1X38 3
2 5 8 10
S8
157 R-L 1 3 4 6 7 9 K02X1 1
K5X1 86
1 3 4 6 7 9
49 K02
159 K6X1 1
K5
2
156 31 49a 1
K6
K5X1 85 30
160 2
A1X38 4
K6X1 2
S7: Alarm system switch K5: Flasher relay
S8: Flasher switch K02: Power relay Additional lighting
3
S9: Switch driving light K6: Power relay Driving light .18
4
a Blinker & Lighting STVZO 1 Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Zusatz Zusatz
/57.26 /60.2
56b 15.1 15.1
/57.26 /57.26 /60.2
58 58
/57.26 /60.2
R
/57.26
L K9X1 4 5
/57.26
4 5
F30 10A F33 5A F31 10A F32 5A K9

/11.3 /11.3 /11.3 /11.3 /44.21 3
161 162 170 171 K9X1 3
F27 15A
/11.3
A1X1 1 A1X1 9 A1X1 11 A1X1 4 A1X1 12 A1X1 5
172
X100b 5 1 3 X100b 6 2 4
X100s 5 1 3 X100s 6 2 4
A1X11 2 A1X11 6 A1X11 12 A1X11 7 A1X11 3 A1X11 15
D13X13 1 D13X2 5 D13X2 2 D13X14 1 D13X2 4 D13X2 1
3 3 3 3 3 3
D13 D13
/48.20 4 5 4 5 4 5
.2 4 5 4 5 4 5
.15 /59.3
D13X15 1 D13X3 7 D13X3 8 D13X17 1 D13X3 6 D13X3 5 X100s 8
X100b 8
X102s 8
X102b 5 1 3 X102b 6 2 4
X102b 8
X102s 5 1 3 X102s 6 2 4
E10X1 56B E11X1 3 E12X1 1 E13X1 2 1 E15X1 56B E13aX1 1 E16X1 56B E17X1 3 E18X1 1 E19X1 2 1 E21X1 56B
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E13a E16 E17 E18 E19 E20 E21
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 173 174 175 176 177 178
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
E10X1 31 E11X1 4 E12X1 2 E16X1 31 E17X1 4 E18X1 2
E13X1 3 E15X1 31 E13aX1 2 E19X1 3 E21X1 31
E13a: homologation italy (option)
E10: Driving light left E13: Parking light rear left E16: Driving light right E19: Parking light rear right
E11: Blinker front left E14: Blinker rear left E17: Blinker front right E20: Blinker rear right
E15: Back-up light left
E12: Parking light front left E 1 8 : P a r k i n g l i g h t f r o n t r i g hEt2 1 : B a c k - u p l i g h t r i g h t
a Lighting STVZO 1 Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
D13X10 1 D13X11 1 D13X12 1
D13
/58.15 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
D13X16 1 D13X3 3 D13X3 4 D13X18 1 D13X3 2 D13X3 1

X1b 8 X1b 1 X1b 7 X1b 2 X1b 4 X1b 5
X1s 8 X1s 1 X1s 7 X1s 2 X1s 4 X1s 5
E10.12Xb 4 1 3 2
E10.12Xs 4 1 3 2
E16.18Xb 4 1 3 2
E16.18Xs 4 1 3 2
E10aX1 56B E11aX1 1 E12aX1 1 E16aX1 56B E17aX1 1 E18aX1 1

X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
E10a E11a E12a E16a E17a E18a

X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
E10aX1 31 E11aX1 2 E12aX1 2 E16aX1 31 E17aX1 2 E18aX1 2
D13: Change-over Chip spreader

a Lighting Chip spreader Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 05.05.2010 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/58.26 /63.2
Zusatz Zusatz
/58.26 /61.2
58 58
/58.26 /63.2
F28 25A F29 15A F26 10A

/11.3 /11.3 /11.3
179 184 189
A1X17 13
S10X1 2 8 10
2 8 10
S10
190 3 1 7 9
1 7 9
A1X19 1 3
A1X17
front
19
rear
/62.5
/62.5
A1X19 7
A1X1 7 A1X1 10 A1X11 1 A1X11 4
E22X1 1 E23X1 1 E24X1 1 E25X1 1 E26Xb 1 E27Xb 1 E28Xb 1 E29Xb 1
E26Xs 1 E27Xs 1 E28Xs 1 E29Xs 1 H5X1 1
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
E22 E23 E24 E25 E26 E27 E28 E29 H5 M

180 181 182 183 185 186 187 188 191
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
E26Xs 2 E27Xs 2 E28Xs 2 E29Xs 2 2
E22X1 2 E23X1 2 E24X1 2 E25X1 2 E26Xb 2 E27Xb 2 E28Xb 2 E29Xb 2
E22: Additional lighting Operator's cabin E26: Drum lighting Page front left S10: Switch Rotating-beam light
E23: Additional lighting Operator's cabin E27: Drum lighting Page front right H5: Rotating-beam light
E24: Additional lighting Operator's cabin E28: Drum lighting Page rear left
E24: Additional lighting Operator's cabin E29: Drum lighting Page rear right

a Additional lighting Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Zusatz Zusatz
/60.25 /62.2
X50b X50s
F05 40A F06 40A
1 :. 8 1 :. 8
2 :. 8 2 :. 8
3 :. 9 3 :. 9
8
4 :. 9 5
4 :. 9
6 7 7 6
5
4
5 :. 1 1 8
2 1
5 :. 1 1
2 3 4 3
1
6 :. 1 1 6 :. 1 1
7: 7:
8: 8:
X51b X51s
1 :. 3 1 :. 3
2 :. 3 2 :. 3
6
3 :. 4 3 :. 4
4 5 4
3
4 :. 4 6 5 4 :. 4
1 2 1
2
5 :. 6 3 5 :. 6
6 :. 6 6 :. 6
E31Xb E32Xb E33Xb

X51b 1 X51b 3 X51b 5 X50b 1 X50b 3 X50b 5
X51s 1 X51s 3 X51s 5 X50s 1 X50s 3 X50s 5

1: .3 1: .4 1: .6
E31Xb 1 E32Xb 1 E33Xb 1 E34Xb 1 E35Xb 1 E36Xb 1

2: .3 2: .4 2: .6
E31Xs 1 E32Xs 1 E33Xs 1 E34Xs 1 E35Xs 1 E36Xs 1
2 1 2 1 2 1
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E34Xb E35Xb E36Xb

? ? ? ? ? ?
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
1: .8 1: .9 1: .11
E31Xs 2 E32Xs 2 E33Xs 2 E34Xs 2 E35Xs 2 E36Xs 2
E31Xb 2 E32Xb 2 E33Xb 2 E34Xb 2 E35Xb 2 E36Xb 2 2: .8 2: .9 2: .11

2 1 2 1 2 1
X51s 2 X51s 4 X51s 6 X50s 2 X50s 4 X50s 6
X51b 2 X51b 4 X51b 6 X50b 2 X50b 4 X50b 6
E31-E33: Additional lighting ROPS/FOPS front
E34-E36: Additional lighting ROPS/FOPS rear

a Additional lighting ROPS/FOPS Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 06.11.2009 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Zusatz
/61.25 -UB E37Xb1 E38Xb1
rear
/60.5
front
/60.5 1: .3 1: .4
1: .3
2: .3 2: .4
1 1
2 2
-UB 1 -GND 1 -X1 1 2 -X2 1 2
-GND E39Xb1 E40Xb1

-V1 -V2 -V3 -V4 -V5 -V6 -V7 -V8
1: .6 1: .8
1: .4
D12 2: .6 2: .8
-F1 15A -F3 15A -F5 15A -F7 15A 1 1
2 2
-F2 15A -F4 15A -F6 15A -F8 15A
E41Xb1 E42Xb1
-VL 1 -VM 1 -VR 1 -SR 1 -SL 1 -HR 1 -HM 1 -HL 1 1: .9 1: .11
E37Xb1 1 E38Xb1 1 E39Xb1 1 E40Xb1 1 E41Xb1 1 E42Xb1 1 E43Xb1 1 E44Xb1 1

2: .9 2: .11
E37Xs1 1 E38Xs1 1 E39Xs1 1 E40Xs1 1 E41Xs1 1 E42Xs1 1 E43Xs1 1 E44Xs1 1 1 1
2 2
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E42 E43 E44 E43Xb1 E44Xb1
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
1: .13 1: .14
E37Xs1 2 E38Xs1 2 E39Xs1 2 E40Xs1 2 E41Xs1 2 E42Xs1 2 E43Xs1 2 E44Xs1 2
E37Xb1 2 E38Xb1 2 E39Xb1 2 E40Xb1 2 E41Xb1 2 E42Xb1 2 E43Xb1 2 E44Xb1 2 2: .13 2: .14
1 1
2 2
-X1 -X2
-VL -VR -SR -HR -HL 1: .6 1: .9

2: .7 2: .10
1: .3 1: .6 1: .8 1: .11 1: .14 2 2
1 1
-VM -SL -HM
1: .4 1: .9 1: .13
E37-E39: Additional lighting XENON ROPS/FOPS front
E40-E44: Additional lighting XENON ROPS/FOPS rear

a Additional lighting XENON ROPS/FOPS Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 06.11.2009 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/60.25 /65.2
58 58
/60.25 /64.2
A
/64.2
F22 30A
/11.3
192
A1X19 8
X151b 1
Wiper
/64.2
S26X1 2 5 10
2 5 8 10 S27X1 3 1 7 9
3 1 7 9
S26
193 +0- 1 3 4 6 7 9 S27
1 3 4 6 7 9 198 2 8 10
2 10
K102X1 87a 87
4 5
K102
K100X1 87a 87 K101X1 87a 87 .13 3
4 5 4 5
K102X1 30
K100 K101
.8 3 .10 3
K100X1 30 K101X1 30
M7X1 1
M8Xb 1 3 2 4
K100X1 86 K101X1 86 K102X1 86 M8Xs 1 3 2 4
M7 M 53a 31b 53 31
1 1 1
194
K100 K101 K102
195 2 196 2 197 2
M7X1 2 K100X1 85 K101X1 85 K102X1 85

M8
199
M
5
5
3
.3 .6 .23
4
S26: Windshield washer front rear K102: Relay Windshield washer front M8: Wiper motor front
M7: Pump, windshield washer K103: Relay Windshield washer rear S27: Windshield wiper, front
K100: Relay Windshield washer front
K101: Relay Windshield washer rear
a Windshield washer Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
58 58
/63.26 /65.2
Wiper
/63.26
A
/63.26
S28X1 1 7 9
3 1 7 9
S28
200 2 8 10
2 10
K104X1 87a 87 K105X1 87a 87 K106X1 87a 87

4 5 4 5 4 5
K104 K105 K106

.3 3 .5 3 .7 3
K104X1 30 K105X1 30 K106X1 30
M9Xb 1 4 3 2 M10Xb 1 4 3 2 M11Xb 1 4 3 2
M9Xs 1 4 3 2 M10Xs 1 4 3 2 M11Xs 1 4 3 2
53a 31b 53 31 53a 31b 53 31 53a 31b 53 31
K104X1 86 K105X1 86 K106X1 86
M9 M10 M11
1 1 1
K104 K105 K106 204
M 205
M 206
M
201 2 202 2 203 2
K104X1 85 K105X1 85 K106X1 85

5
5
3
.11 .17 .22

4
S28: Windshield wiper, rear M9: Wiper motor rear M10: Wiper motor rear M11: Wiper motor rear
K104: Relay Wiper motor rear left left right
K105: Relay Wiper motor rear right
K106: Relay Wiper motor rear

a Windshield washer Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 16.05.2007 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/63.26 /67.2
30 30
/57.26 /72.20
58 58
/64.26 /66.2
15K
/66.2
30K
/66.2
F23 15A
/11.3 F4 15A
207 /11.3
A1X19 5 6 213
A1X19 2
X152b 8 6
X152b 7
W1
209
E30
A10X1 8 6 4 7 214
GND 58 30 15
A10 Ant.
208
+LF -LF +RF -RF
A10X2 3 4 5 6
S11X1 1 S12X1 1
B12 X155A 1 2
210
S11 S12
X155 215 216
212
B13
211
A10: Radio assembly X1: Built-in socket E30: Cab lighting
B12: Loudspeaker left S11: Door contact switch left
B13: Loudspeaker right S12: Door contact switch right
W1: Antenna

a Cab lighting Radio assembly Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
VL-Sig VL-Sig
/55.5 /73.7
58
/65.25
/47.12
/47.7
Zusatz Zusatz
A1.2 DO DO
/16.12
VIB-H
VIB-V
B1 B2
A1X30b 1 2
A1X20 5 4 3
X152b 5 4 3
A1X20 2 1
X152b 2 1
15K
/65.25
V 000
218
30K P1
/65.25
A9X1b 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A9X2b 2 3
A9X1s 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A9X2s 2 3 1
1.5 rt/bl
A9XA 1 2 3 5 6 A9XB 1 2 3 4 A9XC 2 3 A9XD 1 2
1.5 gr/rt
0.75 rt
0.75 br
0.75 sw
0.75 gr
0.75 bl
0.75 ws
0.75 gn
0.75 ge
1.5 gr/rt
0.75 sw/ws
1.0 gr/ge
0.75 vio
0.75 rt
0.75 sw
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 bl
0.75 ge
0.75 gn
217
A9
kl.Ampl. Dauer+12V
gr.Ampl. Licht
TachoInp. geschaltet+12V
Vib.imp.I GND
Licht Geber+U
Vib.Imp.II Geber-U
geschaltet+12V inv.Tachosignal
GND Tachosignal
Dauer+12V Vibroimp.
kl.Ampl.
gr.Ampl.
A9: Interface Speedometer P1: Speedometer

a Tachograph Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/65.25 /69.2
F24 30A
/11.3
219
A1X19 4
X151b 2
A5X1 B C A5X2 B A5X3 2 1
?
Steuereinheit Konvekta
A5 ?
220
A5X2
A5X1 L M H C A5X3 3 4
X151b 3 4 5 X151b 6 A1X20 6 X151b 7 8
M5X1 5
A1X5 12
M1X2b 4
S18 M1X2s 4
M5X1 2 3 4 M6X1 2 3 4 223
M5X1 6 S35XA 1
R17 R19
S19X1 1
S35 P
225 Y28Xa 1
R18 R20 S19

224 S35XB 1
Y28
227
M M S19X1 2
M5 M6 Y28Xb 1
Y29X1 1
221 222
Y29
M5X1 1 M6X1 1
226
A5: Control unit, air conditioning S18: Temperature switch Capacitor front Y28: Valve Heating
M5: Fan motor front S19: Temperature switch Capacitor rear Y29: Coupling Compressor Air conditioning
M6: Fan motor rear S23: Pressure switch Air conditioning
a Control unit, heating Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 31.10.2006 Janke
Control unit, air conditioning Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 67
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
231
X203
228
X200
1: /69.19
1: /69.3 2: /69.21
2: /69.3 3: /69.8
3: /69.13 4:
4: /69.8 5: /69.13
8
5: /69.11 6: /69.19
14 6: /71.2 7: /69.21
13
12 7: /71.4 14 8:
1
11 8: /71.6 9: /69.23
10 9: /71.7 10: /69.25
9 7
6 10: /71.9 7 11:
8
5 X205
4 11: 12: /69.11
3 12: /69.5 13:
2
1 13: X200
14:
14:
X202
232 233
X204b X204s
229
X202
1 :/ 6 9 . 1 3 1 :/ 6 9 . 1 3
1: /69.17 X203 2 :/ 6 9 . 4 2:
3
2: /69.17 A3 3 4 4
3 :/ 6 9 . 1 3 2 1 3 :/ 6 9 . 1 3
3: /70.3 230 1 2
4: /70.5 4: 4:
5: /70.7 Supply line Display Operator's seat
6: /70.9 /69.3 X200/1 12VDC Seat contact switch +12V X202/1 /69.17
7: /70.16 /69.3 X200/2 GND Seat contact switch DI X202/2 /69.17
18 8: /70.18 /69.13 X200/3 DI Emergency stop Drive lever right X202/3 /70.3
17 9: /70.20 /69.8 X200/4 D O E r r o r - d e t e c t i n g D i e s e l e n g i n eV i b r a t i o n p u s h b u t t o n s w i t c h D I X202/4 /70.5
16
15 10: /70.22 /69.11 X200/5 DO 0-position Drive lever KAG up DI X202/5 /70.7
14 11: /70.11 /71.2 X200/6 CAN_A_H KAG down DI X202/6 /70.9
13 9
12 8 12: /70.13 /71.4 X200/7 CAN_A_L Drive lever left X202/7 /70.16
11 7 13: /70.25 /71.6 X200/8 CAN_GND Vibration push button switch DI X202/8 /70.18
10 6
5 14: /70.25 /71.7 X200/9 CAN_B_H KAG up DI X202/9 /70.20
4 15: /71.9 X200/10 CAN_B_L KAG 3036 DI X202/10 /70.22
3
2 16: X200/11 Shield Crab steering left DI X202/11 /70.11
1 17: /69.5 X200/12 GND Crab steering right DI X202/12 /70.13
18: X200/13 nc Foot push button switch +12V X202/13 /70.25
X200/14 nc Foot push button switch DI X202/14 /70.25
Drive lever nc X202/15
/69.19 X203/1 12VDC nc X202/16
/69.21 X203/2 GND nc X202/17
/69.8 X203/3 +12VDC Initiator nc X202/18

X203/4 nc
/69.13 X203/5 Signal Initiator
/69.19 X203/6 CAN_A_H
/69.21 X203/7 CAN_A_L
X203/8 CAN_GND
/69.23 X203/9 CAN_B_H
/69.25 X203/10 CAN_B_L
X203/11 CAN_GND
/69.11 X203/12 0V Initiator
X203/13 nc
X203/14 nc

a Instrument panel Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 14.11.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.1 15.1
/67.25
DIA-EMR
/26.25
0-Stellung
/37.25
NA X204b 1
/24.26
X204s 1
F17 5A
/11.3 S2 Display Display Display
234 236
X204s 3 A3 U+ Sitzkontakt U+ GND
A1X16 1 A1X16 4 A1X16 5 /68.5
X204b 3
X202/1 X203/1 X203/2
X203 1 2
X202 1
S29Xb 1 X214b 1 X214b 2
S29Xs 1 X214s 1 X214s 2

X200 1 X200 4 X200 5 X200 3
X200/1 X200/4 X200/5 X200/3

Potentiometer
A3
Drive lever
U+ Diagnose EMR 0-Stellung Not-Aus
/68.5 S29
Display Display Display Display 237 A6
238
Display Display Display Display Display

A3 GND GND U+ GND Endschalter
/68.5 Endschalter Endschalter Signal
X200/2 X200/12 X203/3 X203/12 X203/5
X203 3 12 5 S29Xs 2 X214s 3 X214s 4 X214s 5 X214s 6

X200 2 X200 12
S29Xb 2 X214b 3 X214b 4 X214b 5 X214b 6
X213b 1 X213b 2 X213b 3

X213s 1 X213s 2 X213s 3

X204b 2
+
X202 2
X203 6 7 9 10
GND
B3 X202/2 X203/6 X203/7 X203/9 X203/10
235
SIGN
A3 In Sitzkontakt CAN_A_H CAN_A_L CAN_B_H CAN_B_L
A1X16 2 /68.5
Display Display Display Display Display
B3: Proximity switch 0-position Drive lever S29: Seat contact switch
A6: Potentiometer Drive lever
S2: Emergency stop

a I n s t r u m e n t p a n e l O p e r a t o r ' s s e a t c o n s oSl et r o m l a u f p l a n H D + 9 0 - 1 1 0
b
c
gez. 06.03.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display Display
A3 U+ Vibro KAG auf KAG ab Hundegang Hundegang U+ Vibro KAG auf KAG ab Fußtaster U+
/68.5 links rechts
X202/3 X202/4 X202/5 X202/6 X202/11 X202/12 X202/7 X202/8 X202/9 X202/10 X202/13
X202 3 X202 4 X202 5 X202 6 X202 11 X202 12 X202 7 X202 8 X202 9 X202 10 X202 13
S23AXb 1
S23AXs 1
X211 1 X211 2 X211 3 X211 4 X211 5 X211 6 X212 1 X212 2 X212 3 X212 4
S23
247
S23BXs 1
S23BXb 1
X202 14
X202/14
S30 S31.1 S31.2 S32.1 S32.2 S33 S34.1 S34.2
239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246
A3 Fußtaster in
/68.5
Display
Armrest right Armrest left

S30: Vibration switch S33: Vibration switch
S31: Edge pressing assembly open / down S34: Edge pressing assembly open / down
S32: Crab steering left / right S35: Foot push button switch

a Instrument panel Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 07.03.2008 Janke
Operator's seat Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 70
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Display Display RC-Fahren RC-Fahren RC_ASC RC_ASC

A3 CAN_A_H CAN_B_H A2 CAN_H_1 A2 CAN_H_2 A4 CAN_H_1 A4 CAN_H_2
/68.5 /33.5 /33.5 /50.5 /50.5
X200/6 X200/9 40 26 40 26
X200 6
Display X200 9
Display A2X1 40
RC-Fahren A2X1 26
RC-Fahren A4X1 40
RC_ASC A4X1 26
RC_ASC
CAN_A_L CAN_B_L A2 CAN_L_1 A2 CAN_L_2 A4 CAN_L_1 A4 CAN_L_2
/33.5 /33.5 /50.5 /50.5
X200/7 X200/10 39 25 39 25
X200 7
Display X200 10 A2X1 39 A2X1 25 A4X1 39 A4X1 25
CAN_GND
X200/8
X200 8
A1X16 6 7 8 9 10 A1X24 8 9 1 4 A1X31 8 9 1 4

EMR-H
EMR-L
/26.25
/26.25
A1X28b 8 A1X30b 13
B8 B13
CAN_GND CAN_GND
A1X28b 7
Zusatz-1 A1X28b 10 A1X30b 12
Zusatz-2
A1X30b 15
CAN-A-H
CAN-A-L
CAN-GND
CAN-B-H
CAN-B-L
B7 B10 B12
B15
CAN_A_L CAN_B_L CAN_A_L

A1X28b 6
Zusatz-1 A1X28b 9
Zusatz-1 A1X30b 11
Zusatz-2 CAN_B_L
/72.8
/72.11
/72.9
/72.19
/72.22
A1X30b 14
Zusatz-2
B6 B9 B11
B14
A1.1 CAN_A_H A1.1 CAN_B_H A1.2 Zusatz-2
/15.11 /15.11 /16.12 A1.2 CAN_B_H
Zusatz-1 Zusatz-1 CAN_A_H /16.12
Zusatz-2

a Distributor CAN Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 22.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RC-Fahren RC-ASC 15.2 15.2

/51.25 /73.2
30 30
Download Download /65.25
A2 A4
7.5A
/33.5 /50.5
52 52
RC-Fahren 52
RC-ASC 52 F34 248
RS232-GND RS232-GND /11.3
A2 A4
/33.5 /50.5 2
24 24
X41
RC-Fahren RC-ASC
/71.25
/71.26
24 24
/73.12
/73.14
/73.13
2
A2 RS232_RxD A4 RS232_RxD
/33.5 /50.5
X42
/71.22
/71.24
/71.23
CAN-B-H
CAN-B-L
/73.11
/73.10
50 50 5
CAN-B-H
CAN-B-GND
CAN-B-L
/73.9
RC-Fahren 50
RC-ASC 50 A1X43
RS232_TxD RS232_TxD
CAN-A-H
CAN-GND
CAN-A-L
A2 A4
CAN-A-H
CAN-A-GND
CAN-A-L
/33.5 /50.5
51 51
A2X1 51 A4X1 51
120 Ohm
X41 3
R24 X42 3
A1X24 2 5 3 12 A1X31 2 5 3 12
A1X43 2
X40 14 15 11 13 9 2 8 1 7 4 10 6 5 3
X101 2 3 5 X102 1 X103 2 3 5 X104 1
X41 4 5 X42 4 5

a Diagnostic interface Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 23.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15.2
/72.26
/66.25
/72.11
/72.10
/72.20
/72.22
/72.20
/47.17
/47.18
/47.24
/47.24
/35.7
/72.9
F15 7.5A
/11.3
VL-Sig
VL-GND
CAN-A-H
CAN-A-L
CAN-A-GND
CAN-B-H
CAN-B-L
CAN-B-GND
Temp-V-Sig
Temp-V-GND
Temp-H-Sig
Temp-H-GND
249
A1X34 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 17 18
Spannungsversorgung an Pin 7 (+) und Pin 1 (-)

A1X35 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A1X36 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Antenne - GPS
USB +
USB -
USB GND
RxD
TxD
Antenne + GPS
Reserve 1
Reserve 2
CAN 1 high
CAN 1 low
CAN 1 GND

a HCQ - Preparation Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 24.11.2006 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26


a Reserve Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 28.11.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Sensor
Central plug Diesel engine Coolant level Fuel prefilter
251 252 253 254
M1X1s M1X1b B54X1 B11X1
1 2
1: /29.23 22: /28.3 1: /29.23 22: /28.3 1 :/ 3 2 . 6 1: /31.22
VIEW CONTACTS 2: 23: VIEW CONTACTS 2: 23: /28.9
1 2 :/ 3 2 . 6 2: /31.24
16 28 3: 24: /27.18 3: 24: /27.18 3
2
1 10 22 34 4: 25: /28.23 28 16 4: 25: /28.23 3 :/ 3 2 . 7
5: 26: /28.15 5: 26: /28.15
34 22 10 1
6: 27: /28.17 6: 27: /28.17 Pressure switch
7: 28: /28.5 7: 28: /28.5
Air filter
8: 29: 8: 29: /28.7
255
9: /29.15 30: /27.16 9: /29.15 30: /27.16 S13X1
10: /29.3 31: /28.21 10: /29.3 31: /28.21
1 :/ 3 2 . 3
11: 32: /28.25 11: 32: /28.25
12: 33: /28.13 12: 33: /28.13 2 :/ 3 2 . 3
13: /29.13 34: /30.15 13: /29.13 34: /30.15
14: /29.11 35: /30.9 14: /29.11 35: /30.9

15: /29.19 36: /30.11 15: /29.19 36: /30.11
16: /29.7 37: /30.13 16: /29.7 37: /30.13
17: /29.5 38: 17: /29.5 38:
9 15 27 18: 39: /30.19 18: 39: /30.19
19: /30.3 40: /30.21
42 27 15 9 19: /30.3 40: /30.21
21 33 42
20: /30.5 41: /30.23 33 21 20: /30.5 41: /30.23
21: /29.21 42: /30.25 21: /29.21 42: /30.25
Sensor Speed sensor Speed sensor Temperature sensor

Engine oil pressure Camshaft Crankshaft Coolant
256 257 258 259
B6X1 B40.1X1 B40.2X1 B43X1
3 3
1: /28.13 1
2 1: /29.11 1
2 1: /29.19
1 :/ 2 7 . 1 6
2
1
1
2
3
2: /28.15 2: /29.13 2: /29.21 2 :/ 2 7 . 1 6
1 2 3 3: /28.17 3: /29.15 3: /29.23 1 2

Sensor Pressure sensor Low pressure Control valve

Boost air Fuel RAIL Fuel Fuel RAIL
260 261 262 263
B48X1 B49X1 B51X1 Y19X1
1: /28.5 1: /28.21 1: /29.3

1 :/ 3 0 . 3
2
1
1
2
3
2
3
1
2: /28.7 1 4 2: /29.5
2: /28.23 2:
3: /28.3 3 2 3:
1 2 3 3: /28.25 1 2
1 2 3 4 4: /28.9 4: /29.7

a Connector Diesel engine Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 11.12.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Level indicator Filter indicator Sprinkling Track offset Track offset Edge pressing assembly
Fuel tank Hydraulic oil filter KAG left right up
264 265 266 267 268 269
R9X1 S6X1 Y12X1 Y10X1 Y11X1 Y13X1
1 1
1 :/ 4 2 . 1 8 1 :/ 4 5 . 8 1 2 1 2 1 2
1: /44.3 1: /44.6 1: /45.12
4 3 2 :/ 4 2 . 1 8 4 3 2 :/ 4 5 . 8
1 :/ 3 6 . 1 1
3: 3: 2: /44.3 2: /44.6 2: /45.12
1 2 2 4: 2 4:
2 :/ 3 6 . 1 3
E d g e p r e s s i n g a s s e m b l Ry e v e r s i n g v a l v e Valve Valve Drive pump Drive pump

down E d g e p r e s s i n g a s s e m b l y 1 /P2a r k i n g b r a k e Gear shifting forward reverse
270 271 272 273 274 275
Y14X1 Y20X1 Y3X1 Y4X1 Y1X1 Y2X1
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1: /45.15 1: /49.16 1: /39.10 1: /40.4 1: /39.3 1: /39.7
2: /45.15 2: /49.16 2: /39.10 2: /40.4

2: /39.3 2: /39.7
1 1
2 2
Emergency stop Amplitude, small Amplitude, small Amplitude, large Temperature sensor
Drive pump front rear rear Hydraulic oil
276 277 278 279 280
Y5X1 Y6X1 Y8X1 Y9X1 R13X1
1: /40.14 1: /43.3 1: /43.11 1: /43.15

1: /36.25
2: /40.14 2: /43.3 2: /43.11 2: /43.15
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
Pressure switch
Parking brake
281
S4X1
1: /38.4
1 2:
4 4: /38.4
2 :

a Connector Engine room I Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 11.12.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Central plug Central plug Pressure switch Pressure switch Coupling Charge indicator Magnetic switch
Diesel engine Diesel engine Air conditioning Air conditioning Air conditioning Alternator Starting motor
282 M1X2b 283 M1X2s 284 285 286 287 288
S35XA S35XB Y29X1 G2D+ M1/50a
1 :/ 2 3 . 1 0 1 :/ 2 3 . 1 0
2 :/ 2 3 . 1 0 2 :/ 2 3 . 1 0
1: /67.13 1: /67.13 1: /67.13 1: /22.14 1: /22.5
3 :/ 2 2 . 1 5 3 :/ 2 2 . 1 5
4 :/ 6 7 . 1 3 4 :/ 6 7 . 1 3
5: 5:
6: 6:
Magnetic switch
Starting motor
289
M1/30
1: /22.3

a Connector Engine room II Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 12.12.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Driving light Driving light
Drum lighting Drum lighting
front left front right
290 292 296 298
E10X1 E16X1 E26Xb E27Xb
3 1 :/ 5 8 . 2 3 1 :/ 5 8 . 1 5
1 :/ 6 0 . 1 1 1 :/ 6 0 . 1 3
56B: 56B:
5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 2 5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 1 5 2 2 :/ 6 0 . 1 1 2 2 :/ 6 0 . 1 3
1 1
Blinker Blinker
297 299
front left front right E26Xs E27Xs
291 293
E11X1 E17X1 1 :/ 6 0 . 1 1 1 :/ 6 0 . 1 3
1 2 1 2
1: 1: 2 :/ 6 0 . 1 1 2 :/ 6 0 . 1 3
2: 2:
3 :/ 5 8 . 4 3 :/ 5 8 . 1 7
4 :/ 5 8 . 4 4 :/ 5 8 . 1 7
Parking light Parking light

E12X1 E18X1
1 :/ 5 8 . 6 1 :/ 5 8 . 1 9
2 :/ 5 8 . 6 2 :/ 5 8 . 1 9
Asphalt thermometer
Signal horn front
294 295
H3X1 D6Xb
1 :/ 4 4 . 1 6 3 4
2 5
2 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 6
1
1: /47.16
1 6 2: /47.17
3: /47.14
4: /47.18
5:
6:

a Connector Front roller Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 12.12.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Working spotlights Back-up light Blinker Working spotlights Back-up light Blinker Drum lighting Drum lighting
rear left rear left rear right rear right rear left rear right
300 301 302 304 310 312
E15X1 E13X1 E21X1 E19X1 E28Xb E29Xb
3 1 :/ 5 8 . 1 1 1 :/ 5 8 . 1 0 3 1 :/ 5 8 . 2 4 1 :/ 5 8 . 2 3
1 :/ 6 0 . 1 5 1 :/ 6 0 . 1 6
56B: 56B:
2 :/ 5 8 . 8 2 :/ 5 8 . 2 1 2 2
5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 1 1 5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 2 4 1 2 :/ 6 0 . 1 5 1 2 :/ 6 0 . 1 6
3 :/ 5 8 . 8 3 :/ 5 8 . 2 1
4: 4:
311 313
E28Xs E29Xs
1 :/ 6 0 . 1 5 1 :/ 6 0 . 1 6
1 2 1 2
2 :/ 6 0 . 1 5 2 :/ 6 0 . 1 6
Water pump 1 Water pump 2

Valve Proximity switch Asphalt thermometer
314 315
Tire-heating Crab steering rear M2X1 M3X1
305 306 308
Y22X1 B7Xb D9Xb 1 :/ 3 9 . 1 7 1 :/ 3 9 . 1 9
1
1 :/ 4 2 . 3 2 2 :/ 3 9 . 1 7 2 2 :/ 3 9 . 1 9
1 :/ 4 9 . 2 3 3 4 1 1
4 3 2 :/ 4 9 . 2 3 2 :/ 4 2 . 6 2 5
3: 3 :/ 4 2 . 4
4 5 6 1: /47.22
2 4: 4 :/ 4 2 . 3 1 6
1 2 3
2: /47.23 Pump
5 :/ 4 2 . 6
3: /47.20 Additive sprinkling Back-up alarm
6:
4: /47.24
316 317
5: M4X1 H1Xb
6:
307
B7Xs 1 :/ 4 5 . 6 1 :/ 4 4 . 1 8
1 :/ 4 2 . 3 2 2 :/ 4 5 . 6 2 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 8
1 1
2 :/ 4 2 . 6
3 :/ 4 2 . 4
4 Sensor
5 4 :/ 4 2 . 3
6
2 1 Water level
3 5 :/ 4 2 . 6
6: 309
B9Xb
1: /36.15
2: /36.20
3:
4:

a Connector Rear roller Stromlaufplan HD+90-110
b
c
gez. 15.12.2008 Janke
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

Pos. Component Page Spare part No. Description useable for Machine type
6 A1 9.2 02072099 Central electric HD+

29 A1.1 14.11 02072100 Additive Electronic system 1
30 A1.2 15.12 02072101 Additive Electronic system 2
7 A1X1 11.2 00898570 Connector
8 A1X2 11.6 00898473 Connector
9 A1X4 11.10 00898473 Connector
10 A1X5 11.2 00898570 Connector
11 A1X6 11.6 00898473 Connector
12 A1X7 11.9 00898376 Connector
13 A1X8 11.13 00898775 Connector
14 A1X11 11.2 00898775 Connector
15 A1X12 11.9 00898376 Connector
16 A1X13 11.13 00898473 Connector
17 A1X14 11.16 00898376 Connector
18 A1X16 12.2 00898570 Connector
20 A1X17 12.16 00898872 Connector
19 A1X18 12.6 00898570 Connector
21 A1X19 12.2 00898384 Connector
22 A1X20 12.9 00898775 Connector

23 A1X21 12.2 00898872 Connector
24 A1X22 12.9 00898678 Connector
26 A1X24 13.2 00898678 Connector
27 A1X25 13.6 00898872 Connector
28 A1X26 13.14 00898570 Connector
31 A1X31 16.2 00898678 Connector
32 A1X32 16.7 00898775 Connector
34 A1X34 16.2 00898775 Connector
35 A1X35 16.9 00898570 Connector
36 A1X36 16.13 00898570 Connector
25 A1X38 12.14 00898376 Connector
37 A1X39 16.2 00898384 Connector
76 A2 32.5 02069951 Microcontroller RC 4/4
77 A2X1 32.9 02072834 Central plug complete RC 4/4
230 A3 67.5 02106774 Instrument panel
139 A4 49.5 02069951 Microcontroller RC 4/4
140 A4X1 49.9 02072834 Central plug complete RC 4/4
220 A5 66.2 02045415 Control unit, air conditioning
238 A6 68.19 02117179 Potentiometer Drive lever
217 A9 65.11 00850063 Interface Speedometer
208 A10 64.2 02031076 Radio
81 B1 34.4 02067128 Speed sensor
81 B1 34.4 02043690 Wire harness Wire harness (sensor)
83 B2 34.9 02067128 Speed sensor
235 B3 68.8 02117171 Wire harness Proximity switch
124 B4 46.2 00865222 Sensor
126 B5 46.7 00865222 Sensor

62 B6 27.13 02062291 Pressure sensor
256 B6X1 74.1 02040578 Connector
101 B7 41.3 01297015 Proximity switch
306 B7Xb 78.6 00880817 Connection plug, 6-pole
307 B7Xs 78.6 00880612 Fishing box, 6-pole
102 B8 41.6 01297015 Proximity switch
309 B9Xb 78.21 02074190 Circular connector
72 B11 30.21 02065058 Filter body
254 B11X1 74.21 02071870 Electric plug
210 B12 64.7 01215140 Loudspeaker Set
211 B13 64.7 01215140 Loudspeaker Set
65 B40.1 28.11 02062292 Speed sensor
257 B40.1X1 74.6 00892130 Electric plug
66 B40.2 28.18 02073584 Speed sensor
258 B40.2X1 74.10 00892130 Electric plug
60 B43 26.16 02062293 Temperature sensor

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

259 B43X1 74.15 00880698 Electric plug 2-pol.
61 B48 27.3 02073575 Sensor Pressure , Temperature
260 B48X1 74.1 02040579 Connector
261 B49X1 74.6 02040578 Connector
262 B51X1 74.10 02040580 Circular connector
145 B52 54.4 02067128 Speed sensor
147 B53 54.11 02067128 Speed sensor
74 B54 31.6 00892947 Sensor
253 B54X1 74.18 00880310 Connection plug, 3-pole
38 D1 20.9 02051927 Control deviceDiesel engine
39 D1X1 20.2 02054219 Central plug
40 D1X2 20.15 02054218 Central plug
50 D2 23.1 02089009 Emergency control
80 D3 34.4 00846244 Amplifier
82 D4 34.9 00846244 Amplifier
123 D5 46.2 00865168 Signal Amplifier

127 D6 46.13 02033499 Asphalt thermometer
295 D6Xb 77.21 00369683 Round connector 7-pol.
125 D7 46.7 00865168 Signal Amplifier
146 D8 54.4 00846244 Amplifier
128 D9 46.20 02033499 Asphalt thermometer
308 D9Xb 78.10 00369683 Round connector 7-pol.
148 D10 54.11 00846244 Amplifier
D12 61.1 02141923 Control device XENON - Working spotlights
D12-F1 61.3 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-F2 61.4 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-F3 61.6 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-F4 61.8 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-F5 61.9 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-F6 61.11 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-F7 61.13 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-F8 61.14 00384062 Blade fuse
D12-HL 61.13 00892122 Connector
D12-HM 61.10 00892122 Connector
D12-HR 61.10 00892122 Connector
D12-SL 61.7 00892122 Connector
D12-SR 61.7 00892122 Connector
D12-VL 61.1 00892122 Connector
D12-VM 61.1 00892122 Connector
D12-VR 61.4 00892122 Connector
D12-X1 61.19 02036609 Central plug 2-pol.
D12-X2 61.23 02036609 Central plug 2-pol.
58 E01 26.8 01224603 Heater plug
59 E02 26.9 01224603 Heater plug

56 E04 26.3 01224603 Heater plug
57 E05 26.4 01224603 Heater plug
163 E10 57.2 00346357 Halogen lamp
290 E10X1 77.1 02043237 Angle female connector 3pol als ET
164 E11 57.4 00283150 Lamp
291 E11X1 77.1 02040353 Connection - Bush
165 E12 57.6 00209635 Lamp
E12X1 77.1 00880647 Central plug
166 E13 57.8 00283150 Lamp
169 E13a 57.14 01242830 License plate light
167 E14 57.10 00283142 Lamp
168 E15 57.11 00366528 Halogen lamp
173 E16 57.15 00346357 Halogen lamp

174 E17 57.17 00283150 Lamp

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

175 E18 57.19 00209635 Lamp
E18X1 77.5 00880647 Central plug
176 E19 57.21 00283150 Lamp
177 E20 57.23 00283142 Lamp
178 E21 57.24 00366528 Halogen lamp
180 E22 59.2 00366528 Halogen lamp
181 E23 59.4 00366528 Halogen lamp
182 E24 59.6 00366528 Halogen lamp
183 E25 59.8 00366528 Halogen lamp
185 E26 59.11 00283150 Lamp
296 E26Xb 77.18 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
297 E26Xs 77.18 00880019 Fishing box, 2-pole
186 E27 59.13 00283150 Lamp
187 E28 59.15 00283150 Lamp

188 E29 59.16 00283150 Lamp
214 E30 64.16 02135042 Inside lamp
? E31 60.3 00366528 Halogen lamp
E31Xb 60.17 00892815 Electric plug
? E32 60.4 00366528 Halogen lamp
? E33 60.6 00366528 Halogen lamp
? E34 60.8 00366528 Halogen lamp
? E35 60.9 00366528 Halogen lamp
? E36 60.11 00366528 Halogen lamp
? E37 61.3 02051431 Xenon Working spotlights
E37Xb1 61.19 02100525 Electric plug

100A F01 8.4 01293001 Fuse
F01 21.11 01293001 Fuse
F02 21.13 01293001 Fuse
100A F02 8.4 01293001 Fuse
150A F03 8.4 01286919 Fuse
F03 21.16 01286919 Fuse
40A F04 8.4 02054240 Fuse
F04 21.18 02054240 Fuse
F05 60.4 02054240 Fuse
F06 60.9 02054240 Fuse

51 F1 23.18 00384062 Blade fuse
52 F2 23.22 00384062 Blade fuse

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

53 F3 24.3 00384070 Blade fuse
213 F4 64.16 00384062 Blade fuse
F4 10.3 00384062 Blade fuse
F5 10.3 00384062 Blade fuse
45 F5 22.2 00384062 Blade fuse
F6 10.3 00384054 Blade fuse
154 F6 56.5 00384054 Blade fuse
79 F8 33.11 01263927 Blade fuse
F8 10.3 01263927 Blade fuse
141 F9 50.3 00384062 Blade fuse
F11 10.3 01263927 Blade fuse
78 F11 33.7 01263927 Blade fuse
142 F12 50.7 01263927 Blade fuse
F12 10.3 01263927 Blade fuse
143 F13 50.11 01263927 Blade fuse
F13 10.3 01263927 Blade fuse
100 F14 41.3 02034554 Blade fuse
F14 10.3 02035281 Blade fuse
F15 10.3 00384046 Blade fuse
249 F15 72.3 00384046 Blade fuse

122 F16 45.3 00384062 Blade fuse
234 F17 68.3 00386197 Blade fuse
F17 10.3 00386197 Blade fuse
153 F18 56.3 00384054 Blade fuse
F18 10.3 00384054 Blade fuse
F19 10.3 00384062 Blade fuse
93 F19 38.18 00384062 Blade fuse
117 F20 44.6 00384062 Blade fuse
F20 10.3 00384062 Blade fuse
F21 10.3 00384062 Blade fuse
112 F21 43.15 00384062 Blade fuse
192 F22 62.3 01243705 Blade fuse
F22 10.3 01243705 Blade fuse
F23 10.3 00384062 Blade fuse
207 F23 64.5 00384062 Blade fuse
219 F24 66.3 01243705 Blade fuse
F24 10.3 01243705 Blade fuse
189 F26 59.19 00384054 Blade fuse
F27 10.3 00384062 Blade fuse
172 F27 57.24 00384062 Blade fuse
179 F28 59.5 00384070 Blade fuse
184 F29 59.11 00384062 Blade fuse
161 F30 57.3 00384054 Blade fuse
F30 10.3 00384054 Blade fuse
170 F31 57.16 00384054 Blade fuse
171 F32 57.19 00386197 Blade fuse
162 F33 57.6 00386197 Blade fuse
248 F34 71.24 02027966 Blade fuse

42 G1 21.9 00351857 Battery
44 G2 21.13 01294768 Alternator
114 H1 43.18 00840696 Back-up alarm
317 H1Xb 78.21 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
110 H2 43.10 02028837 Signal transmitter
113 H3 43.16 00207365 Signal horn
294 H3X1 77.18 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
191 H5 59.19 00342505 Rotating-beam light
191 H5 59.19 00355283 Lamp
191 H5 59.19 00395846 Pipe
75 H6 31.12 00386308 Pilot light, glow
75 H6 31.12 00209643 Lamp
47 K01 22.7 01289829 Relay
2 K01X1 8.17 00892823 Connector 2-pol.

159 K02 56.19 01289829 Relay
3 K02X1 8.20 00892823 Connector 2-pol.
55 K03 26.3 01289829 Relay

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

4 K03X1 8.24 00892823 Connector 2-pol.
48 K04 22.10 01210807 Relay
5 K04X1 8.20 00880043 Header
54 K3 24.3 00331686 Relay
92 K4 38.14 00331686 Relay
156 K5 56.3 01292587 Flasher relay
160 K6 56.24 01263986 Relay
98 K8 39.7 01263986 Relay
115 K9 43.21 01263986 Relay
111 K10 43.13 01263986 Relay
116 K13 44.3 00331686 Relay
49 K14 22.15 01263986 Relay
195 K100 62.8 01263986 Relay
196 K101 62.10 01263986 Relay
197 K102 62.13 01263986 Relay
201 K104 63.3 01263986 Relay
202 K105 63.5 01263986 Relay
203 K106 63.7 01263986 Relay
41 M1 21.3 02043678 Starting motor
289 M1/30 76.10 00209201 Cable bracket 4-6mm² M5

288 M1/50a 76.23 00209171 Cable bracket 4-6mm² M5
252 M1X1b 74.9 02052010 Connector male
251 M1X1s 74.1 02039764 Connector male
282 M1X2b 76.1 00893080 Connection - Bush
283 M1X2s 76.6 00893072 Electric plug
95 M2 38.17 00851124 Water pump
314 M2X1 78.17 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
96 M3 38.19 00851124 Water pump
118 M4 44.6 00851124 Water pump
221 M5 66.2 02071186 Blower
222 M6 66.6 02071186 Blower
194 M7 62.3 02135445 Pump, windshield washer
199 M8 62.21 02132775 Windscreen wiper motor front
204 M9 63.8 02132774 Windscreen wiper motor rear left
205 M10 63.14 02135318 Windscreen wiper motor rear
206 M11 63.20 02132778 Windscreen wiper motor rear right
218 P1 65.16 02117582 Speedometer
43 Q1 21.9 00394319 Battery switch
84 R9 35.11 02085228 Fuel level sensor
264 R9X1 75.1 00892823 Connector 2-pol.
86 R13 35.25 00282308 Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil
280 R13X1 75.18 02114756 Connector
144 R15 52.2 00367729 Potentiometer
46 S1 22.6 00366617 Ignition switch
46 S1 22.6 00367125 Ignition key
236 S2 68.13 02104662 Emergency stop switch

236 S2 68.13 02104668 Emergency stop switch
88 S4 37.4 01301020 Pressure switch, parking brake
281 S4X1 75.1 01301543 Plug
94 S5 38.18 01262955 Switch
94 S5 38.18 02081602 Rocker
103 S6 41.18 01295403 Pressure switch #Text12.09.20011
265 S6X1 75.5 00272116 Coupler socket
155 S7 56.3 01264524 Alarm system switch
157 S8 56.8 01268678 Switch
157 S8 56.8 02031843 Rocker
158 S9 56.16 01269461 Switch
158 S9 56.16 02031842 Rocker
190 S10 59.19 01262955 Switch

190 S10 59.19 01291947 Rocker
215 S11 64.16 02135511 Door contact switch
216 S12 64.18 02135511 Door contact switch
73 S13 31.3 00233366 Pressure switch

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

255 S13X1 74.18 00880647 Central plug
223 S18 66.10 02118364 Thermostat
224 S19 66.10 02118364 Thermostat
87 S20 36.9 01269488 Push button switch
87 S20 36.9 01497790 Rocker
137 S21 48.23 01291955 Rocker
137 S21 48.23 02081606 Rocker
130 S22 47.11 01269461 Switch
130 S22 47.11 02081609 Rocker
247 S23 69.25 00848611 Pedal switch
193 S26 62.3 02083570 Switch
193 S26 62.3 02089887 Rocker
198 S27 62.23 01262955 Switch
198 S27 62.23 02089888 Rocker
200 S28 63.3 01262955 Switch
200 S28 63.3 02089889 Rocker
237 S29 68.17 01289071 Seat contact switch
239 S30 69.5 00388955 Vibration push button switch
239 S30 69.5 01512870 Flat bar Vibration push button switch
239 S30 69.5 01512862 Cap Vibration push button switch

240 S31.1 69.7 01290282 Rocker switch
241 S31.2 69.9 01290282 Rocker switch
242 S32.1 69.11 01290282 Rocker switch
243 S32.2 69.13 01290282 Rocker switch
244 S33 69.18 00388955 Vibration push button switch
244 S33 69.18 01512870 Flat bar Vibration push button switch
244 S33 69.18 01512862 Cap Vibration push button switch
245 S34.1 69.20 01290282 Rocker switch
246 S34.2 69.22 01290282 Rocker switch
225 S35 66.13 02124295 Pressure sensor Air conditioning
284 S35XA 76.10 02114756 Connector
285 S35XB 76.14 02114756 Connector
209 W1 64.8 00384836 Antenna
33 X33 16.22 00898678 Connector
X50b 60.17 00880124 Connection plug, 8-pole
X50s 60.22 00880914 Fishing box, 8-pole
X51b 60.17 00880817 Connection plug, 6-pole
X51s 60.22 00880612 Fishing box, 6-pole
212 X155 64.9 02034731 Built-in socket
228 X200 67.1 00880353 Central plug 14-pol.
229 X202 67.1 00880450 Central plug 18-pol.
231 X203 67.10 02125504 Central plug 14-pol. male
232 X204b 67.10 00880515 Connection plug, 4-pole
233 X204s 67.11 00880418 Fishing box, 4-pole
1 XF1 8.2 01506986 Fuse box
89 Y1 38.3 02122294 Control valve
274 Y1X1 75.17 02100525 Electric plug
90 Y2 38.7 02122294 Control valve

275 Y2X1 75.21 02100525 Electric plug
91 Y3 38.10 02058158 Solenoid valve
272 Y3X1 75.9 00880442 Electric plug
273 Y4X1 75.13 00880442 Electric plug
276 Y5X1 75.1 02100525 Electric plug
104 Y6 42.3 02125591 Control valve
277 Y6X1 75.5 02100525 Electric plug
105 Y7 42.7 02125591 Control valve
106 Y8 42.11 02125591 Control valve
278 Y8X1 75.10 02100525 Electric plug

107 Y9 42.15 02125591 Control valve
279 Y9X1 75.14 02100525 Electric plug
108 Y10 43.3 02126696 Solenoid valve
267 Y10X1 75.13 00880442 Electric plug
109 Y11 43.6 02126696 Solenoid valve

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

268 Y11X1 75.17 00880442 Electric plug
119 Y12 44.8 01235133 Solenoid valve
266 Y12X1 75.9 00272116 Coupler socket
120 Y13 44.12 02126696 Solenoid valve
269 Y13X1 75.21 00880442 Electric plug
121 Y14 44.15 02126696 Solenoid valve
270 Y14X1 75.1 00880442 Electric plug
68 Y15.1 29.9 02075175 Injection nozzle
67 Y19 29.3 02073573 FCU Valve
263 Y19X1 74.15 00880698 Electric plug 2-pol.
271 Y20X1 75.5 00880442 Electric plug
305 Y22X1 78.1 00272116 Coupler socket
149 Y24 55.3 02042038 Control valve
150 Y25 55.7 02042038 Control valve
151 Y26 55.10 02042038 Control valve
152 Y27 55.14 02042038 Control valve
227 Y28 66.16 02071190 Solenoid valve Heating

226 Y29 66.13 02071195 Compressor Air conditioning
286 Y29X1 76.17 00209147 Bush

b
c
d
gepr.
02150921 + 86 Bl.
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
1
FAHRTRICHTUNG 1
6
2 210
22,8
2SC12
Port S Port P
LK55 - Ø27 LK35 - Ø15
Bandage hi. li. Port X Bandage vo. li.
M16x1,5 - 12L Nebenabtrieb Nebenabtrieb
"A"; i = 1,023 "A" "B"; i = 1,189 "B"
5 Port X
2099
7 i = 1,023 i = 1,189
2099
M16x1,5 - 12L
DEUTZ TCD 2012 L04 - 100kW / 2300min-1 i = 1,189
1049 i= 1
Port A 1049 Port R
Port A Port R
SAEJ518 - 3/4" SAEJ518 - 3/4" Hauptabtrieb Nebenabtrieb SAEJ518 - 3/4" SAEJ518 - 3/4"
i=1 "C"; i = 1,189
"C"
210 17
R
Port 1 Port Y Q_leck = 9l/min A4VG56 Port T Port 1 Port Y
M22x1,5 - 18L MK18 MK18 M16x1,5 - 12L
T2 T1
M16x1,5 - 12L G1/2" - 18L M22x1,5 - 18L
22,8
Port S Por t P Por t P Port P
a
LK35 - Ø 15 G1/2" - 18L
LK55 - Ø27 G1/2" - 18L
X1
1, 0
1, 0
Q_verst = 8l/min 17.1
Q_sp_max = 54l/min
1SC08
X2
Q_spül = 8l/min
Q_sp_rest = 46l/min 3
b
490
490
Fahrerstand
9 Port A
G
25
1,8
1SC16 M22x1,5
400
18
G
Motorraum
Port B
MB PS
MA
Fahrtrichtung re.
SAE 3/4"
450
MH
13,5bar 190 7bar 10mü abs.
B
B
T
Ø2,5 Port T
A
A
G1/4" Rockmaster 4SH16
Q_leck = 7l/min Port A
A10VG28 SAE 3/4"
R
Port B
240 240
T2 T1
M22x1,5
Rohr NW12
Rockmaster 4SH16
Rockmaster 4SH16
a
X1
1SC20
1SC12
1, 0
1, 0
Port P Port T Port L Port R

Rockmaster 4SH16 G1/2" G1/2" G1/2" G1/2"
17.2
X2
Q_verst = 8l/min
b
370
370
1SC08
G
1,6 1,8
Port B Motorraum
20
G
M22x1,5 Fahrtrichtung re.
1SC12
1SC10
1SC08
2SC12
Q_sp_rest = 32l/min
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
MB PS
345
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
Port B
MA
Q_spül = 6,4/min 16bar SAE 3/4"
10mü abs.
B
B
T
Ø1,6 Port T
A
A
M16x1,5
7bar
Q_leck = 7l/min
Port A
SAE 3/4"
11
A10VG28
R
Port B Port A
T2 T1
M16x1,5 M16x1,5
Grenze zur VMG-Sitzanlage
Rohr NW12
Port A
a
X1
M22x1,5
1, 0
1, 0 Q_verst = 8l/min
1SC08
X2
b
370
370
2SC12
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
G
1,8
G
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
12
MB PS
345
Port B
MA
1SC16
2SC16
1SC10
1SC16
Ø1,6 SAE 3/4"
B
B
T
16bar Port T
A
A
M16x1,5
Port A
SAE 3/4" Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne
19
13
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SP16
2SC12
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
Port A Port A
SAE 1" G3/4"
1bar
22,8
Port L Port B Port B

G1/4" SAE 1" G3/4"
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SP16
Trelloil S DN32
Befüllung 1
1SC08 30
1SC12
1SC08
1SC10
1SC12
15 1SC20
1SC08
Port T1
M12x1,5; 12tief
16
Port T1 Port B Port A
M12x1,5; 12tief M22x1,5; 14tief M22x1,5; 14tief
A2FM16
16
Port A Port B
M22x1,5; 14tief M22x1,5; 14tief Port T2 Bandage vo. re.
A2FM16 M12x1,5; 12tief
Port T2 Bandage hi. re. Port T Port B Port A

M12x1,5; 12tief M18x1,5 M12x1,5 M12x1,5
Trelloil S DN32
15
Bremse eingefallen
8
1SC10
Port M1 Port C2 Port C1 Port G2 Port G1

G1/4" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8"
Bremse gelüftet
Port T1 T P
G1/2"
33bar
Port T2 +-5bar
G1/2"
2 2
T P
1SC08 Port T3
G1/2"
1SC08
Bremse
1 3
Gang
1 3
350+30bar 29
Port T4
G1/2"
Port T5 4,8
G1/2"
Port T
Port T6 G11/4"
G3/8" P BR
BS AS
Port T7
X1 T
AS BS
G3/8"
Port T8
G3/4"
1SC06
Port T9 Port X1 Nutzvolumen: 200ccm
G3/8" G1/4"
Port M2
T M14x1,5 Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.
U
Motorraum neben Fahrpumpe
Diese Zeichnung darf weder kopiert noch dritten Personen ohne unsere
Trelloil S DN32
Port T10 Port P
G3/8" G1/4"
Erlaubnis mitgeteilt werden.Schutzvermerk nach ISO 16016.
14
Befüllung 2
26 HD+90 VV
16 16 10mü abs.
HD+90 VV-HV Blatt 1-6
HD+90 VO TEIL BENENNUNG DIN WERKSTOFF BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR. STUECK HAMM-WERKSNORM
HD+110 VV TOLERANZEN
GEWALZT, GEZOGEN
THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331
= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET = RZ 100 W
= RZ 63
UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M
2008 DATUM
SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE
NAME
GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11
125mü abs. 125mü abs. 25 X

= RZ 16 Y
= RZ 4 Z
= RZ 1 GEZEICHN. 24.09. Becker
HD+110 VV-HV 05 GEPRUEFT +$00$*
Tankinhalt: 60Liter
D-95643 TIRSCHENREUTH
Vergrößerung Fahr- Vibropumpen siehe Blatt 3 04 NORM-GEP.

TYP:
HD+90-110 (H185)
HD+110 VO /:/
03 MASSTAB
Motorraum Fahrtrichtung links

02
k omplett überarbeitet 07.05.
Hydraulikschema 02082631
01
2010 Würner
AE.NR. AENDERUNGS-VERMERK DATUM NAME PASSMASS ABMASSE

ORDN.
NR :6063 01
FAHRTRICHTUNG
1 2
6 1
210
22,8
2SC12
Port S Port P
LK55 - Ø27 LK35 - Ø15
"A"; i = 1,023 "A" "B"; i = 1,189 "B"
5 Port X
1146
7 i = 1,023 i = 1,189
1146
M16x 1,5 - 12L
624 Port R
i= 1
Port A 624 Port R
Port A
i=1 "C"; i = 1,189
"C"
210 17
R
M18x1,5 - 15L MKE12 M14x 1,5 - 10L MKE12 M14x 1,5 - 10L
T2 T1
G1/2" - 18L M18x 1,5 - 15L
22,8
a
Rockmaster 4SP12
Rockmaster 4SP12
LK35 - Ø 15 G1/2" - 18L
LK55 - Ø27 G1/2" - 18L
X1
Rockmaster 4SP12
1, 0
1, 0
Q_sp_max = 54l/min 27
1SC08
X2
Q_spül = 8l/min
27 Q_sp_rest = 46l/min 3
b
490
490
Fahrerstand
9
1SC10
Port A
G
25
1,8
1SC16 M22x 1,5
Bügelblech hi. li. Bügelblech vo. li. 400
18
G
Motorraum
Port B
MB PS
MA
Fahrtrichtung re.
SAE 3/4"
1SC10
450
ASC ASC
MH
B
B
Rockmaster 4SP12
Ø2,5 Port T
A
A
G1/4"

Port A Port B A10VG28 SAE 3/4" Port B Port A
R
Port B
M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 M27x2 240 240
T2 T1
M22x 1,5
Rockmaster 4SP12
Rohr NW12
Rockmaster 4SH16
Rockmaster 4SH16
a
X1
Port M1 Port M2 Port M1 Port M2
M14x1,5 M14x1,5 M14x1,5 M14x1,5
1SC20
1SC12
1, 0
Rockmaster 4SP12
1, 0
E1 E2 E1 E2 Port P Port T Port L Port R

17.2
X2
Q_verst = 8l/min
b
370
370
F P G
1SC08
Port F Port P Port G Port F Port P Port G
M14x1,5 SAEJ518 - G1" M14x1,5 M14x1,5 SAEJ518 - G1" M14x1,5
G
1,6 1,8
Port B Motorraum
20
G
1SC10 Rockmaster 4SH16 M22x 1,5 Fahrtrichtung re. 1SC10
2SC12
Q_sp_rest = 32l/min
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
MB PS
345
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
1SC12 1SC08 Port B 1SC12 1SC08
MA
Q_spül = 6,4/min
16 bar SAE 3/4"
10mü abs.
B
B
1SC10
T
Port T
1SC10 Ø1,6
A
A
M16x 1,5
7bar
Rockmaster 4SH16
Q_leck = 7l/min
Port A
SAE 3/4"
11
A10VG28
R
Port B Port A
T2 T1
M16x 1,5 M16x 1,5
Rohr NW12
Port A
a
X1
M22x 1,5
1, 0
1SC08
X2
b
370
370
2SC12
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
G
Port 8 Port T3 Port G3 Port C3 Port 7 Port 6 1,8 Port 3 Port T2 Port G2 Port C2 Port 4 Port 10 Port 5
G
G3/4" G1/2" G3/8" G3/8" G1/2" G3/4" G3/4" G1/2" G3/8" G3/8" G1/2" G3/4" G3/4"
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
28 12
MB PS
Rahmenausschnitt hi. li.
28
345
MA
Port B
1SC16
2SC16
1SC10
1SC16
16bar SAE 3/4"
B
B
Port G1 Port G1
T
Port T
A
A
G3/8" Ø1,6 G3/8"
M16x 1,5
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SH16
Port A
Port C1 Port C1
G3/8"
SAE 3/4"
G3/8" Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne
Rockmaster 4SP16
Port T1 Port 1 Port T1 Port 1
G1/2" G3/4" G1/2" G3/4"
Rockmaster 4SP16 19
13
Port 9 Port 9
2SC12
Port 2 Port 2
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
G3/4" G3/4" G3/4" G3/4"
Port A Port A
SAE 1" G3/4" Rahmenausschnitt vo. li.
Port 3 Port T2 Port G2 Port C2 Port 4 Port 10 Port 5 Port 8 Port T3 Port G3 Port C3 Port 7 Port 6
G3/4" G1/2" G3/8" G3/8" G1/2" G3/4" G3/4" G3/4" G1/2" G3/8" G3/8" G1/2" G3/4"
1bar
22,8
1SC12
Rockmaster 4SP16
1SC08
1SC10
1SC10
1SC08

G1/4" SAE 1" G3/4"
Rockmaster 4SP12
Rockmaster 4SP12
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SP12
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SP12
Trelloil S DN32
Befüllung 1 30 1
1SC12
1SC16
1SC08
1SC12
Port X
M16x1,5; 12,5tief
1SC20 Port X
M16x1,5; 12,5tief
1146 1146
Port R 624 Port A Port A 624 Port R
SAEJ518 - 1/2" SAEJ518 - 1/2" SAEJ518 - 1/2" SAEJ518 - 1/2"
Port 1 MKE12 Port Y Port 1 MKE12 Port Y

1SC08 M18x1,5; 12,5tief M14x1,5; 12,5tief
1SC10 1SC10 1SC08 M18x1,5; 12,5tief M14x1,5; 12,5tief
Port T1 Port T1
M12x1,5; 12tief M12x1,5; 12tief
16 16
Port A Port B Port B Port A
M22x1,5; 14tief
A2FM16
M22x1,5; 14tief
1SC08 1SC08 M22x1,5; 14tief
A2FM16
M22x1,5; 14tief
Port T2 Bandage hi. re. Port T2 Bandage vo. re. Port T Port B Port A
M12x1,5; 12tief M12x1,5; 12tief M18x1,5 M12x1,5 M12x1,5
Bremse eingefallen
G1/4" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8"
8 15
Trelloil S DN32
Bremse gelüftet
15 T P
1SC10
Port T1
G1/2" 33bar
+-5bar
Port T2
G1/2"
2 2
T P
Port T3
G1/2"
1SC08 29
1 3 1 3
Bremse Gang 350+30bar
Port T4
G1/2"
Port T5 4,8
G1/2"
Port T
Port T6 G11/4"
G3/8" P BR
BS AS
Port T7
X1 T
AS BS
G3/8"
Port T8
G3/4"
1SC06
G3/8" G1/4"
Port M2
U
Port P
Trelloil S DN32
G1/4"
14
Befüllung 2
26
16 16 10mü abs.
Blatt 2-6
TEIL BENENNUNG DIN WERKSTOFF BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR. STUECK HAMM-WERKSNORM
TOLERANZEN THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331 UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11
GEWALZT, GEZOGEN
= RZ 63
2008 DATUM NAME

= RZ 16 Y
= RZ 4 Z
05 GEPRUEFT +$00$*
Tankinhalt: 60Liter HD+90 VV-S
03 MASSTAB
/:/ TYP:
HD+90-110 (H185)
02
01
2010 Würner

ORDN.
NR :6063 01
FAHRTRICHTUNG
31
6 1
2 210
22,8
2SC12
Port S Port P
LK55 - Ø27 LK35 - Ø15
"A"; i = 1,023 "A" "B"; i = 1,189 "B"
5 Port X
2099
7 i = 1,023 i = 1,189
1146
M16x1,5 - 12L
1049 i= 1
Port A 624 Port R
Port A Port R
i=1 "C"; i = 1,189
"C"
210 17
R
M22x1,5 - 18L MK18 MKE12 M14x1,5 - 10L
T2 T1
M16x1,5 - 12L G1/2" - 18L M18x1,5 - 15L
22,8
a
LK35 - Ø 15 G1/2" - 18L
LK55 - Ø27 G1/2" - 18L
X1
Rockmaster 4SP12
1, 0
1, 0
Q_sp_max = 54l/min 27
1SC08
X2
Q_spül = 8l/min
b
490
490
Fahrerstand
9 Port A
G
25
1,8
1SC16 M22x1,5
Bügelblech vo. li. 400
18
G
Motorraum
Port B
MB PS
MA
Fahrtrichtung re.
SAE 3/4"
1SC10
450
ASC
MH
B
B
Rockmaster 4SP12
Ø2,5 Port T
A
A
G1/4"

A10VG28 SAE 3/4" Port B Port A
R
Port B
M27x2 M27x2 240 240
T2 T1
M22x1,5
Rohr NW12
Rockmaster 4SH16
Rockmaster 4SH16
a
X1
Port M1 Port M2
M14x1,5 M14x1,5
1SC20
1SC12
1, 0
Rockmaster 4SP12
1, 0
E1 E2 Port P Port T Port L Port R

17.2
X2
Q_verst = 8l/min
b
370
370
F P G
1SC08
Port F Port P Port G
M14x1,5 SAEJ518 - G1" M14x1,5
G
1,6 1,8
Port B Motorraum
20
G
M22x1,5 Fahrtrichtung re. 1SC10
2SC12
Q_sp_rest = 32l/min
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
MB PS
345
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
Port B 1SC12 1SC08
MA
Q_spül = 6,4/min
16 bar SAE 3/4"
10mü abs.
B
B
1SC10
T
Ø1,6 Port T
A
A
M16x1,5
7bar
Rockmaster 4SH16
Q_leck = 7l/min
Port A
SAE 3/4"
11
A10VG28
R
Port B Port A
T2 T1
M16x1,5 M16x1,5
Rohr NW12
Port A
a
X1
M22x1,5
1, 0
1SC08
X2
b
370
370
2SC12
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
G
1,8 Port 3 Port T2 Port G2 Port C2 Port 4 Port 10 Port 5
G
G3/4" G1/2" G3/8" G3/8" G1/2" G3/4" G3/4"
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
12
MB PS
28
345
MA
Port B
1SC16
2SC16
1SC10
1SC16
16bar SAE 3/4"
B
B
Port G1
T
Port T
A
A
Ø1,6 G3/8"
M16x1,5
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SH16
Port A
Port C1
SAE 3/4"
G3/8" Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne
Port T1 Port 1
G1/2" G3/4"
19
13
Port 9
2SC12
Port 2
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
G3/4" G3/4"
Port A Port A
SAE 1" G3/4" Rahmenausschnitt vo. li.
Port 8 Port T3 Port G3 Port C3 Port 7 Port 6
G3/4" G1/2" G3/8" G3/8" G1/2" G3/4"
1bar
22,8
1SC12
Rockmaster 4SP16
1SC08
1SC10
G1/4" SAE 1" G3/4"
Rockmaster 4SP12
Rockmaster 4SP12
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SP16
Trelloil S DN32
Befüllung 1 30 1
1SC08
1SC12
1SC08
1SC10
1SC12
15 1SC20 Port X
M16x1,5; 12,5tief
1146
Port A 624 Port R
SAEJ518 - 1/2" SAEJ518 - 1/2"
Port 1 MKE12 Port Y
1SC10 1SC08 M18x1,5; 12,5tief M14x1,5; 12,5tief
Port T1 Port T1
M12x1,5; 12tief M12x1,5; 12tief
16 16
Port A Port B Port B Port A
M22x1,5; 14tief
A2FM16
M22x1,5; 14tief
1SC08 M22x1,5; 14tief
A2FM16
M22x1,5; 14tief
Port T2 Bandage hi. re. Port T2 Bandage vo. re. Port T Port B Port A
M12x1,5; 12tief M12x1,5; 12tief M18x1,5 M12x1,5 M12x1,5
Trelloil S DN32
Bremse eingefallen
G1/4" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8"
8 15
Bremse gelüftet
1SC10
Port T1 T P
G1/2" 33bar
+-5bar
Port T2
G1/2"
2 2
T P
1SC08 29
Port T3
G1/2"
1SC08
1 3 1 3
Bremse Gang 350+30bar
Port T4
G1/2"
Port T5 4,8
G1/2"
Port T
Port T6 G11/4"
G3/8" P BR
BS AS
Port T7
X1 T
AS BS
G3/8"
Port T8
G3/4"
1SC06
G3/8" G1/4"
Port M2
U
Port T10 Port P
Trelloil S DN32
G3/8" G1/4"
14
Befüllung 2
26
16 16 10mü abs.
Blatt 3-6
GEWALZT, GEZOGEN
= RZ 63
2008 DATUM NAME

= RZ 16 Y
= RZ 4 Z
= RZ 1 GEZEICHN. 24.09. Würner
05 GEPRUEFT +$00$*
Tankinhalt: 60Liter HD+90 VO-S
03 MASSTAB
/:/ TYP:
HD+90-110 (H185)
02
01
2010 Würner

ORDN.
NR :6063 01
FAHRTRICHTUNG 1
6
2 210
22,8
2SC12
Port S Port P
LK55 - Ø27 LK35 - Ø15
Bandage vo. li.
Nebenabtrieb Nebenabtrieb
"A"; i = 1,023 "A" "B"; i = 1,189 "B"
5 Port X
7 i = 1,023 i = 1,189
2099
M16x1,5 - 12L
i= 1
Port A 1049 Port R
Hauptabtrieb Nebenabtrieb SAEJ518 - 3/4" SAEJ518 - 3/4"
i=1 "C"; i = 1,189
"C"
210 17
R
Q_leck = 9l/min A4VG56 Port T Port 1 Port Y
MK18 M16x1,5 - 12L
T2 T1
G1/2" - 18L M22x1,5 - 18L
22,8
a
LK35 - Ø 15 G1/2" - 18L
LK55 - Ø27 G1/2" - 18L
X1
1, 0
1, 0
Q_sp_max = 54l/min
1SC08
X2
Q_spül = 8l/min
b
490
490
Fahrerstand
9 Port A
G
25
1,8
1SC16 M22x1,5
400
18
G
Motorraum
Port B
MB PS
MA
Fahrtrichtung re.
SAE 3/4"
450
MH
B
B
T
Ø2,5 Port T
A
A
G1/4" Rockmaster 4SH16
A10VG28 SAE 3/4"
R
Port B
240 240
T2 T1
M22x1,5
Rohr NW12
Rockmaster 4SH16
Rockmaster 4SH16
a
X1
1SC20
1, 0
1, 0
Port P Port T Port L Port R

17.2
X2
Q_verst = 8l/min
b
370
370
1SC08
G
1,6 1,8
Port B Motorraum
20
G
M22x1,5 Fahrtrichtung re.
1SC12
1SC10
1SC08
2SC12
Q_sp_rest = 32l/min
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
MB PS
345
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
Port B
MA
Q_spül = 6,4/min 16bar SAE 3/4"
10mü abs.
B
B
T
Ø1,6 Port T
A
A
M16x1,5
7bar
Port A
SAE 3/4"
11
Port B Port A
M16x1,5 M16x1,5
Port A Grenze zur VMG-Sitzanlage
M22x1,5
2SC12
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
12
1SC16
2SC16
1SC10
1SC16
31 32
Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne
Port A 19
R3/4" - 20S
13
Rockmaster 4SP16
Rockmaster 4SP16
Port Br
2SC12
2SC12
2SC12
1SC16
M14x1,5 - 12L
Port A Port A
Port B SAE 1" G3/4"
R3/4" - 20S
1bar
Reifensatz hi. li. Port G
22,8
M14x1,5 - 10L
Port X
Port L
M16x1,5 - 12L Port L Port B Port B
M18x1,5 - 18L
G1/4" SAE 1" G3/4"
Port A Port R
SAEJ518 - 3/4" 1048 SAEJ518 - 3/4"
Trelloil S DN32
524
MS11
Befüllung 1
Port Y
M16x1,5 - 12L
Port 1
M18x1,5 - 18L
1SC08 30
1SC12
Port 1
M18x1,5 - 18L 1SC20
Port Y
M16x1,5 - 12L
MS11 1SC08
1048
524
Port T1
Port R Port A M12x1,5; 12tief
SAEJ518 - 3/4" SAEJ518 - 3/4"
16
Port B Port A
M22x1,5; 14tief M22x1,5; 14tief
A2FM16
Port X Port T2 Bandage vo. re.

M16x1,5 - 12L M12x1,5; 12tief
Port T Port B Port A

Reifensatz hi. re.
M18x1,5 M12x1,5 M12x1,5
Trelloil S DN32
31
15
Bremse eingefallen
8
1SC10

G1/4" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8" G3/8"
Bremse gelüftet
Port T1 T P
G1/2"
33bar
Port T2 +-5bar
G1/2"
2 2
T P
Port T3
G1/2"
1SC08
Bremse
1 3
Gang
1 3
350+30bar 29
Port T4
G1/2"
Port T5 4,8
G1/2"
Port T
Port T6 G11/4"
G3/8" P BR
BS AS
Port T7
X1 T
AS BS
G3/8"
Port T8
G3/4"
1SC06
G3/8" G1/4"
Port M2
U
Trelloil S DN32
Port P
G1/4"
14
Befüllung 2
26
16 16 10mü abs.
Blatt 4-6
125mü abs. 125mü abs. 25 HD+90 VT X
05
=
GEWALZT, GEZOGEN
= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET
RZ 16 Y
= RZ 4
= RZ 100
Z
W
=
= RZ 63
RZ 1
2008
GEZEICHN.
GEPRUEFT
DATUM
24.09. Würner
NAME
+$00$*
Tankinhalt: 60Liter
Vergrößerung Fahr- Vibropumpen siehe Blatt 3

HD+110 VT
04 NORM-GEP.
03 MASSTAB
/:/ TYP:
HD+90-110 (H185)
02
01
2010 Würner

ORDN.
NR :6063 01
6
210
2
22,8
Port S Port P
LK55 - Ø27 LK35 - Ø15
5 35 Port A1
G1/4"
Port B1
G1/4"
Port A2
G1/2"
Port B2
G1/2"
Nebenabtrieb Nebenabtrieb

6F
OPLQ
"A"; i = 1,023 "A" "B"; i = 1,189 "B"

$
i = 1,023 i = 1,189
7 DEUTZ TCD 2012 L04 - 100kW / 2300min-1 i = 1,189

6D

5D %
i=1 Port M1
G1/4"
3
Hauptabtrieb Nebenabtrieb "C" EDU

i=1 "C"; i = 1,189 %
210
$
= EDU
Port PA
R
G1/2"
A4VG56 Port T
Q_leck = 9l/min 2SC16

T2 T1
G1/2" - 18L Port PE
G1/2"
2SC16
22,8
Port S Port P Port P Port P
a
LK35 - Ø15 G1/2" - 18L
LK55 - Ø27 G1/2" - 18L Port T1 Port T2 Port M2
X1
G3/8" G3/8" G1/4"
1, 0
1, 0
4
Q_verst = 8l/min Port P
Q_sp_max = 54l/min
X2
LK35 - Ø15
1SC08
b
490
490
G
1,8
Q_spül = 8l/min 13
25
4 19
G
Vakuumpumpe VP
MB PS
MA
VP 0,9 bar max. Unterdruck

Absaugdauer ca. 15 min 2SC10
450
Port B
MH
Port A Port A
SAE 3/4" SAE 1" G3/4"
13,5bar
B
B
22 22 21
T
22,8
Ø2,5 Port T
A
A
Port A G1/4" Port B

SAE 3/4" Port L
G1/4"
Port B
SAE 1" G3/4"
KAG vorn links KAG vorn rechts Spurversatz

Q_leck = 7l/min
A10VG28
R
Port A
M18x1,5
Port B
M18x1,5
Port A
M18x1,5
Port B
M18x1,5
Port A
M18x1,5
Port B
M18x1,5 weiterer Verlauf siehe
T2 T1
Blatt 1 bis Blatt 4

Rohr NW12
2SC06
a
2SC06
2SC06
2SC06
2SC08
2SC08
X1
Port A1 Port A2 Port B1 Port B2 Port A3 Port B3
1SC12
1, 0 G1/4" G1/4" G1/4" G1/4" G3/8" G3/8"
1, 0
a c
X2
Q_verst = 8l/min 24 b
8
b
G1/4" G3/8" G3/8"

370
370
G3/8" G3/8"
23
1SC08
A B A B T P
Port T1
G1/2" 33bar
+-5bar
G
Y1 P T Y2 Y3 P T Y4 Port T2
G1/2"
Q_sp_rest = 32l/min
1,6
1,8 2 2
Port T3
G
Q_spül = 6,4l/min Po rt P
G3/8"
a
G1/2"
Port T4
Bremse
1 3
Gang
1 3
b G1/2"
175bar
Q_spül = 6,4/min
MB PS
345
Port T5
G1/2"
Motorraum an Rahmenstirnwand
Port T
Port B Port M1
G1/4"
Port T1
G3/8"
Port T
G1/2"
Port T6
G3/8" P BR
G11/4"
MA
SAE 3/4"
BS AS
Port T7
X1 T
AS BS
G3/8"
16bar
1SC10
B
B
Port T8
G3/4"
T
Ø1,6 Port T
A
A
Port T9
Port X1
G3/8"
G1/4"
Port A M16x1,5 Port M2
T
SAE 3/4" U
M14x1,5
Port P
G1/4"
A10VG28
Q_leck = 7l/min
R
T2 T1
1SC10
Rohr NW12
a
X1
1, 0
Q_verst = 8l/min
1, 0
1SC08
X2
b
370
370
G
1,8
G
Q_spül = 6,4l/min
HD+90 / 110
Port A
MB PS
SAE 3/4"
345
Detail Fahr- / Vibropumpen

MA
Mit Option KAG/Spurversatz/Splittstreuer

Ø1,6
B
B
Blatt 5-6
T
16bar Port T
A
A
Port B M16x1,5
SAE 3/4" TEIL BENENNUNG DIN WERKSTOFF BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR. STUECK HAMM-WERKSNORM
GEWALZT, GEZOGEN
= RZ 63
2008 DATUM NAME
X
= RZ 16 Y
= RZ 4 Z
05 GEPRUEFT +$00$*
04 NORM-GEP.
03 MASSTAB
/:/ TYP:
HD+90-110 (H185)
02
01
2010 Würner

ORDN.
NR :6063 01
Übersicht verwendeter Hydraulikkomponenten
HD+90 VV (H185) HD+90 VV-S (H185) HD+90 VO-S (H185) HD+90 VT (H185)
Lfd-Nr. Bezeichnung Hamm-Nr. Hamm-Nr. Hamm-Nr. Hamm-Nr.
1 Radialkolbenmotor (HD+90) 2055345 --- --- 2055345
1 Radialkolbenmotor (HD+110) 2057204 --- --- 2057204
1 Radialkolbenmotor --- 2072554 2072554 ---
1 Radialkolbenmotor (Durchtrieb) --- 2072550 2072550 ---
2 Dieselmotor 2043593 2043593 2043593 2043593
3 Zahnradpumpe -Single- 2056073 2056073 2056073 2056073
4 Zahnradpumpe -Tandem- (Option) 2081770 2081770 2081770 2081770
5 Ventilblock mit DBV 2064428 2064428 2064428 2064428
6 Zahnradpumpe -Single- 2140200 2140200 2140200 2140200
7 Verstellpumpe 2127224 2127224 2127224 2127220
8 Steuerblock 2056366 2056366 2056366 2056366
9 Steuerblock 2075207 2075207 2075207 2075207
11 Hochdruckfilter -Einspeisung- 1295381 1295381 1295381 1295381
12 Verschmutzungsanzeige 1295403 1295403 1295403 1295403
13 Zahnradmotor xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
14 Belüftungsfilter 1259334 1259334 1259334 1259334
15 Konstantmotor 397520 397520 397520 397520
16 Saugfilter 1295543 1295543 1295543 1295543
17 Baugruppe Lenkeinheit + Winkelblock (Standart) 2084528 2084528 2084528 2084528
17.1 Lenkeinheit (Standart) 2084526 2084526 2084526 2084526
17.2 Winkelblock (Standart) 2081449 2081449 2081449 2081449
17 Baugruppe Lenkeinheit + Winkelblock (Homolog.) 2084531 2084531 2084531 2084531
17.1 Lenkeinheit (Homologation) 2042279 2042279 2042279 2042279
17.2 Winkelblock (Homologation) 2081449 2081449 2081449 2081449
18 Hochdruckfilter -Lenkung- 1295381 1295381 1295381 1295381
19 Baugruppe Kombikühler 2160177 2160177 2160177 2160177
20 Lenkzylinder 2081587 2081587 2081587 2081587
21 Spurversatzzylinder 2046163 2046163 2046163 2046163
22 KAG-Zylinder 2060274 2060274 2060274 2060274
23 Steuerblock 2056765 2056765 2056765 2056765
24 Wegeventil 2047810 2047810 2047810 2047810
25 Hydrauliköltank 2128459 2128459 2128459 2128459
26 Schauglas 274178 274178 274178 274178
27 Steuerblock (ASC) --- 1289942 1289942 --- Mit Option KAG/Spurversatz/
28 Steuerblock (Sammelblock) --- 2100464 2100464 ---
Splittstreuer
29 Hydraulische Handpumpe 383295 383295 383295 383295

30 Leitungs-Rückschlagventil 371084 371084 371084 371084
31 Radialkolbenmotor --- --- 2055345 1286897 Blatt 6-6
32 Verteilerblock --- --- --- 1454749 TOLERANZEN
X
THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331
GEWALZT, GEZOGEN
= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET
= RZ 16 Y
= RZ 4
= RZ 100
Z
W
=
= RZ 63
RZ 1
UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M
2008
GEZEICHN.
DATUM
SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE
NAME
24.09. Becker
GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11
+$00$*
35 Steuerblock Splittstreuer 2163436 2163436 2163436 2163436
05 GEPRUEFT
04 NORM-GEP.
03 MASSTAB
/:/ TYP:
HD+90-110 (H185)
02
01
2010 Würner

ORDN.
NR :6063 01
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Parameterizing Instructions HD+
Parameterizing Instructions
+
HD
HAMM AG 1/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
contents
HD+
contents:
1. HANDLING ADVICES .......................................................................................................................................... 3

1.1 DISCLAIMER ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
1.2 IMPORTANT SYMBOLS IN THIS INSTRUCTION ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3 GENERAL SECURITY ADVICES ........................................................................................................................... 3
1.4 PREARRANGEMENTS ......................................................................................................................................... 3
2. INSTRUMENT PANEL ......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 VIEW ON FRONT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL ................................................................................................... 4
2.2 VIEW ON BACK SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL .................................................................................................... 5
2.3 SETTINGS ON INSTRUMENT PANEL .................................................................................................................... 6
2.3.1 Overview on individual settings .................................................................................................................. 6
2.3.2 Settings ........................................................................................................................................................ 7
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE LEVER........................................................................................ 8
4. SETUP ROUTINE OF TRACTION DRIVE ...................................................................................................... 10
4.1 START SET-UP ROUTINE .................................................................................................................................. 10
4.2 CALIBRATION OF DRIVE POTENTIOMETER ....................................................................................................... 11
4.3 SETTING OF STARTING CURRENT ..................................................................................................................... 14
4.3.1 Starting current forward ........................................................................................................................... 14
4.3.2 Starting current backward ........................................................................................................................ 15
4.4 SAVING OF SETTINGS ...................................................................................................................................... 16
4.5 TERMINATING CONDITIONS IN THE SUB-FUNCTIONS ....................................................................................... 18
5. PROGRAMMING AND MAINTENANCE INTERFACES ............................................................................. 19
6. SETTINGS WITH BODEM ................................................................................................................................. 20
6.1 CALIBRATING THE DRIVE LEVER ..................................................................................................................... 20
6.2 ADJUSTING STARTING CURRENT OF TRACTION DRIVE ..................................................................................... 22
6.3 ADJUSTING REVERSING BEHAVIOR OF TRACTION DRIVE ................................................................................. 24
6.3.1 Adjusting performance from forward to reverse ....................................................................................... 24
6.3.2 Adjusting performance from reverse to forward ....................................................................................... 24
HAMM AG 2/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Handling advices
1. Handling advices
1.1 Disclaimer
This instruction shall help Service technicians to adjust the electrical drive control of
the HD+ - series. The general security and accident prevention provisions apply.
HAMM AG cannot be held liable for any occurrences which may be caused by apply-
ing the recommended steps in this document.
1.2 Important symbols in this instruction
! Security advices
9 Important information
; General information
1.3 General security advices
! Parameters may only be changed in accordance with the After Sales Service
or Research and Development Department of HAMM AG.
1.4 Prearrangements
9
In order to achieve optimal results, all described settings that demand a run-
ning Diesel engine, have to be performed only at operating temperature of
the Diesel engine and the hydraulic system.
HAMM AG 3/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Instrument panel
2. Instrument panel
2.1 View on front side of instrument panel
HAMM AG 4/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Instrument panel
2.2 View on back side of instrument panel
Type of roller
Type of vibration
Switching of units
HAMM AG 5/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Instrument panel
2.3 Settings on instrument panel
2.3.1 Overview on individual settings
Position Type of
roller Description of roller
0 0 Not defined
1 70 HD+ 70
2 80 HD+ 80
3 90 HD+ 90
4 110 HD+ 110
5 120 HD+ 120
 Switch S1 6 140 HD+ 140
7 7 Reserve
8 8 Reserve
9 9 Reserve
A 10 Reserve
B 11 Reserve
C 12 Reserve
D 13 Reserve
E 14 Reserve
F 15 Reserve
Type of
Position
vibration Description of vibration type
0 n.n. Not defined
1 VV 11 Both undivided
2 VV 22 Both devided
3 VT 11 V undivided, T-Set
4 VO 11 V undivided, oscillation
5 VO 21 V devided, oscillation
6 VT 21 V devided, T-Set
 Switch S2 7 HVHV 11 High-frequency both undivided
8 HVHV 22 High-frequency both divided
High-frequency undivided, oscil-
9
HVO 11 lation
High-frequency divided, oscilla-
A
HVO 21 tion
B OT 11 oscillation, T-Set
C OO 11 oscillation, oscillation
D Reserve Reserve
E Reserve Reserve
F Reserve Reserve
HAMM AG 6/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Instrument panel
2.3.2 Settings
 Set machine type:
o machine → S1
o type of vibration → S2
 mark settings on the label (#2123033)
and fix it
 control of settings:
o keep the Service – button
pressed for 3 seconds (front side
of the instrument panel, centered)
 customer-specific settings:
o units display → S3
o options → S4
HAMM AG 7/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Mechanical adjustment of drive lever
3. Mechanical adjustment of drive lever
9 Ignition on!
8 Diesel engine not running!
1. Drive lever in brake position
 Drive lever in brake position
2. Adjusting drive potentiometer
 Turn drive potentiometer until

the LED on the potentiometer
(Position 1) is glowing.
 Adjust the brake proximity switch
(Position 2) in a way that the in-
tegrated LED is glowing in brake
position. Due to the mounting it
could be that this LED is not vis-
ible. In this case the correct ad-
justment can be checked via re-
lay K14. Position 1 Position 2
HAMM AG 8/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Mechanical adjustment of drive lever
3. Functional check of zero position indicators
 Unlock drive lever from brake

position
 Make sure that drive lever is in

neutral position.
o LED (Position 1 – lower side
of drive potentiometer) must
still be glowing.
o LED (Position 2 – in sensor
thread) must not be glowing.
Due to mounting issues this
LED may not be visible. In
this case check if relay K14 Position 1 Position 2
is powered.
HAMM AG 9/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Setup routine of traction drive
4. Setup routine of traction drive
;
Even without fine adjustment of the traction drive the machine can be moved
safely. But for asphalt paving this is not precise enough. Some fine tuning is
necessary.
8 Prior to the activation of the setup routine the machine must stand on even
ground with enough space to the front and to the back.
9 Diesel engine must be running!!!
4.1 Start set-up routine
 Setup mode:
o „Speed ±“
o „Water sprinkling ±“
o press and hold for at least 2s
 Display → „SETUP“
“SETUP“
 Diesel engine remains in idle speed
 Press service key to proceed
HAMM AG 10/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
4.2 Calibration of drive potentiometer

1. Read in neutral position
 Display → „BRAKE“
“BRAKE“
2. Read in max. forward position
 Display → „FORWARD“
“FORWARD“
 Drive lever in max. forward position
HAMM AG 11/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
3. Read in max. reverse position
 Display → „REVERSE“
“REVERSE“
 Drive lever in max. reverse position
4. Drive lever in brake position
“BRAKE“
 Display will proceed automatically
HAMM AG 12/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
5. Save settings for drive lever
 Display → „SAVE“
“SAVE“
 Drive lever still in brake position!
 Save:
o „Drive speed ±“
o Press and hold for at least 2s
 Display shows „WAITSAVE“
“WAITSAVE“
 Display will proceed automatically after
4s
HAMM AG 13/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
4.3 Setting of starting current
4.3.1 Starting current forward

1. Drive lever in max. forward position
 Display → „FORWARD“
“FORWARD“
 Diesplay will proceed automatically as

soon as drive lever is in max. forward
position.
 Diesel engine will speed up to 2000rpm
2. Reading in the starting current forward
 Display → „FORW_+/-“
“FORW_+/-“
 Let drive lever in forward position
 Diesel engine stays at 2000rpm

 Parking brake is released and emergen-
cy stop solenoid is powered.
 Drive pump will be powered with the
saved value for the starting current for-
ward.
 Change starting current forward:

o  = „speed +“ =
o = „speed -“
=
HAMM AG 14/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
 Max. current forward will be calculated

by the system
 Press service button to proceed
; The machine adjustment is ideal if it barely moves forward.
4.3.2 Starting current backward
1. Drive lever in max. reverse position
 Display → „REVERSE“
“REVERSE
 Display proceeds automatically as soon

as drive lever is in max. reserve posi-
tion.
 Diesel engine remains at 2000rpm
2. Reading in starting current reverse
 Display → „REV_+/-“
“REV_+/-“
 Let drive lever in reverse position
HAMM AG 15/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
 Diesel engine remains at 2000rpm

 Parking brake and emergency stop sol-
enoid remain powered.
 Drive pump will be powered with the
saved value for the starting current re-
verse.
 Change starting current reverse:

o  = „speed +“
o = „speed -“
 Max. current reverse will be calculated

by the system
 Press service button to proceed
; The machine adjustment is ideal if it barely moves backward.
4.4 Saving of settings

1. Put drive lever in brake position
“BRAKE“
 Diesel engine goes down to idle speed.

 Display will proceed automatically.
HAMM AG 16/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
2. Save drive pump settings
 Display → „SAVE“
“SAVE“
 Drive lever remains in brake position
 Save:
o „Drive Speed ±“
o Press and hold for at least 2s
 Display → „WAITSAVE“
“WAITSAVE“
 After 4 seconds:
o Display → „RESTART“
3. Restart of the machine
 Display → „RESTART“
“RESTART“
 Restart machine
; Machine can only be moved after restarting the engine!!!
HAMM AG 17/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
4.5 Terminating conditions in the sub-functions

The sub-functions can be terminated...
 ...by pressing the emergency stop switch
 ...if there is no input for more than 2 minutes
 Display:
o „RESTART“ or
o Error code “RESTART“
or error code
 Restart machine
9 Previous settings are dismissed!!!
HAMM AG 18/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Programming and maintenance
interfaces
5. Programming and maintenance interfaces

CAN A CAN B
RS 232 for drive controller and flash plug
HAMM AG 19/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Settings with bodem
6. Settings with bodem
;
Even without fine adjustment of the traction drive the machine can be moved
safely. But for asphalt paving this is not precise enough. Some fine tuning is
necessary.
8 Prior to the activation of the setup routine the machine must stand on even
ground with enough space to the front and to the back.
9 Diesel engine must be running!!!
6.1 Calibrating the drive lever

1. Preparations in BODEM
 Call parameters and process data
Parameters:
o MIN_Signal1
o MAX_Signal1
o Mitte_Signal1
o MIN_Signal2
 Select parameters and process data
o MAX_Signal2
o Mitte_Signal2
Process data:
o Fahrsoll_Spur1
o Fahrsoll_Spur2
HAMM AG 20/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Settings with bodem
2. Read in zero position of drive lever
 Read value for „Fahrsoll_Spur1“

 Fill in the read value into the field called
„Mitte_Signal1“
„Mitte_Signal2“
3. Read in max. forward position

„MAX_Signal1“
„MAX_Signal2”
4. Read in max. reverse position

„MIN_Signal1”
„MIN_Signal2“
HAMM AG 21/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Settings with bodem
5. Saving new values
 Save settings
6.2 Adjusting starting current of traction drive

1. Preparations in BODEM
 Call parameters and process data
Parameter:
o Abgleich/Pu_vor_Imin
o Abgleich/Pu_vor_Imax
 Select parameters and process o Abgleich/Pu_rueck_Imin
data o Abgleich/Pu_rueck_Imax
Prozessgrößen:
o Anst_Pumpe_vor
o AnstPumpeRueck
HAMM AG 22/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Settings with bodem
2. Brake position
3. Starting current forward
 Move drive lever slightly forward

 Move drive lever forward until
„Anst_Pumpe_vor“ is between 1 and 10
1 ≤ „Anst_Pumpe_vor“ ≤ 10
 Increase or decrease parameter
„Pu_vor_Imin“ until the roller barely
moves forward
 Parameter „Pu_vor_Imax“ will be calcu- Pu_vor_Imax =
lated as follows: „Pu_vor_Imin + 800“ Pu_vor_Imin + 800
4. Starting current reverse
 Move drive lever slightly backward

 Move drive lever backward until „An-
stPumpeRueck“ is between 1 and 10
1 ≤ „AnstPumpeRueck“ ≤ 10
 Increase or decrease parameter
„Pu_rueck_Imin“ until the roller barely
moves backward
 Parameter „Pu_rueck_Imax“ will be cal- Pu_rueck_Imax =
culated as follows: „Pu_rueck_Imin +
800“. Pu_rueck_Imin + 800
5. Saving new values
 Save settings
HAMM AG 23/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Settings with bodem
6.3 Adjusting reversing behavior of traction drive
Call the parameter editing page and select following group („Abgleich“).
6.3.1 Adjusting performance from forward to reverse
The reversing behaviour (forward to reverse) can be affected by the parameters

„Pu_vor_Null“ and „Sprung_V_n_R“.
 value = roller stops smoother

 Parameter: „Pu_vor_Null“  value = roller stops more aggres-
sive
 value = roller starts smoother
 Parameter „Sprung_V_n_R“  value = roller starts more aggres-
sive
6.3.2 Adjusting performance from reverse to forward

The reversing behaviour (reverse to forward) can be affected by the parameters
„Pu_rueck_Null und Sprung_R_n_V“.
 value = roller stops smoother

 Parameter: „Pu_rueck_Null“  value = roller stops more aggres-
sive
 value = roller starts smoother
 Parameter „Sprung_R_n_V“  value = roller starts more aggres-
sive
HAMM AG 24/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Notes
HAMM AG 25/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Notes
HAMM AG 26/26 # 2137580

22/06/2009
Error messages HD+
Error Location Text message Text Reaction Cause

code (Bodem)
100 Display N/A no action
101 Display CAN A missing completely no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit
102 Display CAN B missing completely no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit
103 Display no feedback from drive no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive lever poti
lever CAN A
104 Display no feedback from drive no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive lever poti
lever CAN B
105 Display no feedback from drive no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive computer
computer CAN A
106 Display no feedback from drive no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive computer
computer CAN B
107 Display no feedback from auxiliary no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty auxiliary electric system
electric system (standard)
CAN A
electric system (standard)
CAN B
109 Display no feedback from EMR no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty EMR
oil pressure CAN A
110 Display no feedback from EMR no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty EMR
temperature CAN A
electric system (option)
CAN A
electric system (option)
CAN B
113 Display no feedback from no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty ASC-computer
ASC-computer CAN A
114 Display no feedback from no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty ASC-computer
ASC-computer CAN B
115 Display no feedback from HCM no action loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty HCM
CAN B
116 Display faulty version on auxiliary no action wrong or faulty auxiliary board (standard) on central electric (left)
computer (standard)
117 Display faulty version on auxiliary no action wrong or faulty auxiliary board (option) on central electric (right)
computer (option)
118 Display no action
200 Drive operation

201 Drive NOT_AUS emergency stop Stop emergency stop message on the drive computer. The controller recognises that
there is no signal on digital input 3 or emergency stop Bit is missing on CAN-Bus A
and CAN-Bus B in the Id's 0CFF0100
202 Drive Ladestromfehlt missing charging current operation No input charging current. The controller recognises that there is no signal on the
digital input 6, although the actual diesel speed being higher than 500 rpm
203 Drive operation
204 Drive SensorKsttank sensor for fuel tank operation error message: faulty fuel tank sensor.
effect:
Faulty or missing indication in the dashboard.
cause / failure corrective action:
Check fuel tank sensor. Values?
Check for wire break; check for short circuit against supply voltage or ground.
205 Drive SensorWasserta sensor for water tank operation error message: faulty water tank sensor.
effect:
Faulty or missing indication in the dashboard.
Cause / failure corrective action:
Check water tank sensor. Values?
Check for wire break; check for short circuit against supply voltage or ground.
206 Drive SensorHydtemp sensor for hydraulic operation error message: faulty hydraulic temperature.
temperature effect:
faulty or missing indication in the dashboard.
Check hydraulic temperature sensor. Values?
Check for wire break; check for short circuit against supply voltage or ground
207 Drive operation
208 Drive operation
209 Drive RadsensorVorne front wheel sensor operation Error message: faulty front wheel sensor
effect:
Driving behaviour can be faulty.
Faulty or missing speed indication in the dashboard.
Function "constant speed drive" is faulty.
The error message can also occur, if the rear drum is sending a drive signal and the
front drum is stopped (rear drum has no grip)
Another cause: the roller is in the pressure cut-off of the drive. Symptoms: roller is
stopped and drive pump is displaced. The calculated speed is shown in the display.
Check front wheel sensor.
Check for wire break, short circuit against supply voltage or ground.
HAMM AG 1/4 #2137295

02.12.2011
Error messages HD+

code (Bodem)
210 Drive RadsensorHinte rear wheel sensor operation Error message: faulty rear wheel sensor
effect
Faulty or missing speed indication in the dashboard.
Function "constant speed drive" is faulty.
Error message can also occur if front drum is sending a drive signal and rear drum is
stopped (front drum has no grip)
Check rear wheel sensor.
211 Drive Bremse defekt brake in general operation Error message: brake, faulty brake pressure switch
effect:
faulty indication in the display. Roller is driving against the brake.
no response of brake pressure switch despite control and running diesel engine. If
the roller is driving against the brake, the brake solenoid is defective (mechanically).
If the roller can be moved without error function, the brake pressure switch is
defective.
Look for the operating temperature of the hydraulic oil!
Check brake pressure switch and brake valve.
212 Drive Bremsdruck_def brake pressure switch operation Error message: brake, faulty brake pressure switch.
effect:
faulty indication in the display. Roller drives against the brake.
brake pressure switch reacts although diesel engine is not running or brake solenoid
is not piloted.
If the diesel engine is running, the brake solenoid can be piloted due to a short circuit
against the supply voltage.
If the diesel engine is not running, the brake pressure switch is defective.
Look for operating temperature of the hydraulic oil!
Check brake pressure switch and brake valve.
213 Drive Dieselstopp diesel stop stop
214 Drive Bremsstellung brake position operation comparison of Can-data to hardware input on controller
215 Drive Spg_Leistung missing voltage on power stop voltage on the power supply
terminal
216 Drive SpgFreigLeist missing voltage on terminal stop missing voltage on release input for the power drivers
13
217 Drive operation
218 Drive Bus_OFF_CAN_A Bus_OFF_CAN A 6 km/h Bus_OFF_CAN A
Stop, if errors 218 and 225 are active
219 Drive Id0CF00400CANa Id0CF00400 CAN A missing 6 km/h Id0CF00400 CAN A missing
220 Drive Id0CFF0100CANa Id0CFF0100 CAN A missing 6 km/h Id0CFF0100 CAN A missing
2 km/h, if errors 220 and 226 are active
221 Drive Id0CFF0200CANa Id0CFF0200 CAN A missing 6 km/h Id0CFF0200 CAN A missing
222 Drive Id0CFF0700CANa Id0CFF0700 CAN A missing operation Id0CFF0700 CAN A missing
223 Drive Id0CFF0800CANa Id0CFF0800 CAN A missing operation Id0CFF0800 CAN A missing
224 Drive WalzentypFehlt roller type is missing in the

operation No roller type in the display.
display Error is displayed with missing CAN Id 0CFF0103 of Bus A and B.
2 km/h, if roller type 0 is set
225 Drive Bus_OFF_CAN_B Bus_OFF_CAN_B 6 km/h Bus_OFF_CAN_B
226 Drive Id0CFF0100CANb Id0CFF0100 CAN B missing 6 km/h Id0CFF0100 CAN B missing
2 km/h, if errors 221 and 226 are active
227 Drive Id0CFF0200CANb Id0CFF0200 CAN B missing 6 km/h Id0CFF0200 CAN B missing
228 Drive Id0CFF0700CANb Id0CFF0700 CAN B missing operation Id0CFF0700 CAN B missing
229 Drive Id0CFF0800CANb Id0CFF0800 CAN B missing operation Id0CFF0800 CAN B missing
230 Drive alteFahrwerte old drive values operation

231 Drive operation
232 Drive Nullstellenfeh error neutral position Stop error neutral position
233 Drive Fahrhebeldiff drive lever difference 6 km/h drive lever difference
234 Drive Fahrhebel_Sp1 drive lever track 1 6 km/h drive lever track 1
235 Drive Fahrhebel_Sp2 drive lever track 2 6 km/h drive lever track 2
236 Drive Dieselanwahfeh diesel selection error operation diesel selection error
237 Drive keine_CAN_Umin no CAN_Umin diesel speed operation no CAN_Umin diesel speed
238 Drive operation

239 Drive Digout_EMR status digital output EMR operation status digital output EMR
240 Drive P_DigoutWasser status digital output water operation status digital output water pump
pump
241 Drive Digout_Gang status digital output gear 6 km/h status digital output gear
242 Drive Pumpe_vor status drive pump forward 2 km/h status PWM drive pump forward
243 Drive Pumpe_rueck status drive pump reverse 2 km/h status PWM drive pump reverse
HAMM AG 2/4 #2137295

02.12.2011
Error messages HD+

code (Bodem)
244 Drive P_DigoutBremse status digital output parking 6 km/h status digital output parking brake
brake
245 Drive Digout_Stellby status digital output servo 6 km/h status digital output servo cylinder
cylinder
246 Drive operation
247 Drive Mittelst_fehlt missing drive lever neutral operation drive lever is not in neutral position in auto setup
position
248 Drive Joy_OUT_RANGE drive lever out of range operation drive lever out of range
249 Drive operation
250 Drive operation
251 Drive operation
252 Drive operation
253 Drive operation
254 Drive operation
255 Drive operation
256 Drive operation
257 Drive operation
258 Drive operation
259 Drive operation
260 Drive operation
261 Drive operation
262 Drive Warning no diesel start operation drive lever is not in brake position during starting the diesel engine.
display shows text < BRAKE >
263 Drive Warning no setup completed operation No autosetup completed on this machine.
300 ASC operation

301 ASC steering angle AIN 1 operation Error message: faulty steering angle sensor.
Effect:
Faulty ASC-function.
check steering angle sensor. Values?
Check for wire break and short circuit against supply voltage or ground.
302 ASC speed sensor front left operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor front left.
Effect:
"ASC" function is faulty.
Error message can also occur if rear drum is sending a signal and the front drum is
stopped (rear drum has no grip).
check wheel sensor front left.
303 ASC speed sensor front right operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor front right.
Effect:
check wheel sensor front right.
304 ASC speed sensor rear left operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor rear left.
Effect:
check wheel sensor rear left.
305 ASC speed sensor rear right operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor rear right.
Effect:
check wheel sensor rear right.
306 ASC operation
HAMM AG 3/4 #2137295

02.12.2011
Error messages HD+

code (Bodem)
307 ASC operation
308 ASC operation
309 ASC operation
310 ASC status PWM ASC-valve operation status PWM ASC-valve front left
front left
311 ASC status PWM ASC-valve operation status PWM ASC-valve front right
front right
312 ASC status PWM ASC-valve rear operation status PWM ASC-valve rear left
left
313 ASC status PWM ASC-valve rear operation status PWM ASC-valve rear right
right
314 ASC operation
315 ASC operation
316 ASC operation
317 ASC operation
318 ASC operation
319 ASC operation
320 ASC operation voltage on power supply
321 ASC operation no voltage on enable input
322 ASC operation Bus_OFF_CAN_A
323 ASC operation Bus_OFF_CAN_B
324 ASC operation display does not receive the roller type.
A missing CAN Id 0CFF0103 of Bus A and B only indicates an error.
325 ASC operation
400 Z-Series operation

401 Z-Series CAN-A-fault operation internal CAN-A-error
402 Z-Series CAN-B-fault operation internal CAN-B-error
403 Z-Series no roller parameters operation no roller parameters from the display
404 Z-Series ID 0CFF0100 error CAN-A operation no message from display CAN-A
405 Z-Series ID 0CFF0100 error CAN-B operation no message from display CAN-B
406 Z-Series ID 0CFF0400 error CAN-A operation no message from drive computer CAN-A
407 Z-Series ID 0CFF0400 error CAN-B operation no message from drive computer CAN-B
408 Z-Series ID 0CFF0500 error CAN-A operation no message from drive computer CAN-A
409 Z-Series ID 0CFF0500 error CAN-B operation no message from drive computer CAN-B
Z-Series free up to 24 operation
425 status fault 1 operation vibration front
426 status fault 2 operation vibration rear
427 status fault 3 operation crab steering
428 status fault 4 operation reserve
429 status fault 5 operation back-up
430 status fault 6 operation edge pressing equipment
431 status fault 7 operation edge pressing equipment - sprinkling
432 status fault 8 operation horn
433 status fault 9 operation additive sprinkling
500 Z-Option operation

501 Z-Option CAN-A-fault operation internal CAN-A-fault
502 Z-Option CAN-B-fault operation internal CAN-B-fault
503 Z-Option no roller parameters operation no roller parameters from display
504 Z-Option ID 0CFF0100 fault CAN-A operation no message from display CAN-A
505 Z-Option ID 0CFF0100 fault CAN-B operation no message from display CAN-B
506 Z-Option ID 0CFF0400 fault CAN-A operation no message from drive computer CAN-A
507 Z-Option ID 0CFF0400 fault CAN-B operation no message from drive computer CAN-B
508 Z-Option ID 0CFF0500 fault CAN-A operation no message from drive computer CAN-A
509 Z-Option ID 0CFF0500 fault CAN-B operation no message from drive computer CAN-B
Z-Option free up to 24 operation
525 Z-Option status fault 1 operation
600 HCM no action
HAMM AG 4/4 #2137295

02.12.2011
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Operation Manual
TD/TCD 2012 L04/06 2V
TD/TCD 2013 L04/06 2V
Notes
Notes gine, the use of DEUTZ original parts is pre-
scribed. These are specially designed for your
This engine is defined exclusively for purpose
engine and guarantee perfect operation.
according to the scope of delivery and built by
Non-compliance results in the expiry of the war-
the equipment manufacturer (use for the intend-
ranty!
ed purpose). Any other use above and beyond
this will be considered as misuse. The manufac- Maintenance/cleaning work on the engine may
turer will not accept any liability for damages re- only be carried out when the engine is not run-
sulting from this. The user bears the sole risk. ning and has cooled down.
Use for the intended purpose also includes ob- When doing this, make sure that the electrical
servance of the operating, maintenance and re- system is switched off (remove ignition key).
pair conditions specified by the manufacturer. The specifications for accident prevention with
The engine should only be operated, serviced electrical systems (e.g. VDE-0100/-0101/-0104/-
and repaired by personnel trained in its use and 0105 Electrical protective measures against dan-
the hazards involved. gerous contact voltages) must be observed.
The pertinent rules for the prevention of acci- Cover all electrical components tightly when
dents and other generally recognised safety and cleaning with liquids.
industrial medicine rules must be observed. Do not work on the fuel system while the engine
When the engine is running there is a danger of is running - Danger to life!
injury caused by: Wait for the pressure to drop after the engine has
– rotating and hot components come to a standstill (in engines with DEUTZ
– on motors with external ignition (high electri- Common Rail about 5 minutes, otherwise
cal voltage). Contact must be avoided! 1 minute) because the system is under high
Unauthorised engine modifications will invalidate pressure - Danger to life!
any liability claims against the manufacturer for During the first trial run do not stand in the dan-
resultant damage. ger area of the engine.
Equally, manipulations to the injection and con- Danger due to high pressure in case of leaks -
trol system can affect the engine's performance Danger to life!
and the exhaust characteristics. Adherence to – In case of leaks immediately contact work-
legislation on pollution can no longer be guaran- shop.
teed under such conditions. – When working on the fuel system, make sure
Do not change the cooling air feed area to the that the engine is not started inadvertently
blower of fan. An unobstructed cooling air supply during repairs - Danger to life!
must be guaranteed.
The manufacturer will accept no liability for dam-
age resulting from this.
When carrying out maintenance work on the en-
2 © 2007
Foreword
Dear customer, Engine serial number
Congratulations on the purchase of your DEUTZ en- Please enter the engine serial number here. This will
gine. simplify the handling of customer service, repair and
DEUTZ air/liquid-cooled engines are developed for a spare parts queries.
broad spectrum of applications. Consequently, a
wide range of variants is offered to meet the require-
ments of specific cases.
The engine is equipped accordingly for the particular Notes
installation situation, i.e. not all the components de-
We reserve the right to make technical changes to
scribed in the operating manual are installed in your the descriptions and data in this operating manual in
engine. the interest of further development of the engines.
We have endeavoured to highlight any differences This document may only be reprinted and repro-
so that you will be able to locate the operating and duced, even in part, with our express permission.
maintenance instructions applicable to your engine
more quickly and easily. Order number
Please make sure that this operating manual is avail- 0312 3459 en
able to everyone involved in the operation, mainte-
nance and repair of the engine and that they have
understood the contents.
If you have any queries, please contact us, we'll be
happy to advise you.
Sincerely,
DEUTZ AG
© 2007 3
Table of contents
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Belt drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Setting work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2 Engine description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Engine illustration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Lubricating oil circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 8 Transport and storage . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fuel schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Coolant schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Protecting the engine against corrosion . . . 69
Electrics/Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Engine and setting data . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
First time commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Start procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Operation monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Stop procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4 Operating media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Lubricating oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6 Care and maintenance work . . . . . . . . 41
Lubricating oil system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Fuel system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Engine cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Suction system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4 © 2007
General notes General
DEUTZ diesel engines
DEUTZ diesel engines are the product of years of re-
velopments for improving the engines are also intro-
duced in the original DEUTZ parts of course. Only
ity with notes on product responsibilities and servic-
es. Or you can use another fast, convenient way via 1
the use of original DEUTZ parts manufactured ac- the Internet under www.deutzshop.de. The DEUTZ
search and development. Profound know-how com-
cording to the state-of-the-art can guarantee perfect P@rts Online parts catalogue gives you a direct con-
bined with high quality requirements are the functioning and high reliability. tact to your nearest local service partner.
guarantee for the production of engines with a long
life, high reliability levels and low fuel consumption. DEUTZ Xchange components
Obviously the high requirements for the protection of
the environment are also met. DEUTZ replacement parts are a low-cost alternative.
California
Of course, the quality standards here are just as high
Safety precautions when the engine is as for new parts. DEUTZ replacement parts are Proposition 65 Warning
running Diesel engines and some of its constituents are
equal to the original DEUTZ parts in function and re-
known to the State of California to cause cancer,
Maintenance work or repairs may only be performed liability.
birth defects and other reproductive harm.
on the shut-down engine. Make sure that the engine Asbestos
cannot be started inadvertently - Danger of acci- Masthead
dent! The gaskets used in this engine contain no asbestos.
Please use the appropriate spare parts for mainte- DEUTZ AG
When the work is complete, be sure to refit any pan- nance and repair work. Ottostraße 1
els and guards that have been removed.
Service 51149 Cologne
Observe industrial safety regulations when running
the engine in an enclosed space or underground. Telephone:+49 (221) 822-0
We want to preserve the high performance of our en-
When working on the running engine, work clothing gines, and with it the confidence and satisfaction of Fax: +49 (221) 822-5850
must be close fitting. our customers. We are therefore represented world- www.deutz.com
Never fill the fuel tank while the engine is running. wide by a network of service branches.
info@deutz.com
The DEUTZ name does not merely stand for engines
Service and Maintenance that are the products of extensive development
Service and maintenance are also decisive for work, DEUTZ also stands for complete service pack-
whether the engine satisfactorily meets the set de- ages that ensure optimum operation of our engines,
mands. Recommended service intervals must there- and for customer services operations that you can
fore be observed and service and maintenance work count on.
must be carried out conscientiously. Please contact your service partner in case of mal-
Special care should be taken under abnormally de- functions and sare parts inquiries. Our specially
manding operating conditions. trained personnel will ensure fast, professional re-
pairs using original DEUTZ spare parts in case of
Original DEUTZ parts damage.
Original DEUTZ parts are subject to the same strict The DEUTZ home page gives you a continuously up-
quality demands as the DEUTZ engines. Further de- to-date overview of the service partners in your vicin-
© 2007 5
General General notes
1 Danger
This symbol is used for all safety instruc-

tions which, if not observed, present a di-
rect danger to life and limb for the person
involved. Observe these carefully. The at-
tention of operating personnel should be
drawn to these safety instructions. Further-
more, the legislation for "general regula-
tions for safety and the prevention of
accidents" must be observed.
Caution
This symbol indicates a danger to the part

and engine. The relevant instructions must
be observed, failure to do so can lead to de-
struction of the part and the engine.
Notes
This symbol accompanies notes of a gen-

eral kind.
6 © 2007
Type Engine description
2
Rating plate Location of the rating plate

The engine type A, engine number B and the power The rating plate C is mounted on the cylinder head
data are stamped on the rating plate. cover or crankcase.
The engine type and number must be stated when
purchasing spare parts.
© 2007 7
Engine description Type
Engine serial number Cylinder numbering

The engine number is stamped onto the crankcase Cylinder arrangement
(arrow) and onto the rating plate. The cylinders are counted consecutively starting
from flywheel (1).
Direction of rotation
Looking at the power transmission side.
rotating to the left: counter-clockwise.
Engine sides
Looking at the power transmission side.
8 © 2007
Engine illustration Engine description
Engine TCD 2013 L04 2V with mech. in-
jection system PLD and mech./electr. 2
control, view from right (example)
1 Lubricating oil filling
2 Charge air line
3 Coolant outlet to the cooler
4 Transport device
5 Ventilation line to the compensation tank
6 Fan hub
7 Fuel pump
8 V-rib belt
9 Tension pulley
10 Coolant pump
11 Engine mounting
12 Lubricating oil drain plug
13 Lube oil replacement filter
14 Lube oil cooler
15 Generator
16 Hydraulic pump or compressor mounting (op-
tional)
17 Spin-on fuel filter (transport position)
18 Electrical motor shutdown
19 Crankcase ventilation valve
20 Cover for cable harness mount
21 Cylinder head cover
22 Injection pump
23 Control canister (exhaust turbocharger pressure
regulation)
© 2007 9
Engine description Engine illustration
2 Engine TCD 2013 L04 2V with mech. in-

jection system PLD and mech./electr.
control, view from left (example)
1 Turbocharger
2 Transport device
3 Mechanical speed control
4 Gear connection (SAE housing)
5 Engine mounting
7 Lubricating oil return line from the exhaust turbo-
charger
8 Starter
9 Lubricating oil filling (optional)
10 Coolant inlet
11 Exhaust manifold line
10 © 2007
Engine TCD 2012 L04 2V with DEUTZ
Common Rail (DCR), view from right (ex- 2
ample)
2 Combustion air inlet
3 Cover for cable harness mount
4 Fan
5 Generator
6 Coolant pump
7 Tension pulley
8 Lube oil cooler
9 Lubricating oil filter
10 Fuel filter
11 Hydraulic pump or compressor mounting (op-
tional)
12 Flywheel
13 Transport bracket (only for transport)
15 Transport device
17 Control block FCU (Fuel Control Unit)
© 2007 11
2 Engine TCD 2012 L04 2V with DEUTZ

Common Rail (DCR), view from left (ex-
ïï ample)
1 Transport device
3 Turbocharger
4 Transport bracket (only for transport)
ïð charger
6 Relay (starter)
7 V-rib belt
8 Coolant inlet
í 9 Coolant outlet
10 Fan mounting
11 Compensation line connection to tank
12 Ventilation line connection
12 © 2007
îï îî îí
ample)
îð 3 Transport device
4 Generator
5 Fan hub
6 Fuel supply pump
ïç 7 Belt pulley with torsional vibration damper on
crankshaft
8 V-rib belt
9 Tension pulley
10 Coolant pump
ïè
13 Lube oil cooler
14 Cab heating supply flow line
15 Exchangeable fuel filter
16 Lubricating oil dipstick
17 Engine mounting
18 Hydraulic pump or air compressor mounting (op-
ïé tional)
20 Central plug (for engine control)
ïê
22 High-pressure pump
23 Rail
24 Injector
ïë
ïì
© 2007 13

ample)
2 Charge air line
3 Transport device
5 Engine mounting
7 Starter cover
charger
9 Turbocharger
10 Charge air connection to the charge air cooler
11 Coolant inlet
12 Coolant outlet
14 © 2007
ample)
1 Combustion air inlet (heating flange mounting,
optional)
2 Cab heating return flow connection
5 Fan
6 Generator
7 Belt pulley with torsional vibration damper on
crankshaft
8 V-belts
9 Fuel supply pump drive
12 Lube oil cooler
13 Hydraulic pump or air compressor mounting (op-
tional)
14 Lubricating oil return line for crankcase ventila-
tion
15 Cab heating supply flow line
20 Injector
© 2007 15

ample)
3 Engine mounting
5 Starter
charger
7 Turbocharger
8 Coolant inlet
9 Charge air connection to the charge air cooler
10 Coolant outlet
13 Transport device
16 © 2007
ample)
3 Generator
4 Coolant pump
7 Lubricating oil dipstick
9 Lubricating oil return line for crankcase ventila-
tion
10 Engine mounting
14 Rail
15 Transport device
17 Injector
© 2007 17

ample)
1 Turbocharger
3 Starter
4 Lubricating oil pipe to the turbocharger
5 Coolant drain plug
6 Coolant inlet
7 Engine mounting
8 V-rib belt
9 Fan
10 Tension pulley
11 Transport device
14 Coolant outlet
18 © 2007
Lubricating oil circuit Engine description
Lubricating oil schematic (example)
1 Lubricating oil sump
2
2 Lubricating oil suction intake pipe
3 Lubricating oil pump
3.1 Overpressure valve (only for 2013)
4 Lube oil cooler
4.1 Return flow shutoff valve (only for 2012)
4.2 Bypass valve
4.3 Bypass valve for lubricating oil filter
4.4 Pressure control valve
5 Lubricating oil filter
6 Main lubricating oil lines
6a Internal connected exhaust gas recirculation
(optional, only for 6-cyl. engines)
7 Crankshaft bearing
8 Big-end bearing
9 Camshaft bearing
10 Line to injector nozzle
11 Piston cooling nozzle with pressure holding
valve
12 Tappet with impulse lubrication of the rocker arm
13 Tappet rod, lubricating oil feed to the rocker arm
lubrication
14 Rocker arm
15 Return flow to the lubricating oil pan
16 Lubricating oil pipe to the turbocharger
17 Turbocharger
18 Return line from the compressor/hydraulic pump
to the crankcase
19 Air compressor or hydraulic pump
20 Lubricating oil line to the air compressor/hydrau-
lic pump
21 Return line from the turbocharger
© 2007 19
Engine description Fuel schematic
2 Fuel schematic of the DCR engine (exam-

ple)
1 Fuel container
A= minimum distance 500 mm
2 Fuel pre-filter with manual supply pump for filling
the low-pressure area (mounted on device side)
3 Line to the fuel supply pump
4 Fuel supply pump
5 Line to the spin-on fuel filter
7 Fuel line to the control block
9 Fuel line from the control block to the high-pres-
sure pumps and the rail
11 Rail
12 Fuel line to the injector
13 Injector
14 Fuel return line at the cylinder head
15 Fuel return to fuel tank
20 © 2007
Coolant schematic Engine description
2
© 2007 21
Engine description Coolant schematic
2 Coolant schematic (example)

1 Coolant outlet at the cooler
2 Thermostat
3 Coolant supply line to the pump
4 Coolant pump
5 Lube oil cooler
6 Cylinder cooling
7 Cylinder pipe/head cooling
8 Coolant supply flow to the cab heating
9 Cab heating (optional)
10 Coolant for the thermostat
11 Coolant return flow from the cab heating
12 Compensation line
13 Ventilation line to the compensation tank
14 Coolant outlet to the cooler
15 Compensation tank
16 Compensation line to the cooler
17 Cooler
22 © 2007
Electrics/Electronics Engine description
Electrics (example)
2
Engine side
1 Fuel pressure transducer in the FCU

2 Coolant temperature
3 Charge air pressure/temperature transmitter
– A=TCD 2012/2013L06
– B=TCD 2012/2013L04
4 Engine adapter plug
5 Engine control unit
6 Speed transmitter via crankshaft
7 Rail pressure, laterally on the rail
8 Lubricating oil level transmitter (optional)
9 Lubricating oil pressure transmitter
10 Fuel transducer
11 Speed transmitter via camshaft
Equipment side
13 Power supply (battery)
14 Multifunction displays
15 Outputs (configurable, e.g. for lamps, torque
(PWM), speed, engine running signal, etc.)
16 Inputs (configurable)
17 Accelerator
18 Hand throttle (optional)
19 Switch functions (optional, e.g. for P-factor, reg-
ulator type, peak curves, fixed speeds etc. also
multi-step switches)
20 Detachable key switch Start/Stop
21 Diagnostic button
22 Error lamp with blink code
23 Diagnostic interface/CAN bus
© 2007 23
Engine description Electrics/Electronics
2 Other application side components (de-

pending on the application)
Water trap fuel filter
Override key (for temporary bypassing of the en-
gine protection functions)
Coolant level transmitter
Separate engine stop switch
Fan control
Switch for brake contact, engine brake, clutch
Drive speed sensor, drive speed control unit, +-
keys for increasing/decreasing speed
Cold start aid indicator lamp
This lamp flashes in the case of a serious fault,
e.g. the heating flange is drawing current al-
though the control unit is not controlling it. The
power supply to the heating flange must then be
disconnected separately (overheating protection
heating flange)
24 © 2007
Electrics/Electronics Engine description
Information about the engine electronics
This engine is equipped with an electronic DEUTZ
It is strictly prohibited:
a) to make changes or connections to the
Supply voltage
DEUTZ diesel engines must be operated with a 12 V
2
control unit. wiring of the electrical control devices and or 24 V supply. An adequate charging condition of
The equipping of the respective system depends on the data transmission cable (CAN lines). the battery must be ensured. Interruption of the pow-
the desired scope of function and the planned type of b) to switch control units. er supply when the engine is running can lead to
engine application. Diagnostic and maintenance work may damage to the electrics/electronics. Failure of the
only be carried out by authorised personnel supply voltage leads to engine standstill.
The resultant wiring with pin assignment can be seen using equipment approved by DEUTZ.
in the appropriate wiring diagram. Voltages above 32 Volt will destroy the control unit.
The installation regulations of the DEUTZ AG must Installation instructions Diagnostics
also be taken into account. The control units are calibrated to the respective en- DEUTZ control units are equipped with self-diagno-
Precautions gine and identified by the engine number. Every en- sis. Active and passive error entries are saved in the
gine may only be operated with the appropriate error memory. Active errors are displayed by error
control unit. lamp/diagnostic lamp ( 65 ). The active errors can
The connections of the control units are
only dust and water proof when the mating Setpoint transmitters (pedal value transmitters) nec- be called by blink codes or by the DEUTZ diagnostic
plugs are plugged (protection class IP69K)! essary for vehicle operation must be connected to program SERDIA. Passive errors must be deleted by
The control units must be protected against the vehicle side cable harness and calibrated with SERDIA.
spray water and moisture until plugging in the DEUTZ diagnostic program SERDIA (SERvice with error lamp (optional).
the mating plugs! DIAgnosis). Wiring and cable assignment of the ve- – See blink codes for details.
Reverse polarity can lead to failure of the hicle side cable harness must be taken from the con-
control unit. nection diagram of the DEUTZ installation via diagnostic socket (SERDIA).
To avoid damaging the control units, all the consulting.
connections on the control unit must be dis-
connected before electric welding work.
Interventions in the electrical system con-
trary to the DEUTZ regulations or by un-
qualified personnel can permamently
damage the engine electronics and have
serious consequences which are not cov-
ered by the manufacturer's guarantee.
© 2007 25
Operation Ambient conditions
3 can be used as cold starting aids.( 29)

Coolant
Mixing ratio anti-freeze/cooling water.
High ambient temperatures, high altitude
Under the operating conditions listed be-

low, the amount of fuel is reduced automat-
ically, controlled by the electronic control
unit.
Under the following application and operating condi-

tions, the amount of fuel must be reduced.
above 1000 m altitude
above 30 °C ambient temperature
Low ambient temperatures
Reason: Air density decreases as altitude or ambient
Lubricating oil temperature increase. This reduces the amount of
oxygen in the engine intake air and the fuel-air mix-
Select lubricating oil according to ambient tem-
perature ture would be too rich if the injected amount of fuel
were not reduced.
If cold starting occurs frequently cut the lube oil
changing interval by half. The results would be:
– black smoke in the exhaust
Fuel – high engine temperature
Use Winter fuel below 0 °C ( 36 ). – reduction in engine performance
Battery – possible impairment of starting behaviour
Consult your equipment supplier or DEUTZ partner if
A good charging condition of the battery ( 60 ) you have any other questions.
is the prerequisite for starting the engine.
Heating up the battery to approx. 20°C improves
the starting behaviour of the engine. (Remove
and store the battery in a warm room).
Cold start aid
Depending on the type of engine, glow plugs,
heating plugs, heating flange, flame glow system
26 © 2007
First time commissioning Operation
Preparations for initial commissioning
(Maintenance schedule E 10)
3
Remove engine corrosion protection
Remove any transport devices.
Check the battery and cable connections and
mount if necessary.
Checking the belt tension ( 54 ).
Have the engine monitor or warning system
checked by authorised personnel.
Check the engine mounting.
Check that all hose unions and clips fit properly.
The following additional work must be carried
out on generally overhauled engines:
Check the fuel pre-filter and main filter and
change if necessary. Fill with engine lube oil. Pour in fuel
Check the intake air cleaner (if available, main- The fuel low pressure system must be vented be-
tain according to maintenance indicator). Low lubricating oil level and overfilling lead fore the first start-up after filling with the manualy
to engine damage.
Drain lubricating oil and condensation water from supply pump.
the charge air cooler.
Fill with engine lube oil. The engines are generally supplied without Only re-fuel when the engine is not running.
lubricating oil filling. Ensure cleanliness.
Select lubricating oil quality and viscosity Do not spill fuel.
before filling. Additional venting of the fuel system by a 5
Order DEUTZ lubricating oils from your minute trial run at idle speed or on low load
DEUTZ partner is absolutely essential.
Fill the engine with lubricating oil via the lubricat- Only use clean commercially available brand diesel
ing oil filler neck. fuel. Observe fuel quality ( 36).
Observe the lubricating oil filling level ( 71 ). Use summer or winter-grade fuel, depending on the
Check lubricating oil level, if necessary top up. ambient temperature.
© 2007 27
Operation First time commissioning
3 Start engine and run up until the thermostat

opens ( line 1 heats up ).
Engine operation with open thermostat 2 - 3 min-
utes.
Check the coolant level in the compensation tank
and top up coolant if necessary.
If required, repeat procedure with engine start.
Fill up coolant to the MAX mark on the compen-
sation tank and close the cooling system cap.
Switch on any available heating and set to the
highest level so that the heating circuit is filled
and vented.
Observe the filling volume of the cooling system
( 71).
Trial run
Fill oil-bath air filter with lubricating oil. Filling the coolant system
Venting of the fuel system by operating for
No lubricating oil may be filled in the cy- The coolant must have a prescribed con- 5 minutes on no load or with low load is ab-
clone pre-separator that may be connected centration of cooling system corrosion pro- solutely essential.
upstream. tection agent.
Never operate the engine without coolant, Carry out a brief trial run up to operating temperature
Fill lubricating oil pan (1) of the oil-bath filter with even for a short time! (approx. 90 °C) after preparations.
lubricating oil as far as the marking arrow.
Do not load the engine if possible.
Order coolant corrosion protection agent Work with the engine not running:
from your DEUTZ partner. – Check engine for tightness.
– Check the lubricating oil level and top up lu-
Connect coolant outlet (1) and coolant inlet (2) to bricating oil if necessary.
the cooling system. Connect supply line from the
– Check the coolant level and top up coolant if
compensation tank to the water pump or to the
necessary.
coolant inlet line (2).
Work during the trial run:
Connect ventilation line from the engine and, if
– Check engine for tightness.
necessary, from the cooler to the compensation
tank.
Fill cooling system via the compensation tank.
Close compensation tank with valve.
28 © 2007
Start procedure Operation
Starting If the engine does not start and the error
lamp blinks, the EMR3 system has activat-
if the engine fails to start.
3
Before starting, make sure that nobody is ed the start lock to protect the engine.
standing in the immediate vicinity of the en- The start lock is released by switching off
gine or work machine. the system with the ignition key for about 30
After repair work: Check that all guards seconds.
have been replaced and that all tools have Separate the engine if possible by disen-
been removed from the engine. gaging driven units.
When starting with the flame glow plug/ Do not actuate the starter for more than
glow plug/heating flange system do not use 20 seconds. If the engine does not start up,
any other starting aid (e.g. injection with wait for one minute and then repeat the
start pilot). Risk of accident! starting process.
Attention: The engine may never be started If the engine does not start up after two at-
with the mechanical speed transmitter re- tempts, determine the cause as per fault ta-
moved. Disconnect the battery connec- ble ( 62 ).
tions! Do not run up the engine immediately to
If the engine does not start properly when high idling speed / full load operation from
the heating flange is automatically actuated cold.
(starter does not receive current as a result
of a fault in the equipment/customer electri-
Disconnect the engine by uncoupling de-
cal control system) the starting procedure vices to be driven where possible.
must be abandoned (set the ignition switch
to OFF, disconnect the power supply to the
heating flange). If the starter is connected to the EMR3 by a relay,
the maximum starting time is limited by the
EMR3.
The pause between two start attempts is preset
by the EMR3.
If the touch start function is programmed, a short
start command with the ignition key in position 2 or a
start button, if available, suffices.
The start is then continued automatically by the
EMR3.
The EMR3 can be programmed for special appli-
cations by data record so that the control unit can
also carry out further start attempts automatically
© 2007 29
Operation Start procedure
w îêîìëóï w îëéìëóð
Start for mech. injection system (exam- Without cold start aid Glow plugs with cold start aid
ple)
Insert key. Insert key
Disconnect the engine by uncoupling devices to Turn key to the right. – Position 0 = no operating voltage.
be driven (where possible). – Position 1 = operating voltage.
The speed adjusting lever (1) must be at the limit Turn key to the right.
– Pilot lamps (1) and (2) light up.
stop of the low idling (arrow). – Position 1 = operating voltage.
Push the key in and turn further clockwise
The stop lever (2) must have been brought to the – Pilot lamps (1) and (2) light up.
against spring pressure.
normal position as a result of its spring force (di- – Preheat until glow display goes out.
– Level 2 = no function.
rection of arrow). Push the key in and turn further clockwise
– Level 3 = start.
against spring pressure.
Release key as soon as the engine starts up.
– Level 2 = no function.
– The pilot lamps will go out.
– Level 3 = start.
Release key as soon as the engine starts up.
– The pilot lamps will go out.
30 © 2007
Operation monitoring Operation
Operation monitoring by EMR3
The EMR3 system monitors the engine condition
ment panel to avoid critical situations. This
brief deactivation of the engine protection 3
functions is logged in the control unit.
and itself.
The engine protection functions are released in
The statuses are displayed by the error lamp. co-operation with the equipment manufacturer
Lamp test: and the DEUTZ installation consulting and may
– The error lamp lights up for approx. 2 s after be designed individually. It is therefore absolute-
switching on the ignition (ignition lock stage ly essential to observe the operating instructions
1) of the equipment manufacturer.
Steady light:
– There is a system error or an engine variable
(temperature, pressure etc.) is in the warning
range.
The EMR3 can reduced the engine perform-
ance depending on the error to protect the
engine. Display instrument
Fast flashing: Possible displays:
– Attention, the engine is in danger and must Colour scale
be switched off. – Display of the operating state by coloured ar-
– The control unit switches the engine off auto- ears (green = OK/red = take suitable action).
matically depending on the application.
– The control unit can preset a forced engine Measured value scale
operation with low idling speed to cool down – Actual value can be read off directly. The
the engine before switching off, automatic nominal value should be taken from the
switch-off if necessary. Technical Data ( 73).
– There may be a start lock after engine stop.
– The start lock is released by switching off the
system with the ignition key for about 30 sec-
onds.
– Additional control lamps, e.g. for lubricating
oil pressure or lubricating oil temperature,
are switched on if necessary.
– The power reduction can be bypassed, the
automatic switch-off delayed or a start lock
bypassed with the override key on the instru-
© 2007 31
Operation Operation monitoring
3 Instruments and symbols
Instruments / symbols Designation Possible display: Measure

Lubricating oil pressure dis- Lubricating oil pressure below minimum Switch off engine
play
Lubricating oil pressure dis- Lubricating oil pressure in the red area Switch off engine
play
Coolant temperature Coolant temperature too high Switch off engine
Lubricating oil pressure pilot If the pilot lamp lights up after starting the engine or while Switch off engine
lamp the engine is running, the lubricating oil pressure is too
low
Lube oil level If the pilot lamp lights up after starting the engine or while Check lubricating oil level / if necessary top up
the engine is running, the lubricating oil level is too low
Coolant level If the control lamp lights up after the engine starts or Switch off the engine, allow to cool down and top up
while the engine is running, the coolant level is too low coolant
Operating hours counter Indicates the previous operating time of the engine Observe the maintenance intervals
Horn With acoustic signal See fault table ( 62).
32 © 2007
Stop procedure Operation
Shutting off
3
Avoid switching off from full load (coking/
blockage of the remaining lubricating oil in
the turbocharger bearing housing). The lu-
bricating oil supply of the turbocharger is
then no longer guaranteed! This shortens
the life of the turbocharger.
Run the engine in low idling speed for ap-
proximately one minute after relieving the
load.
The control unit remains active for about
another 40 seconds to save the system
data (lag) and then switches off automati-
cally.
Electrical shutdown (optional) Stopping for mechanical speed control

Move the key to position 0. Move speed adjustment lever (1) to slow idle.
Control lamps A+B+C go out. Activate stop lever (2) until the engine comes to
A = charge pilot light a stop. Charge current pilot lamp and lubricating
B = lube oil pressure pilot light oil pressure pilot lamp light up after the engine
C = pilot light for pre-heating system has stopped.
P = gear position: park Turn key to the left (to level 0= and pull out. Pilot
0 = gear position: switch off engine lamps go out.
1 = gear position: pre-heat engine Move the key to position 0.
2 = gear position: start engine Control lamps A+B+C go out.
A = charge pilot light
B = lube oil pressure pilot light
C = pilot light for pre-heating system
P = gear position: park
0 = gear position: switch off engine
1 = gear position: pre-heat engine
2 = gear position: start engine
© 2007 33
Operating media Lubricating oil
4 General
Modern diesel engines place very high demands on
perature and oxidation stability as well as a relatively
low cold viscosity. Since some processes relevant to
Recommended quality class
DEUTZ ACEA API
the definition of the lube oil change intervals are not
the lubricating oil to be used. The specific engine
essentially dependent on the lube oil quality (such as DQC III - See TR 0199-99-3002
performances which have increased constantly over the incorporation of soot and other contaminations), 05 Please contact your DEUTZ partner
the last few years lead to an increased thermal load
the lube oil change interval when using synthetic DQC IV -
on the lubricating oil. The lubricating oil is also more lube oils may not be increased in relation to the spec-
exposed to contamination due to reduced oil com- 05
ifications of the lube oil change intervals.
sumption and longer oil change intervals. For this
reason it is necessary to observe the requirements Biodegradable lubricating oils may be used in DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC II-05
and recommendations described in this operating DEUTZ engines if they meet the requirements of this TLS - 15W40 D
manual in order not to shorten the life of the engine. operating manual.
Container Order number
Lubricating oils always consist of a base oil and an Quality 5 litre container 0101 6331
additive package. The most important tasks of a lu-
bricating oil (e.g. wear protection, corrosion protec- Lubricating oils are classified by DEUTZ according 20 litre container 0101 6332
tion, neutralisation of acids from combustion to their efficiency and quality class (DQC: DEUTZ 209 litre barrel 0101 6333
products, prevention of coke and soot deposits on Quality Class). It basically applies that: with increas-
the engine parts) are assumed by the additives. The ing quality class (DQC I, II, III, IV) the lubricating oils
are more efficient and higher quality. The appended DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC III-05
properties of the base oil are also decisive for the TLX - 10W40 FE
quality of the product, e.g. with regard to thermal quality class designation (- 02 / - 05) indicates in
load capacity. which year the classification was made. Container Order number
In principle, all engine oils of the same specification Lubricating oils according to other comparable spec- 5 litre container 0101 6335
can be mixed. However, mixing of engine oils should ifications can be used as long as they meet DEUTZ 20 litre container 0101 6336
be avoided because the worst properties of the mix- requirements. In regions in which none of these
qualities are available, please contact your responsi- 209 litre barrel 0101 6337
ture are always dominant.
ble DEUTZ partner.
The lubricating oil quality has a considerable influ- DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC IV-05 synthetic
ence on the life, performance and thus also on the The following lubricating oils are specified for the en-
gines described in this operating manual. DEUTZ-Oil DQC IV-5W30 synthetic
costs-effectiveness of the engine. It basically applies
that: The better the lubricating oil quality, the better Container Order number
these properties. Recommended quality class 20 litre container 0101 7849
DEUTZ ACEA API
The lubricating oil viscosity describes the flow be- 209 litre barrel 0101 7850
haviour of the lubricating oil depending on the tem- DQC II - E3-96 / E5-02 / E7- CG-4 / CH4 / C I-4
perature. The lubricating oil viscosity has no 05 04
influence and effect on the lubricating oil quality.
Synthetic lubricating oils are used increasingly
and have advantages. These oils have a better tem-
34 © 2007
Lubricating oil Operating media
Lubricating oil change intervals
The intervals depend on:
purpose lubricating oils should be used basically.
Single-purpose lubricating oils can also be used in 4
enclosed, heated spaces at temperatures >5 ° C.
– lubricating oil quality
Depending on the ambient temperature we recom-
– sulphur content in the fuel
mend the following common viscosity classes:
– type of application of engine
The lubricating oil change interval must be
halved if at least one of the following conditions
applies:
– Constant ambient temperature below -10 °C
(14 °F) or lube oil temperature below 60 °C
(84 °F).
– sulphur content in the diesel fuel of 0.5 - 1
weight %.
– operation with bio-diesel fuel
If the oil change intervals for vehicle engines are
to be carried out according to operating hours,
the oil change intervals for built-in engines apply.
If the lubricating oil change intervals are not
reached within a year, the oil should be changed
at least once a year.
Viscosity
The prescribed lubricating oil quality must

be observed when selecting the viscosity
class!
The ambient temperature at the installation site or in
the application area of the engine is decisive for
choosing the right viscosity class. Too high a viscos-
ity can lead to starting difficulties, too low a viscosity
can endanger the lubrication effect and cause a high
lubricating oil consumption. At ambient temperatures
below -40 °C, the lubricating oil must be pre-heated
(e.g. by storing the vehicle or the machine in a hall).
The viscosity is classified according to SAE. Multi-
© 2007 35
Operating media Fuels
4 Permissible fuels
The following fuel specifications / standards are ap-
Winter operation with diesel fuel
Only carry out mixing in the tank. Fill with

proved:
the appropriate amount of paraffin first,
Diesel fuels according to DIN EN 590 then add the diesel fuel. Normal and high
– Nato F-54 (equivalent to diesel fuel in ac- grade fuels may not be mixed.
cordance with DIN EN 590)
At low ambient temperatures paraffin discharges can
US diesel fuel according to ASTM D 975 Grade- lead to blockages in the fuel system and cause oper-
No.1-D and 2-D ating faults. Below 0 °C ambient temperature use
Japanese diesel fuel JIS K 2204 Grade 1 Fuel winter diesel (down to -20 °C) (filling stations provide
and Grade 2 Fuel with lubricating properties ac- this in good time before the cold season starts).
cording to diesel fuel EN 590 (HFFR max. 460
Below -20 °C paraffin should be added. The rel-
micrometer according to EN ISO 12156) evant percentages are given in the adjacent dia-
Biodiesel per EN 14214 (only permissible for gram.
engines with mechanical injection system).
Special diesel fuels can be used for arctic cli-
Use commercially available fuels with a sulphur con- mates to -44 °C. I Summer-grade diesel fuel
tent below 0.5 %. The lubricating oil change intervals II Winter-grade diesel fuel
If it is necessary to use summer diesel fuel below
must be halved at a higher sulphur content. A Outdoor temperature
0°C, paraffin can also be added by up to 30 % as per
If other fuels are used which do not meet the require- the diagram on the right. B Percentage of paraffin to be added
ments of the operating manual, the warranty will be Usually a sufficient cold resistance can be achieved
voided. by adding a flow improver. Ask your DEUTZ partner.
The certification measurements to satisfy the legal
emission limits are performed with the test fuels de-
fined by law. These correspond to the diesel fuels
according to EN 590 and ASTM D 975 described in
this operating manual. No emission values are guar-
anteed with the other fuels described in this operat-
ing manual.
36 © 2007
Coolant Operating media
General Total hardness or carbonate hardness too
low:
Please contact your DEUTZ partner if the DEUTZ
cooling system corrosion protection agent is not 4
Never operate the engine without coolant Mixing with harder water (harder water is usually available.
(even for a short time)! available in the form of drinking water). The cooling system must be monitored regularly.
Chlorides and/or sulphates too high: This also includes checking the coolant system cor-
In liquid-cooled engines, the coolant must be condi- Mixing with softened water (pH neutralized con- rosion protection agent concentration in addition to
tioned and monitored, otherwise the engine could be densate or water softened by ion exchanger). checking the coolant level.
damaged by:
Cooling system corrosion protection The cooling system corrosion protection agent con-
corrosion agent centration can be checked with conventional test in-
cavitation struments (e.g. refractometer).
freezing Health damaging nitrous amines form
Cooling sys- Water percent- Cold protec-
when nitrite-based cooling system corro-
Water quality tem corrosion age tion up to
sion protection agents are mixed with
protection
The right water quality is important for conditioning amine-based agents!
agent percent-
the coolant. Clear, clean water within the following
age
analysis values should always be used: Cooling system corrosion protection agents
must be disposed of in an environmentally min. 35 % 65 % -22 °C
Analysis values min max friendly way. 40 % 60 % -28 °C
ph value at 20 °C 6,5 8,5 max. 45 % 55 % -35 °C
The conditioning of the coolant for liquid-cooled
Chloride ion content [mg/dm 3] - 100
DEUTZ compact engines is performed by mixing an At temperatures below -35 °C, please contact your
Sulphate ion content [mg/dm 3] - 100 anti-freeze with corrosion protection inhibitors based responsible DEUTZ partner.
Total hardness [°dGH] 3,0 12,0 on ethylene glycol into the water.
It is possible to use other cooling system corrosion
(carbonate hardness
DEUTZ cooling system corrosion protection protection agents (e.g. chemical corrosion protection
percentage of the total
agent agents) in exceptional cases. Consult your DEUTZ
hardness min. 3 dGH) partner.
Container Order number
Specifications of the water quality are made by the
local water board. 5 litre container 0101 1490
pH value too low: 20 litre container 0116 4160
Addition of diluted sodium or potassium lye. 210 litre barrel 1221 1500
Small trial mixtures are advisable.
This cooling system corrosion protection agent is
Total hardness too high:
free from nitrite, amine and phosphate and is adapt-
Mixing with softened water (pH neutralized con- ed to the materials in our engines. Order from your
densate or water softened by ion exchanger). DEUTZ partner.
© 2007 37
Maintenance Maintenance schedule
5 Assignment of the DEUTZ maintenance and service schedules to maintenance intervals
Standard maintenance schedule Standard and EPA 1) certified engines

TD/TCD 2012 L04/06 2V and TD/TCD 2013 L04/06 2V
Stage Activity see To be carried Industrial engines/Agricultural technology
out by (every .... oh)
E10 Initial commissioning Authorised spe- For measures to be taken during the run-in phase or commissioning of new or overhauled
cialists engines, see ( 27)
E20 Daily inspection Customer 1x daily or ev ery 10 operating hours in continuous operation
E30 Maintenance 2) 4) 500 oh 3)
E40 Extended maintenance I 1,000 oh
E45 Interim stage 2,000 oh
E50 Extended maintenance II Authorised spe- 3,000 oh
E60 Intermediate overhaul cialists (only for EPA) 6,000 oh
E70 General overhaul 12,000 oh
1) EPA (Environmental Protection Agency).

2) The oil load may be high depending on the application. Shorter maintenance intervals are necessary for this 250 oh.
3) Data for lubricating oil change interval, in relation to lubricating oil quality DQC III.
4) For engines TD/TCD 2012 L04 2V with mechanical injection system, which are predominantly operated at a high load and a high s peed, the lubricating oil change
interval is reduced to 250 h.
*If the water level warning system (lamp/siren) responds, the fuel pre-filter must be emptied immediately.
Changing the pre-filter cartridge depends on the degree of dirt contamination of the fuel being used. If other fuels are used w hich do not meet the requirements of the
operating manual, the warranty will be voided.
38 © 2007
Maintenance schedule Maintenance
Maintenance measures
A self-adhesive maintenance diagram is provided with every engine. This should be stuck to the engine or device in a prominent position.
5
Order number: 0312 2450 (TCD 2012 2V) and 0312 2451 (TCD 2013 2V)
Stage Measure Page

E10 The measures are listed in chapter 3. 27
E20 Check Lubricating oil level (if necessary top up) 41
Coolant level (top up if necessary) 48
Engine tightness (visual inspection for leaks) 27
Suction air filter/dry air filter (maintain in accordance with maintenance indicator) 51
E30 Clean Fuel pre-filter with water trap (renew the filter insert if necessary). If the warning system responds (lamp/horn), the 47
water trap bowl must be emptied immediately.
Check V-belts (retension or renew if necessary) 54
Coolant (additive concentration) 48
Coolant level (top up if necessary) 48
Replace Lubricating oil (lubricating oil change intervals depending upon the engine application). xxxxxxxx 35
Lubricating oil filter/insert (every time the lubricating oil is changed) 42
E40 Check Charge air cooler (drain lubricating oil and condensation) 48
Check glow plugs and heating flange for functioning. 30
Check valve in the injection pump (only for mechanical injection system) 33
Battery and cable connectors 60
Engine monitor, warning system Maintenance only to be carried out by authorised service personnel 31
Filter cartridge of the crank space ventilation valve
Tighten engine mountings, if necessary (renew in case of damage) 75
Fastenings, hose unions / clips (renew if damaged)
Replace Fuel filter insert (main filter) 47
Suction air filter/dry air filter (maintain in accordance with maintenance indicator) 51
Fuel pre-filter with water trap (renew the filter insert if necessary). If the warning system responds (lamp/horn), the 47
water trap bowl must be emptied immediately.
© 2007 39
Maintenance Maintenance schedule
5 Stage
E45 Check
Measure
if necessary, set control piston clearance for exhaust gas recirculation (optional).
Page
59
Valve clearance (set if necessary, earlier if there is any noise) 56
E50 Check V-rib belt and tensioning pulley (replace if wear limit is fallen below) 55
Replace V-belt, V-rib belt and tensioning pulley 54
Injection valve (only for EPA and only for mechanical injection system)
E60 Check Electronic injector test via EMR3 (only for DEUTZ Common Rail System) 65
Replace V-rib belt and tensioning pulley 54
Injection valve (only for EPA and DCR)
Crankcase ventilation valve (only for EPA)
annually Clean Charge air cooler inlet area (drain condensation), (only for EPA) 48
Replace Fuel pre-filter (renew the filter insert if necessary). 47
Engine monitor, warning system Maintenance only to be carried out by authorised service personnel 31
Every 2 Replace Coolant (additive concentration) 48
years V-belt, V-rib belt and tensioning pulley 55
Check Crankcase breather valve
40 © 2007
Lubricating oil system Care and maintenance work
Regulations for working on the lubricat-
ing oil system
Checking the lubricating oil level Pour in lube oil.
– Quality/viscosity data. 6
Low lubricating oil level or overfilling lead to – Filling volume ( 71 ).
Do not work when the engine is running! engine damage! Check engine lubricating oil level (see previous
Smoking and naked lights prohibited! The lubricating oil level may only be chapter).
Danger of scalding from hot lubricating oil! checked with the engine in a horizontal po-
sition and switched off.
Original DEUTZ filters must be used when If the engine is warm, switch off the engine
changing filters. and check the lubricating oil level after 5
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when minutes. If the engine is cold you can check
working on the lubricating oil system. Clean it immediately.
the area around the components con-
cerned carefully. Blow damp parts dry with Be careful of hot lubricating oil. Danger of
compressed air. scalding!
Observe the safety regulations and nation-
al specifications for handling lube oils. Pull out the lubricating oil dipstick and wipe off
Dispose of leaking lubricating oil and filter with a lint-free, clean cloth.
elements properly. Do not allow used oil to Insert the lubricating oil dipstick as far as it will
seep away into the ground. go.
Perform a trial run after all work. Pay atten-
Extract the lubricating oil dipstick and read off the
tion to tightness and lubricating oil pressure
oil level.
and then check the engine oil level.
In case of fuels containing more than 1% The oil level must always be between the MIN
and MAX marks! Top up to the MAX mark if nec-
sulphur, contact your service representa-
tive. essary.
Changing the lubricating oil
Warm up the engine (lubricating oil temperature
> 80 °C).
Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level po-
sition.
Switch off the engine.
Place a collecting receptacle underneath the
lube oil drain screw.
Unscrew the lube oil drain screw, drain oil.
Fit a new sealing ring to the lube oil drain screw,
insert and tighten. (tightening torque 100 Nm).
© 2007 41
Care and maintenance work Lubricating oil system
Change lubricating oil filter Oil the gasket of the new DEUTZ original filter
cartridge lightly.
The filter cartridge should never be pre- Screw on new filter by hand until the gasket is in
filled. There is a danger of dirt contamina- place and then tighten with a torque of 15-17 Nm.
tion! If necessary, fix the clips of the anti-rotation lock.
Remove the clips if an anti-rotation lock is fitted.
Loosen and unscrew the filter cartridge with the
tool (order no. 170050) .
Collect draining lubricating oil
Clean the sealing surface of the filter support
with a lint-free, clean cloth.
42 © 2007
Lubricating oil system Care and maintenance work
6
Replace lubricating oil filter cartridge Collect any lubricating oil that may escape. Replace round sealing ring (2) and grease light-
Bend the paper filter cartridge (5) in the collecting ly.
The filter cartridge should never be pre- vessel slightly sideways until the cartridge Press new paper filter cartridge (5) into the clamp
filled. There is a danger of dirt contamina- comes off the clamp (6). (6) and carefully insert into the guide (4).
tion! Clean any dirt from the sealing area of the filter Screw in lubricating oil filter cap (1) clockwise (25
media and lubricating oil filter cap (1) as well as Nm).
Switch off the engine. guide (4). Start engine.
Loosen lubricating oil filter cap (1) with 2 to 3
turns and wait 30 seconds.
Unscrew lubricating oil filter cap (1) with paper fil-
ter cartridge (5) anticlockwise.
Carefully loosen paper filter cartridge (5) up-
wards from the guide (4) located in the housing
(3).
Collect any lubricating oil that escapes.
© 2007 43
Care and maintenance work Fuel system
6 Specifications when working on the fuel

system
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness due to
the high production accuracy of the system!
The fuel system must be tight and closed.
Engine must be switched off! Make a visual inspection for leaks/damage
Smoking and naked lights prohibited! in the system.
No injection/high pressure pipes may be Clean and dry the engine and engine com-
disconnected while the engine is running. partment thoroughly before beginning
Caution when handling hot fuel! work.
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when Areas of the engine compartment from
refuelling and working on the fuel system. which dirt could be loosened must be cov-
Clean the respective affected parts careful- ered with a fresh, clean foil.
ly. Blow damp areas dry with compressed Work on the fuel system may only be car-
air. ried out in an absolutely clean environment.
Observe the safety regulations and nation- Contamination of the air such as dirt, dust,
al specifications for handling fuels. moisture etc. must be avoided.
Dispose of leaking fuel and filter elements
properly. Do not allow fuel to seep away Change the fuel filter cartridge
into the ground.
After all work on the fuel system, the sys- The filter cartridge should never be pre-
tem should be vented, a trial run performed filled. There is a danger of dirt contamina-
and the tightness checked. tion!
It will be necessary to vent the fuel system
when commissioning for the first time, after Remove the clips if an anti-rotation lock is fitted.
maintenance work or if the tank has been Loosen and unscrew the filter cartridge with the
run dry. tool (order no. 170050) .
Catch any escaping fuel.
Original DEUTZ filters must be used when Clean the sealing surface of the filter support
changing filters. with a lint-free, clean cloth.
Oil the gasket of the new DEUTZ original filter
cartridge lightly.
Additional venting of the fuel system by a 5 Screw on new filter by hand until the gasket is in
minute trial run at idle speed or on low load place and then tighten with a torque of 15-17 Nm.
is absolutely essential.
If necessary, fix the clips of the anti-rotation lock.
Vent the fuel system.
44 © 2007
Fuel system Care and maintenance work
6
Replace fuel filter cartridge Collect any fuel oil that escapes. Replace round sealing ring (2) and grease light-
Bend the paper filter cartridge (5) in the collecting ly.
The filter cartridge should never be pre- vessel slightly sideways until the cartridge Press new paper filter cartridge (5) into the clamp
filled. There is a danger of dirt contamina- comes off the clamp (6). (6) and carefully insert into the guide (4).
tion! Clean any dirt from the sealing area of the filter Screw in fuel filter cap (1) clockwise (25 Nm).
media and fuel filter cap (1) as well as guide (4). Start engine.
Switch off the engine.
Loosen lubricating oil filter cap (1) with 2 to 3
turns and wait 30 seconds.
Unscrew fuel filter cap (1) with paper filter car-
tridge (5) anticlockwise.
Carefully loosen paper filter cartridge (5) up-
wards from the guide (4) located in the housing
(3).
Catch any escaping fuel.
© 2007 45
Care and maintenance work Fuel system
6 Empty emulsion in the water collection vessel

and clean the vessel.
Connect connectors of the water level sensor
(9).
– The special tool can be ordered under part Open the fuel supply to the engine.
number 8192 ( 77). Vent the fuel system.
Screw together the filter insert (2) and water col- Vent the fuel pre-filter.
lection vessel (3). Wet the sealing surfaces (8) of
the filter insert (2) and the water collection vessel Loosen the venting screw (7) slightly.
(3) with fuel. Operate the pump until fuel emerges without
Assembly in clockwise direction. bubbles.
Open the fuel shutoff tap and vent the system, Tighten the venting screw (7).
see venting the fuel system. Vent engine
Check for leaks after starting the engine.
Bring engine control to stop position.
Change the fuel pre-filter insert Position fuel collecting vessel below the con-
Shut off the fuel supply to the engine (with high- stant-pressure valve in the crankcase/filter hous-
Clean/Replace/Vent fuel pre-filter (for me- level tank). ing.
chanical injection system) Place water collection vessel (3) underneath the Open constant-pressure valve in the crankcase/
pre-filter. fuel stopcock in the filter housing.
1 Fuel pre-filter holder
Disconnect the plug of the optional water level Turn over the engine with starter (max. 20 Sec.)
2 Filter insert until bubble-free fuel emerges at the constant-
3 Water collecting vessel (bowl) sensor (4).
pressure valve in the crankcase/filter housing.
4 Electrical connection Open the drain tap (5) and drain off the liquid.
Screw in ventilation screws (tightening torque
5 Drain plug Unscrew the filter insert (2) together with the wa-
25-5 Nm) and constant-pressure valve.
6 Fuel manual supply pump ter collection vessel (3).
Unscrew the water collection vessel (3) from the Bring engine control to the start position and
7 Venting screw start.
filter insert (2).
8 Sealing surface Check for leaks after starting the engine.
Clean the water collection vessel (3) and all the
9 Connection for electrical water level sensor
existing sealing surfaces with a brush and diesel
warning lamp/horn
fuel.
Close fuel shutoff tap (with high-level tank). Oil the gaskets of the new DEUTZ original filter
Place fuel collection vessel underneath the fuel insert (2) lightly or wet with diesel fuel.
pre-filter. Screw the water collection vessel (3) to the filter
Release the water drain tap (5) and drain the fuel insert (2).
completely. Screw new filter insert (2) to the filter holder
Unscrew the filter insert (2) with water collection (tightening torque 17-18 Nm).
vessel (3) in anticlockwise direction and remove.
46 © 2007
Fuel system Care and maintenance work
pre-filter.
Release the water drain tap (7) + drain the fuel
Lock bayonet lock of the fuel manual pump (3) by
pressing and turning clockwise at the same time. 6
completely. Start the engine and operate approx. 5 minutes
Unscrew the filter insert (5) with water collection in idling mode or at low load. Check the pre-filter
vessel (8) in anticlockwise direction and remove. for leaks while doing this.
Close fuel shutoff tap (with high-level tank).
Loosen water collecting vessel (8) anticlockwise
from the old filer cartridge (5) and remove.
– The special tool can be ordered under part
number 8192 ( 77).
Drain remaining fuel into the fuel collecting ves-
sel and clean water collecting vessel (8).
Screw water collecting vessel (8) clockwise onto
ïï the new filter cartridge (5).
Clean any dirt from the sealing area of the new
Clean/purge or change the fuel pre-filter filter cartridge (5) and opposite side of the filter
(for the DCR system) head.
1 Fuel supply flow to the pump Lightly moisten sealing areas of the filter car-
2 Fuel return flow from the control block FCU (Fuel tridge (5) with fuel and screw onto the filter head
Control Unit) again clockwise (17-18 Nm).
3 Fuel manual pump with bayonet lock for locking Open the fuel shutoff tap and vent the system,
and unlocking see venting the fuel system.
4 Thermostat valve with stop lever (optional) Properly dispose of the collected fuel and old fil-
5 Filter insert ter cartridge (5).
6 Connection option for electrical water level sen- Vent the fuel system
sor
7 Water drain tap Unlock bayonet lock of the fuel manual pump (3)
8 Water collecting vessel (bowl) by pressing and turning anticlockwise at the
same time. The pump piston is now pressed out
9 Fuel inlet from the fuel tank
by the spring.
10 Fuel return to fuel tank
Keep pumping until a very strong resistance can
11 Connection for electrical warning lamp/horn
be felt and the pumping only progresses very
Filter replacement slowly.
Now continue pumping several times. (The re-
Close fuel shutoff tap (with high-level tank). turn line must be filled).
Place fuel collection vessel underneath the fuel
© 2007 47
Care and maintenance work Cooling system
6 Specifications when working on the cool-

ing system
Danger of scalding from hot coolant!

Cooling system under pressure! Only open
the cap when cool!
The coolant must have a prescribed con-
centration of cooling system corrosion pro-
tection agent!
Observe safety regulations and national
specifications when handling cooling me-
dia.
Observe the manufacturer's specifications
for an external cooler.
Dispose of leaking liquids properly and do
not allow them to seep into the ground.
Order coolant corrosion protection agent Check coolant additive concentration Emptying the cooling system
from your DEUTZ partner.
Never operate the engine without coolant Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully.
(even for a short time)! Check the coolant additive concentration in the Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level po-
cooler/compensation tank (2) with a convention- sition.
Checking the coolant level with an exter- al freeze protection measuring instrument (1) Remove the locking screw (1) in the crankcase.
nal cooler (e.g. hydrometer, refractometer).
Drain coolant.
Fill in new coolant and vent the system according Necessary coolant additive concentration Cool-
Tighten locking screw (1) again.
to the specifications of the cooling system manu- ant mixing ratio ( 37).
If the locking screw (1) is not accessible, the
facturer. You can order the appropriate test instrument from drainage can be carried out at the engine oil
Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. your DEUTZ partner under order number 1824. cooler (coolant duct).
The coolant level must always be between the
MIN and MAX marks of the compensation tank!
Fill up to the MAX mark if necessary.
48 © 2007
Cooling system Care and maintenance work
6
Fill the cooling system Fill and ventilate cooling system
Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. Open cooler locking cap.
Fill up coolant to the MAX mark on the compen- Remove locking screw.
sation tank and close the cooling system cap (1). Fill with coolant as far as the max. marking or fill-
Switch on any available heating and set to the ing limit (heating valve of the system must be
highest level so that the heating circuit is filled opened, if necessary).
and vented. Screw in locking screw again and tighten.
Run engine up to operating temperature (open- Start the engine and warm up until the thermo-
ing temperature of the thermostat). stat opens.
Switch off the engine. Check coolant level when the engine is cold and
Check coolant level in cooled engine and top up refill if necessary.
to the MAX mark on the compensation tank if Close cooler locking cap.
necessary. The cooling system (insofar as installed in com-
pliance with our installation guidelines) is auto-
matically drained after filling.
© 2007 49
Care and maintenance work Engine cleaning
6 Cleaning work Cleaning with cold cleaner

Spray the engine with cold cleaner and leave it
For all cleaning work, make sure that no
for about 10 minutes to take effect.
parts are damaged (e.g. bent cooler mesh).
Cover electrical/electronic parts and con- Spray the engine clean with a high pressure wa-
nections to clean the engine (e.g. control ter jet.
units, generator, solenoid valves etc.). Do Warm up the engine so that the water residues
not aim the water/steam jet directly at them. evaporate.
Allow engine to warm up. Cleaning with a high pressure cleaner
Always clean the cooler and cooling fins from the
Only carry out cleaning work on the engine
exhaust air side to the fresh air side.
when it is not running!
Remove the engine cover and cooling air Warm up the engine so that the water residues
cover if available and remount after clean- evaporate.
ing.
General
The following causes of soiling make it necessary to
clean the engine:
High dust content in the air.
Chaff and chopped straw in the area of the en-
gine.
Coolant leaks
Lubricating oil leakage
Fuel leaks
Because of the different application conditions,
cleaning depends on the degree of dirt contamina-
tion.
Cleaning with compressed air
Blow dirt off or out. Always blow out the cooler
and cooling fins from the exhaust air side to the
fresh air side.
50 © 2007
Suction system Care and maintenance work
Regulations for working on the intake
system 6
Do not work when the engine is running!
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when

working on the intake system, close intake
openings if necessary.
Dispose of old filter elements properly.
Maintenance indicators for dry air filter

The dry air filter is maintained according to a
maintenance switch or maintenance indicator.
Maintenance is necessary when:
– the yellow warning light of the maintenance
switch lights up when the engine is running.
– the red field (1) of the maintenance indica-
tor is fully visible.
After carrying out maintenance work, reset the
signal by pressing the button on the mainte-
nance indicator. The maintenance indicator is
now ready for operation again.
© 2007 51
Care and maintenance work Suction system
6 Renewing the safety cartridge of the dry

air filter
Never clean the safety cartridge (4).
Renew safety cartridge (4) according to the inter-

val in the maintenance schedule
To do this:
– Unscrew hexagon nut (5), pull out safety car-
tridge (4).
– Insert new safety cartridge, screw on hexag-
onal nut.
Insert filter element (3), mount hood (2) and fix
with clamping yoke (1).
Clean the dust discharge valve of the dry Maintaining the dry air filter
air filter
Empty the dust discharge valve (1) by pressing Do not clean the filter element (3) with pet-
together the discharge slit. rol or hot liquids!
Renew damaged filter elements.
Remove any caked dust by pressing together the
upper section of the valve. Maintain the filter element (3) according to the in-
Clean the discharge slit. terval in the maintenance schedule
Lift up the clamping yoke (1).
Remove the filter hood (2) and pull out the filter
element (3).
Filter element (3):
– blow out with dry compressed air (max. 5
bar) from the inside to the outside if soiling is
only slight,
– renew if heavily soiled.
52 © 2007
Suction system Care and maintenance work
renew if damaged.
Fill the lubricating oil pan (3) of the oil bath air fil- 6
ter with engine oil up to the mark (arrow).
Mount the lubricating oil pan (3) with filter insert
(4) on the filter housing (1) and close the quick
release clamps (2).
Start engine and check for tightness.
Emptying the cyclone precleaner Cleaning oil bath air filter
Never fill the dust container (3) with lubri- Never clean the filter with petrol!
cating oil!
Loosen wing nut (1) and lift off housing cover (2).
Dispose of the old lubricating oil in accord-
Remove the dust container (3) from the base (4) ance with the regulations. Select the en-
and empty it. Clean the container using a brush gine lubricating oil according to the
and clean diesel fuel. Then dry.
requirements before filling the filter.
Place the dust container (3) on the base (4) and
tighten the housing cover (2) with wing nut (1). Shut down engine and wait about 10 minutes un-
til the lubricating oil has collected in the lubricat-
ing oil pan (3).
Loosen the quick release clamps (2) and remove
the lubricating oil pan (3) with filter insert (4).
Dispose of dirty lubricating oil.
Clean lubricating oil pan (3), filter cartridge (4)
and filter housing (1) with a brush and clean die-
sel fuel.
Visually inspect the rubber gaskets (5), (6) and
© 2007 53
Care and maintenance work Belt drives
Checking the belt drive Checking the belt tension Replace V-rib belt
Lower indicator arm (1) into the measuring de- Press tensioning pulley (1) with pin wrench (3) in
Only carry out work/function check on the vice.
belt drive when the engine is not running! the direction of the arrow until a holding pin
Only check / change V-belts when the en- Place guide (3) between two belt pulleys on the Ø 6 mm (4) can be fixed in the assembly bore.
V-belt (2). The stop have to be at the side. The V-rib belt (2) is now free of tension.
gine is not running! Refit the V-belt guard!
Retension the new V-belts after 15 minutes Press the button (4) at right angles to the V-belt First remove the V-rib belt (2) from the smallest
running time. In the event of wear of the (2) evenly until you hear or feel the spring snap pulley or from the tensioning pulley.
double belts or damage to one of the V- in. Mount V-rib belt (2).
belts always replace both belts as a pair. Lift the measuring device carefully without alter- Retain tensioning pulley using the pin wrench
The difference in length of the new V-belts ing the position of the indicator arm (1). and remove the holding pin.
must not exceed 0.15 % one to the other. Read the measured value at the point of inter- Re-tension using the tensioning pulley and pin
section (arrow), scale (5) and indicator arm (1). wrench (3). Check whether the V-rib belt is cor-
Check the whole belt drive visually for damage. If necessary, re-tension belt and measure again. rectly in its guide.
Renew damaged parts.
Remount protective devices if necessary. Tools
Pay attention to correct fit of new belts, check the Belt tension measuring device (order number:
tension after running for 15 minutes. 8115) can be obtained from your DEUTZ partner.
54 © 2007
Belt drives Care and maintenance work
6
Check belt length

Spacing between the nose of the moving ten-
sioning arm and the limit stop of the fixed ten-
sioning housing.
If gap "a" is less than 3 mm, the belt must be re-
placed.
© 2007 55
Care and maintenance work Setting work
6 Setting schematic for the valve and con-

trol piston clearance
Engine TCD 2012/2013, L04 2V
Valve overlap: Exhaust valve is not yet closed, inlet
valve begins to open.
Valve overlap Settings

1 4
3 2
4 1
2 3
Engine TCD 2012/2013, L06 2V
Valve overlap Settings

Check valve clearance, adjust if neces-
sary 1 6
Let the engine cool down for at least 30 minutes 5 2
before setting the valve clearance: Lubricating oil 3 4
temperature below 80 °C. 6 1
Place turning gear over fastening screws of the
belt pulleys. 2 5
Turn the crankcase until reaching valve overlap. 4 3
Outlet valve is not yet closed, inlet valve begins
to open.
The cylinders to be set can be seen in the setting
schematic.
56 © 2007
Setting work Care and maintenance work
6
Set valve clearance (inner exhaust recir- Turn rotation angle disc (3) anticlockwise until
culation) reaching the specified rotation angle:
Engine TCD 2012
This engine is equipped with an internal ex- IN = inlet valve 75°
haust feedback system. EX = outlet valve 120°
4-cylinder: The outlet valve opens briefly in
Engine TCD 2013
the discharge stroke:
IN = inlet valve 90°
6-cylinder: The outlet valve opens briefly in
the suction intake stroke: EX = outlet valve 150°
Do not confuse this with the valve over- Secure the rotation angle disc (3) against twist-
lap! ing.
Tighten locking nut (1).
Loosen locking nut (1) with special tool (order Then set the second valve on the rocker arm as
no.: 8199). described above.
Loosen rotation angle disc (3) (order no.: 8190) Perform the setting procedure on every cylinder.
and place pin wrench insert (4) (order no.: 8193)
on valve clearance setting screw (2).
Fix magnet (5) of the rotation angle disc (3).
Turn rotation angle disc (3) clockwise to the stop
(rocker arm without clearance) and set scale to
zero.
© 2007 57
Care and maintenance work Setting work
Set valve clearance (with internal exhaust Turn rotation angle disc (3) anticlockwise until
gas recirculation EGR connected) reaching the specified rotation angle:
The same setting regulation applies for the outlet Engine TCD 2012
valves as for engines without exhaust gas recircula- IN = inlet valve 75°
tion. Engine TCD 2013
Set inlet valve IN = inlet valve 90°
Secure the rotation angle disc (3) against twist-
Loosen locking nut (6).
ing.
Loosen rotation angle disc (3) (order no.: 8190)
Tighten locking nut (6).
and insert crow foot wrench (8) (order no.: 8199)
Then set the second valve on the rocker arm as
in valve clearance setting screw (7) on inlet
described above.
valve.
Perform the setting procedure on every cylinder.
Fix magnet (5) of the rotation angle disc (3).
Turn rotation angle disc (3) clockwise to the stop
(rocker arm without clearance) and set scale to
zero.
58 © 2007
Setting work Care and maintenance work
6
Set control piston clearance (with inter- Loosen locking nut (1).
nal exhaust gas recirculation EGR con- Place rotation angle disc and pin wrench insert
nected) (order number: 8194) on setting screw (2).
After setting the valve clearance, the control pis- Fix magnet of the rotation angle disc.
ton clearance must be set as follows: Turn rotation angle disc clockwise to the stop
Turn the crankcase until reaching valve overlap (control piston without clearance) and set scale
of the first cylinder. to zero.
Outlet valve is not yet closed, inlet valve begins Turn rotation angle disc anticlockwise until
to open. reaching the specified rotation angle.
The cylinders to be set can be seen in the setting Control piston clearance x: 144°
schematic. Tighten locking nut (1).
Perform the setting procedure on every control
piston.
© 2007 59
Care and maintenance work Electrical system
6 Regulations for working on the electrical

system
Battery
Electronically stored data could be lost if

Do not touch the voltage conducting parts, the battery is disconnected.
faulty warning lamps should be immediate- Keep battery clean and dry.
ly replaced. Make sure the battery is fitted correctly and
securely.
Pay attention to correct polarity of the con- Dispose of old batteries in an environmen-
nections. tally friendly way.
Cover electrical/electronic parts and con-
nections before cleaning the engine (e.g. Danger of explosion! The gases emitted by
control units, generator, solenoid valves the battery are explosive!
etc.) Do not aim the water/steam jet directly Fire, sparks, smoking and naked lights are
at them. Run the engine warm afterwards prohibited!
to evaporate moisture residues. Danger of acid burns! Wear protective
Touching a lead against the frame to check gloves and glasses! Avoid contact with skin
whether it is live must not, under any cir- and clothing! Check acid level
cumstances, be carried out. Danger of short circuit! Do not rest tools on Unscrew caps.
For electrical welding work, the ground ter- the battery! Note the manufacturer’s specifications concern-
minal of the welding gear must be clamped
directly to the part being welded. ing the liquid level.
Three-phase current generator: Never dis- The liquid should normally be 10-15 mm above
connect the cables between battery, gener- the top edge of the plate or reach up to any avail-
ator and regulator while the engine is able control device.
running. Only use distilled water to top up the battery.
Screw in caps.
Checking the voltage
Check the battery voltage with a conventional
voltmeter. The voltage indicates the charging
state. It should be between 12 and 14.4 Volt de-
pending per battery.
Check acid density
Unscrew caps.
Measure the electrolyte density of individual cells
with a commercial hydrometer. Hydrometer
60 © 2007
Electrical system Care and maintenance work
reading indicates battery’s state of charge. The
acid temperature when measuring should be 20
Installing the battery
Insert new or charged battery and attach the fas-
6
°C if possible.
tenings.
Check the acid level before recharging.
Clean the terminals and battery poles with fine
Screw in caps.
emery paper.
Acid density [kg/ l] Charge Measure Connect the plus pole first and then the minus
Normal Tropical status pole. Otherwise there is a danger of short-circuit!
Make sure the terminals have good contact.
1,28 1,23 good none Tighten clamp bolts hand-tight.
1,20 1,12 half charge Grease the assembled terminals with an acid-
1,12 1,08 empty charge free, acid-resistant grease.
Removing the battery

Always disconnect the minus pole first when re-
moving the battery. Otherwise there is a danger
of short-circuit!
Remove the fastenings and take out the battery.
Charging the battery
Unscrew caps.
Charge the battery with a conventional battery
charger. Observe the manufacturer specifica-
tions!
Screw in caps.
© 2007 61
Faults Fault table
7 Faults and remedies
Faults Causes Measures

Engine does not start or is diffi- Not disconnected (if possible) Check coupling
cult to start Engine stop lever still in stop position/Shut-off magnet defective (for mech. Check/replace
injection system)
Below starting limit temperature Check
Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Exhaust gas backpressure too high Check
Belt/V-rib belt (fuel pump in belt drive) Check whether torn or loose
Wrong SAE viscosity class of the engine lubricating oil Change the lubricating oil
Fuel quality does not comply with operating manual Change the fuel
Air in fuel system Vent fuel system
Battery defective or discharged Check battery
Cable connection to starter loose or oxidized Check cable connections
Starter defective or pinion does not engage Check starter
Too high a base load Reduce load
Engine does not start and diag- Engine electronics prevents starting Check error according to error code and eliminate error if
nostic lamp flashes necessary
Engine starts, but runs irregu- Belt/V-rib belt (fuel pump in belt drive) Check whether torn or loose
larly or fails Incorrect valve clearance Settings
Injector defective Change
Injection valve defective Change
Glow plugs defective Change
Air in fuel system Vent
Fuel filter contaminated Clean
Injection line leaks Check injection line
Injection valve defective Check fuel injector / change if necessary
62 © 2007
Fault table Faults
Faults
Speed changes are possible
Causes
Engine electronics has detected a system error and activates an equivalent
Measures
Check error according to error code and eliminate error if
7
and diagnostic lamp lights up speed necessary
Engine becomes excessively Low coolant Fill up
hot. Temperature warning sys- Vent line blocked Clean
tem activates
Coolant heat exchanger soiled Clean
Coolant pump defective (V-rib belt torn or loose) Check whether torn or loose
Lubricating oil level too low Fill up lube oil
Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Fan defective/V-rib belt torn or loose Check fan/V-belt, change if necessary
Heat short-circuit in the cooling system Check the cooling system
Resistance in cooling system is too high / flow volume too low Check the cooling system
Engine output is deficient Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Lube oil filter contaminated on the air or lube oil side Change
Engine stop lever still in stop position/Shut-off magnet defective (for mech. Check/replace
injection system)
Air filter clogged / turbocharger defective Check/replace
Air filter maintenance switch / maintenance indicator defective Check/replace
Charge air line leaking Check charge air line
Charge air cooler soiled Clean
Injection line leaks Check injection line
Injection valve defective Check fuel injector
Engine performs poorly and Engine electronics reduce performance Check error according to error code and eliminate error if
diagnostic lamp lights necessary
© 2007 63
Faults Fault table
7 Faults Causes
Engine does not run on all cylin- Injection line leaks
Measures
Check injection line
ders Injection valve defective Check fuel injector / change if necessary
Engine lubricating oil pressure Lubricating oil level too low Fill up lube oil
is non-existant or excessively Excessive inclination of engine Check engine mounting / reduce inclination
low
Wrong SAE viscosity class of the engine lubricating oil Change the lubricating oil
Engine lubricating oil consump- Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
tion excessive Excessive inclination of engine Check engine mounting / reduce inclination
Too long an operation in low idle or too low a load Load change
Engine producing blue smoke Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Excessive inclination of engine Check engine mounting / reduce inclination
Too long an operation in low idle or too low a load Load change
Engine producing white smoke Below starting limit temperature Check
Engine producing black smoke Air filter clogged / turbocharger defective Check/replace
Air filter maintenance switch / maintenance indicator defective Check/replace
Charge air line leaking Check charge air line
64 © 2007
Engine management Faults
Engine protection function of the EMR3
system
Use of the diagnostic key
With the diagnostic key (1), it is possible to read out
7
the existing errors as blink codes. The diagnostic key
The error lamp goes out when all the errors
have been eliminated. For some errors, it is (1) and the error lamp (2) are accommodated in the
vehicle drive stand.
necessary to switch off the ignition, wait 30
s and only then switch back on the ignition. The occurrence of errors is indicated by flashing or
steady lighting of the error lamp (2). To get more de-
Depending on the design of the monitoring functions, tailed information about all the existing errors, these
the EMR3 can protect the engine from damage in can be read out in the following way in the form of
certain error situations by monitoring important limit blink codes only when the engine is at a standstill:
values during operation and checking the correct After pressing the diagnostic key (1) for at least one
functioning of the system components. second, the error lamp (2) goes out and the first error
is output after releasing the key as a blink code.
The appropriate monitoring functions are Evaluate blink code according to the table overleaf.
switched off when a sensor fails. Only the After outputting the error blink code, the error lamp
sensor failure is documented in the error (2) goes out for five seconds.
memory. Table of error blink codes
Then the next error (i.e. the following one in the error
The possible blink codes, their meanings and meas-
Depending on the severity of a detected error, the memory) can be displayed by pressing the diagnos-
tic key (1) again. If the last error was displayed, the ures for eliminating the errors can be taken from the
engine can continue to run with restrictions, whereby table on the next page. The blink code values in the
the error lamp lights permanently or the error lamp first error is displayed again on pressing the diagnos-
first column indicate the number of short blink signals
indicates a serious system error by flashing. In this tic key (1) again.
to be initiated (duration alight approx. 0.4 s), the
case, the engine must be switched off as soon as it number of subsequent long blink signals (duration
is safe to do so. The flashing error lamp may have alight approx. 0.8 s) and the number of short termi-
the following meaning depending on the motor con- nating blink signals. The code 2-1-4 of the "over-
figuration: speed" error is made up of two short, one long and
Switch off prompt for the operator. Attention: two short blink signals for example. If an error cannot
Failure to do so will lead to loss of guarantee! be eliminated by the measures listed in the table,
Automatic shutdown of the engine after a short please contact your responsible DEUTZ partner.
warning time, possibly in connection with a start
lock.
Engine forced to run at low idle speed to cool the
engine, with automatic shutdown if necessary.
Start lock
© 2007 65
Faults Engine management
7 Error code table
Blink code Function/component Error

Short (0.4 s) Long (0.8 s) Short (0.4 s)
1 2 3 Output to coolant temperature lamp Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
1 2 6 Speed manual setting Faulty/implausible signal
1 2 8 Intake air temperature sensor Signal defective
1 3 3 Transmission oil temperature sensor Signal defective
1 3 4 Rail pressure monitoring Signal implausible, pressure/pressure deviation outside the permissi-
ble range
1 3 5 Output to lubricating oil pressure warning lamp Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
Output to valve of the fuel metering unit Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
1 3 6 Monitoring air filter Air pressure after filter too low
1 3 7 Output to actuators Short-circuit to battery
1 3 8 Output to actuators Short-circuit to earth
1 4 2 Output to engine operation lamp Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
1 4 3 Multistage switch 1 / 2 / 3 Faulty/implausible signal
1 4 4 Lubricating oil temperature sensor Faulty/implausible signal
Monitoring of lubricating oil temperature Temperature outside nominal range
1 4 5 Override switch monitoring Signal implausible
1 4 6 Rail pressure reducing valve Valve open/Pressure surge necessary/No opening after pressure
surge
1 4 7 Rail pressure sensor Signal defective, pressure deviation outside the permissible range
2 3 1 Monitoring lubricating oil pressure Pressure pressure outside the nominal range
2 3 2 Monitoring coolant temperature Temperature above the nominal range
2 3 3 Monitoring suction intake air temperature Temperature above the nominal range
2 3 5 Monitoring coolant level Level below nominal range
2 3 7 Monitoring fuel temperature Temperature outside nominal range
66 © 2007
Engine management Faults
Blink code
Short (0.4 s) Long (0.8 s) Short (0.4 s)
Function/component Error
7
2 3 8 Output to fan actuator 1 / 2 Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
Monitoring fan speed Speed outside the nominal range
2 4 1 Monitoring combustion Misfiring detected in one or more cylinders
2 6 1 Monitoring of output to actuators Relay does not open or opens with delay, short-circuit to earth
2 6 3 Output to cold-start aid Signal defective, relay defective, jams or wrongly connected, short-
circuit
2 7 1 CAN bus Timeout of one or several send messages, bus inactive
2 8 2 Sensor supply voltage 1 / 2 / 3 Voltage outside the nominal range
2 9 2 Atmospheric pressure sensor Faulty/implausible signal
3 1 4 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor Signal defective
Monitoring hydraulic temperature Temperature outside nominal range
3 1 8 Monitoring battery Voltage outside the nominal range
3 2 8 Output to cold-start aid pilot lamp Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
4 1 4 Output to external EGR actuator Signal defective
4 1 5 Output to external EGR actuator Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
4 1 6 Output to external EGR actuator Signal defective
4 1 7 Lubricating oil wear time measuring device Critical time reached
5 1 2 Output to starter relay Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
5 1 3 Output to error lamp Signal defective, control unit overtemperature
5 1 4 Monitoring terminal 15 No signal detected
5 1 5 Monitoring terminal 50 Permanent signal detected
5 2 1 Speed measurement Travelling speed implausible
5 2 8 Output to internal engine brake Signal defective
All other blink codes: Please consult your DEUTZ partner.
Behaviour in case of error Signal faulty/implausible: Carry out function test on the parts concerned; check wiring and plugs for short-circuits, breaks and corrosion. Output
to external EGR actuator.
© 2007 67
Transport and storage Transport
Suspension equipment
Danger to life!
Always use proper suspension equipment when The engine may tip over or fall down if sus-
transporting the engine. pended incorrectly!
The suspension device (1) must be adjustable
for the engine's centre of gravity. The fastening attachment cannot be fixed se-
After transportation and before commissioning of curely above the centre of gravity (1).
engine: remove attachment eyes (2). The fastening attachment can slip, the engine
swings backwards and forwards (1).
Too short a fastening attachment causes bend-
ing torques in the transport device (2) and can
damage it.
68 © 2007
Protecting the engine against corrosion Transport and storage
General
Engines contain the following types of corrosion pro-
rosion protection agent in a corrosion protection
run of the engine.
fluid system (cooling water with cooling system
protection agent). 8
The corrosion protection run can be performed Cooling air system, see section Exterior corro-
tection:
once to protect the different systems: sion protection.
Interior corrosion protection In engines of the oil-cooled series the circulating
Exterior corrosion protection Fuel system
lubricating oil serves simultaneously for cooling.
Fill the fuel tank with a mixture of: The cooling chambers are protected automati-
Your DEUTZ partner has the right corro-
– 90 % distilled fuel cally against corrosion with the lube oil system.
sion protection agent for your needs.
– 10 % corrosion protection oil SAE 20W-20 If a coolant with corrosion protection properties is
Perform a corrosion protection run with no load poured into liquid-cooled engines, no further ac-
The following measures for corrosion protection af-
ter taking the engine out of operation meet the re- for at least 5 minutes. tion is necessary after draining.
quirements for 12 months corrosion protection. If not, the coolant must be drained and, to ensure
Lubricating oil system the formation of a covering layer on the inside
The following corrosion protection work may only be surfaces of the cooling system, a corrosion pro-
carried out by persons familiar with it and instructed Drain lubricating oil from warm engine.
tection run performed with a mixture of:
in the potential dangers. Thoroughly clean lube oil tray, cylinder head with
– 95 % treated water
If these measures are deviated from by exposing the rocker arms, valves, valve springs with diesel
fuel or cleaning agent. – 5 % corrosion protection agent
corrosion-protected engines or parts to unfavourable The duration of the corrosion protection run and
conditions (installation outdoors or storage in damp, Fill the engine with corrosion protection oil SAE
20W-20 up to the MAX mark and perform a cor- the concentration of the corrosion protection
badly aired places) or damage to the corrosion pro- agent are specified by the manufacturer of the
tection layer, a shorter corrosion protection duration rosion protection run for at least 5 minutes so
that all the components of the lubricating oil sys- corrosion protection agent.
is to be expected.
tem are wetted or wet all accessible parts with Then drain the coolant.
The engine corrosion protection should be checked corrosion protection oil and pump corrosion pro-
about every 3 months by opening the covers. If cor- Air intake pipes
tection oil through the engine with a separate
rosion is detected, the corrosion protection should pump until all bearings and bearing liners are After the corrosion protection run, remove the
be renewed. wetted. cylinder head cover and deinstall injectors. The
At the end of the corrosion protection work the crank respective piston must be set to LT.
drive may no longer be turned so that the corrosion Air compressor
The accessible part of the cylinder liner should
protection agent in the bearings, bearing liners and If a compressor is installed, a corrosion protec- be coated with corrosion protection oil with a
cylinder liners is not scraped off. tion agent must be sprayed into the compressor spray lance through the opening.
Before operating a corrosion protected engine, the suction system after shutting down the engine Spray corrosion protection oil SAE 20W-20 into
corrosion protection must be removed. until it emerges visibly from the pressure nozzle. the suction air intake line.
Interior corrosion protection Cooling system Exterior corrosion protection

Interior corrosion protection is always provided Depending on the series the engines are The engine must be cleaned thoroughly with a
by wetting of the walls with the implemented cor- equipped with cooling air, cooling oil or cooling cleaning agent before exterior corrosion protec-
© 2007 69
Transport and storage Protecting the engine against corrosion
8 tion. Any signs of corrosion and damage to the

paintwork must be removed.
Also close the fuel/tank/supply line to the
engine so that the sensitive rail system is
should be purged with fresh water for about 15
minutes before filling.
Cooling air system in air-cooled engines protected against dirt and dust. Protect the Removal of exterior corrosion protection
electronics against moisture/corrosion.
The air guidance compartment of the engines is All areas and components coated with corrosion
unpainted and must be sprayed with a corrosion Storage and packaging protection agent must be washed off with dis-
protection agent. After being protected against corrosion, the en- tilled fuel or a suitable cleaning agent.
gine must be stored in a dry, ventilated hall and Wash out grooves of V-belt pulleys if necessary.
Bare exterior surfaces and parts
suitably covered. Mount V-belts or V-rib belts as specified.
Coat or spray all bare exterior parts and surfaces The cover must be placed loosely over the en- Fill with coolant.
(e.g. flywheel, flange faces) with corrosion pro- gine so that the air can circulate around it to pre- Connect fuel/tank/supply line to the engine. Pay
tection agent. vent condensation from forming. Use a desiccant attention to cleanliness.
if necessary. Start the engine.
Rubber parts
Rubber parts (e.g. muffs) which are not painted Removal of corrosion protection
over must be rubbed down with talcum powder. The corrosion protection must be removed from
Belt drive the corrosion protected engine before starting.
The packaging and all covers over the closed
Remove V-belts and V-rib belts and store openings must be removed.
packed. Any corrosion deposits and paint damage should
Spray V-belt pulleys and tension rollers with cor- be remedied.
rosion protection agent.
Toothed belts for engine control may not be re- Fuel system
moved. If there is a mixture of diesel fuel/corrosion pro-
tection oil in the fuel tank, drain it.
Engine openings
Fill the fuel tank and fuel system with the proper
All engine openings must be fitted with air-tight, fuel.
water-tight covers to delay the vapourisation
process of the corrosion protection agents. Coolant system
With installed air compressor, the suction and If the implemented corrosion protection agent is
pressure connection must be sealed by a cap. compatible with the intended cooling system pro-
Air should be excluded to avoid ventilation of the tection agent, this can be filled directly into the
engine (chimney effect) for the suction from an coolant system as specified.
air supply pipe. If it is uncertain whether the implemented corro-
sion protection agent is compatible with the cool-
ing system protection agent, the cooling system
70 © 2007
Engine and setting data Technical data
General technical data
9
Engine type TD/TCD 2012 L04 2V TCD 2012 L06 2V
No. of cylinders 4 6
Cylinder arrangement upright in row
Bore [mm] 101
Stroke [mm] 126
3
Engine swept volume [cm ] 4038 6067
Compression ratio 18
Functional principle/combustion method Four-stroke diesel with charging and direct injection
Charge air cooler without/with with
Charge air temperature outlet at rated power [°C] 50
Direction of rotation looking onto the flywheel left
Injection system
Deutz Common Rail (DCR) DCR/PLD DCR
Mechanical injection system Pumpe Leitung Düse (PLD pump line nozzle)
Weight excluding cooling system to DIN 70020-A [approx. kg] 410 530
Engine power rating according to ISO 3046 [kW] Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are
stamped on the engine rating plate.
Speed (nominal revolutions) [rpm] 2400
Valve clearance: inlet/outlet [°] Angular degree 75/120
Setting with special tool
Ignition pressure [kPa (bar)] 16000 (160)
Start of pumping [°KW v. OT] Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are
Firing order of the engine 1-3- 4- 2 1-5-3-6-2-4
V-belt tension Pre-tensioning/Re-tensioning
Generator [N] 650/400 ± 50
Fuel pump/Coolant pump [N] 650/400 ± 50
© 2007 71
Technical data Engine and setting data
9 Engine type
V-rib belt tensioning
TD/TCD 2012 L04 2V TCD 2012 L06 2V
Spring-loaded tensioning pulley
The V-rib belt has an automatically tensioning spring-loaded tensioning pulley
and is not re-tensioned.
Cooling Liquid-cooled/cooling system protection
Coolant volume (engine content only without cooler) [approx. ltr.] 5,6 7,3
Permissible continuous coolant temperature [°C] max. 110
Temperature difference between coolant inlet/outlet [°C] 4 to 8
Start of thermostat opening [°C] 86
Thermostat fully open [°C] 102
Coolant preheating Only necessary in winter operation.
Lubrication Pressure lubrication
Lubricating oil SAE ( 34 )
Lube oil temperature in the lube oil tray, maximum [°C] 125
Lubricating oil pressure in warm state (114°C) and low idle, minimum [kPa (bar)] 80 (0,8)
Lube oil first fill quantities
Specified lubricating oil filling volumes apply for the standard versions. The lubricating oil filling volume may vary in engines which deviate from the standard, e.g. different
lubricating oil pan/lubricating oil dipstick variants and/or special inclined versions. The lubricating oil dipstick mark is always decisive.
Lube oil first fill quantity without filter, minimum / maximum [approx. ltr.] 12,5/15,0 23,5/26,0
Lube oil first fill quantity with filter, minimum / maximum [approx. ltr.] 13,0/15,5 24,0/26,5
72 © 2007
General technical data
9
Engine type TD/TCD 2013 L04 2V TCD 2013 L06 2V
No. of cylinders 4 6
Cylinder arrangement upright in row
Bore [mm] 108
Stroke [mm] 130
3
Engine swept volume [cm ] 4761 7142
Compression ratio 18
Functional principle/combustion method Four-stroke diesel with charging and direct injection
Charge air cooler without/with with
Charge air temperature outlet at rated power [°C] 50
Direction of rotation looking onto the flywheel left
Injection system
Deutz Common Rail (DCR) DCR + PLD DCR
Mechanical injection system Pumpe Leitung Düse (PLD pump line nozzle)
Weight excluding cooling system to DIN 70020-A [approx. kg] 450 500
Engine power rating according to ISO 3046 [kW] Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are
Speed (nominal revolutions) [rpm] 2300
Valve clearance: inlet/outlet [°] Angular degree 90/150
Setting with special tool
Ignition pressure [kPa (bar)] 16000 (160)
Start of pumping [°KW v. OT] Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are
Firing order of the engine 1-3- 4- 2 1-5-3-6-2-4
V-belt tension Pre-tensioning/Re-tensioning
Generator [N] 650/400 ± 50
Fuel pump/Coolant pump [N] 650/400 ± 50
© 2007 73
9 Engine type
V-rib belt tensioning
TD/TCD 2013 L04 2V TCD 2013 L06 2V
Spring-loaded tensioning pulley
The V-rib belt has an automatically tensioning spring-loaded tensioning pulley
and is not re-tensioned.
Cooling Liquid-cooled/cooling system protection
Coolant volume (engine content only without cooler) [approx. ltr.] 7,2 9,8
Permissible continuous coolant temperature [°C] max. 105
Temperature difference between coolant inlet/outlet [°C] 4 to 8
Start of thermostat opening [°C] 86
Thermostat fully open [°C] 102
Coolant preheating Only necessary in winter operation.
Lubrication Pressure lubrication
Lube oil SAE ( 34)
Lube oil temperature in the lube oil tray, maximum [°C] 125
Lubricating oil pressure in warm state (114°C) and low idle, minimum [kPa (bar)] 80 (0,8)
Lube oil first fill quantities
Specified lubricating oil filling volumes apply for the standard versions. The lubricating oil filling volume may vary in engines which deviate from the standard, e.g. different
lubricating oil pan/lubricating oil dipstick variants and/or special inclined versions. The lubricating oil dipstick mark is always decisive.
Lube oil first fill quantity without filter, minimum / maximum [approx. ltr.] 12,5/15,0 23,5/26,0
Lube oil first fill quantity with filter, minimum / maximum [approx. ltr.] 13,0/15,5 24,0/26,5
74 © 2007
Tool ordering
The special tools described in this chapter can be or-
9
dered from:
Fa. Wilbär
Taubenstrasse 5
D-42826 Remscheid
Tel.: 0049 (0) 2191-9339-0
Fax: 0049 (0) 2191-9339-200
E-mail: info@wilbaer.de
http://www.deutz-tools.com
Torx tool V-belt tension measuring instrument

Order no.: 8189 Order number: 8115
The Torx screw system is used in engines in this se- Measuring instrument for checking the specified V-
ries among other things. This system was introduced belt tensions.
for a number of reasons:
Excellent accessibility
High force transmission when loosening and
tightening
Slipping or breaking of the key and risk of injury
are practically excluded.
© 2007 75
Rotaqtion angle disc Pin wrench insert Crow foot wrench

Order no.: 8190 Order no.: 8193 (5 mm) valve clearance Order no.: 8199
Rotation angle disc for setting the valve and control Order no.: 8194 (4 mm) control piston clearance Crow foot wrench for rotation angle disc 8190 in con-
piston clearance Pin wrench inserts for rotation angle disc nection with conventional square bar extension.
76 © 2007
9
Turning gear Bowl key Closing plugs and caps

Order no.: 100 330 Order no.: 8192 Order no.: 170 160
For turning over the engine as an attachment for the Special tool for removing the water collection vessel A set of closing plugs and caps for sealing fuel lines.
torsional vibration damper in the fuel pre-filter (Racor type)
© 2007 77
Filling aid
Order no.: 170 150
Aid for filling the coolant in engines with external
cooling system.
78 © 2007
DEUTZ AG
Service Information Systems
Ottostraße 1
D-51149 Köln
Phone: +49 (0) 221-822-0
Fax: +49 (0) 221-822-5850
Internet: www.deutz.com
E-mail: info@deutz.com
Printed in Germany
All rights reserved
1st edition, © 05/2007
The engine company. Order no.: 0312 3459 en
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
18501000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 90 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185

Valid from Serial-No. 0001 22.03.2011
Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Total width with cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 mm
Total width with edge press. equip.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 mm
Loading width, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Max. working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1850 mm
Lateral overhang, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/55 mm
Total hight without cab.(steer.wh.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 mm
Total hight with cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3050 mm
Total hight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3100 mm
Loading hight, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 mm
Curb clearance, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790/790 mm
Ground clearance, centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 mm
Turning radius, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5250 mm
Turning radius, outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6930 mm
Center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided
Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided
Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm
Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm
Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17/17 mm
Weights
Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8490 kg
Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8840 kg
Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8680 kg
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9380 kg
Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9220 kg
Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12200 kg
Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4740/4640 kg
Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,2/27,6 kg/cm
Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,24/0,23 kg/cm²
Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,7/64,6 kg/cm
Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,7/64,0 kg/cm
Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775/1775 kg
Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965/2865 kg
Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,7/1,6
Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/106 kN
Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/106 kN
French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22,2/VT1
Diesel engine
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DEUTZ
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Power rating ISO 14396, kW/PS/rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,0/136,0/2300
Power rating SAE J1349, kW/HP/rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,0/134,0/2300
Number of cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Cooling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Water
Ref. 18501000_00 1
18501000.TXT

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Torque max./speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520/1600 Nm/UpM
Injection system, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Common Rail
Speed adjustment, actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EMR3
Fuel consumption, 100 % eng. output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,3 L/h
Fuel consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12,7 L/h
Operating hours per tank filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 h
Engine oil consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,02 L/h
Operating voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 V
Alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01294768
Alternator, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14/95 V/A
Starting motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2142471
Starting motor, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/4000 V/W
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Battery, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/135 V/Ah
Vibration control
Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical
Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option
Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double
Vibration system
Vibrating mode, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circ. vibr./circ. vibr.
Vibration
Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Hz
Vibration frequency, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Hz
Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,62/0,34 mm
Amplitude, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,62/0,34 mm
Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/60 kN
Centrifugal force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/60 kN
Drive
Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor
Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 km/h
Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 %
Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46/51 %
Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 °
Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °
Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °
max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538
Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345
Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345
Vibrator drive
Hydraulic pomp 1, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2160979
Hydraulic pump 2, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2071800
Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00397520
Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00397520
Steering
Steering, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Articulated steering
Steering, actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic, steer. wheel
Ref. 18501000_00 2
18501000.TXT

Steering unit, hydr., Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2084528

Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °
Track offset, left/right. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 mm
Oscillation angle +/-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 °
Cooling blower drive

Hydraulic motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2056080
Tank capacity/Filling amount

Engine oil-capacity (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11,5 L
Engine oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-4, SAE 10W40
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Engine coolant, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Coolant emulsion
Coolant water/protective agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60/40 %
Fuel tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 L
Fuel tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic
Hydr. reserv., capac. (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 L
Hydraulic oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HLP-VG46
Hydraulic oil reservoir, material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel
Vibrator oil, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Vibrator rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Water tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834 L
Water tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic
Brake system
Service brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic
Service brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Drive lever
Parking brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring-loaded/mechanical
Parking brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electr. a. autom.
Emergency brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydr./mech.
Emergency brake, application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency stop
Sprinkler system
Water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure
Pump, water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump
Actuation, sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .interval/manual
Service parts
Engine oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00234486
Fuel filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043673
Fuel prefilter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01292404
Air filter, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .dry + prefractionator
Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051200
Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051202
Hydraulic oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01296396
Hydr. oil filter, steer., Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01296396
Water filter insert, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2033909
V-belt, compressor, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00201367
V-belt, alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043529
V-belt, cooling pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01213156
Ref. 18501000_00 3
18501000.TXT

Operating data
Output*, 1 pass/2 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2500 m²/h
Output*, 1 pass/8 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10000 m²/h
Output*, 3 pass./5 km/h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2100 m²/h
Output*, 1pass/2km/h 20cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 m³/h
Output*, 1pass/2km/h 40cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 m³/h
* =work.factor=0.83/work.width=90% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sound level
Acoustic pressure LP(A) cabin, max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 db(A)
Acoustic power LW(A), measured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 dB(A)/1p
Acoustic power LW(A), sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 dB(A)/1p
Acoustic power LW(A), lim. val. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 dB(A)/1p
Measuring data diesel engine

Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM
Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C
Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C
Measuring data hydraulic

Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 bar
High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 bar
Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 mA
Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 bar
Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 L/Min
Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 L/Min
Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
Measuring data vibration hydraulic

Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 L/Min
Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . °C
* = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ref. 18501000_00 4
18501000.TXT

Measuring data steering hydraulic

Pressure relief steering unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 bar
Pressure relief shock valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240 bar
Working pressure steering* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
* = on dry asph. surface in neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring data cooling blower drive

Pressure relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 bar
Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Measuring data brake

Service brake stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m
Parking brake blocks in 2. gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yes J/N
Emergency stop/stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m
Opening pressure parking brake min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Ref. 18501000_00 5
18502000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 90 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Ref. 18502000_00 1
18502000.TXT

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Drive
Vibrator drive
Steering
Ref. 18502000_00 2
18502000.TXT


Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Vibrator rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18502000_00 3
18502000.TXT

Operating data
Sound level



Ref. 18502000_00 4
18502000.TXT




Ref. 18502000_00 5
18506000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 90 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Drum width, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum diameter, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200 mm
Shell thickness, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 mm
Wheel dimensions
Width over tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1620 mm
Number of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.00-20
Diameter of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1030 mm
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 mm
Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 bar
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Load per tire, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036,3 kg
Static linear load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,2 kg/cm
Static surface drum load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,24 kg/cm²
Mass of vibrating parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775 kg
Mass of elast. mounted parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965 kg
Spring mounted:vibrat. mass, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,7
Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41/41 kN
French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22,2/VX1
Ref. 18506000_00 1
18506000.TXT

Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibrating mode, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator
Vibration
Drive
Vibrator drive
Ref. 18506000_00 2
18506000.TXT

Steering
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Additive tank, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 L
Additive tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure
Pump, additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump
Actuation, additive sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Push button
Service parts
Ref. 18506000_00 3
18506000.TXT

Water filter insert, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00386596

Operating data
Sound level


Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8,9 L/Min

Ref. 18506000_00 4
18506000.TXT




Ref. 18506000_00 5
Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Compaction force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 kN
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³
Ref. 18503000_00 1
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibrating mode, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator/osci.
Vibration
Oscillation
Oscillation frequency, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Hz
Tangential amplitude, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,44 mm
Oscillation force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 kN
Oscillation moment, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55,5 kNm
Drive
Vibrator drive
Ref. 18503000_00 2
Steering
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18503000_00 3
Operating data
Sound level



Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 L/Min
Ref. 18503000_00 4


Ref. 18503000_00 5
18504000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 90 VV-S TCD 2012 L04 H185

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/divided
Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/divided
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Ref. 18504000_00 1
18504000.TXT

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Drive
Hydr. motor, front left, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072554
Hydr. motor, front right, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072550
Hydr. motor, rear left, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072554
Hydr. motor, rear right, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072550
Vibrator drive
Ref. 18504000_00 2
18504000.TXT

Steering
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18504000_00 3
18504000.TXT

Operating data
Sound level




Ref. 18504000_00 4
18504000.TXT




Ref. 18504000_00 5
18511000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 90 VT-S TCD 2012 L04 H185

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Wheel dimensions
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 mm
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Ref. 18511000_00 1
18511000.TXT

Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Drive
Vibrator drive
Ref. 18511000_00 2
18511000.TXT

Steering
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18511000_00 3
18511000.TXT


Operating data
Sound level



Ref. 18511000_00 4
18511000.TXT




Ref. 18511000_00 5
18505000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 90 VO-S TCD 2012 L04 H185

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³
Ref. 18505000_00 1
18505000.TXT

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm

Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Oscillation
Drive
Vibrator drive
Ref. 18505000_00 2
18505000.TXT

Steering
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18505000_00 3
18505000.TXT

Operating data
Sound level




Ref. 18505000_00 4
18505000.TXT




Ref. 18505000_00 5
18507000.TXT

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Weights
Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10150 kg
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10690 kg
Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10530 kg
Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,9/92,2 kg/cm
Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,3/91,6 kg/cm
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Ref. 18507000_00 1
18507000.TXT

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120/99 kN
Centrifugal force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120/99 kN
Drive
Vibrator drive
Steering
Ref. 18507000_00 2
18507000.TXT


Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Vibrator rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18507000_00 3
18507000.TXT

Operating data
Sound level



Ref. 18507000_00 4
18507000.TXT




Ref. 18507000_00 5
18517000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185-USA

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,3/91,6 kg/cm
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Ref. 18517000_00 1
18517000.TXT

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/122 kN
Centrifugal force, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/122 kN
Drive
Vibrator drive
Steering
Ref. 18517000_00 2
18517000.TXT


Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Vibrator rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18517000_00 3
18517000.TXT

Operating data
Sound level



Ref. 18517000_00 4
18517000.TXT




Ref. 18517000_00 5
18508000.TXT

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Ref. 18508000_00 1
18508000.TXT

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/128 kN
Centrifugal force, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/128 kN
Drive
Vibrator drive
Steering
Ref. 18508000_00 2
18508000.TXT


Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Vibrator rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18508000_00 3
18508000.TXT

Operating data
Sound level



Ref. 18508000_00 4
18508000.TXT




Ref. 18508000_00 5
18510000.TXT

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Wheel dimensions
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 mm
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Ref. 18510000_00 1
18510000.TXT

Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Drive
Vibrator drive
Ref. 18510000_00 2
18510000.TXT

Steering
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18510000_00 3
18510000.TXT


Operating data
Sound level



Ref. 18510000_00 4
18510000.TXT




Ref. 18510000_00 5
18509000.TXT
Technical data HD+ 110 VO TCD 2012 L04 H185

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 kg
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 cm³
Ref. 18509000_00 1
18509000.TXT

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 mm/mm

Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Oscillation
Drive
Vibrator drive
Ref. 18509000_00 2
18509000.TXT

Steering
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 °


Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 L
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 L
Brake system
Sprinkler system
Service parts
Ref. 18509000_00 3
18509000.TXT

Operating data
Sound level



Ref. 18509000_00 4
18509000.TXT




Ref. 18509000_00 5
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Tightening torques
# 2020568
For screws with metric thread in steel like in DIN 931; 912; 934...
The torque wrench settings are valid with and without Loctite.
Metric screws
Metric screws with fine thread
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Dimension 8.8 10.9 12.9
Dimension 8.8 10.9 12.9
M5 5,5 8,1 9,5

M8x1 24,5 36 43
M6 9,5 14 16,5
M10x1,25 49 72 84
M8 23 34 40
M12x1,25 87 125 150
M10 46 68 79
M12x1,5 83 122 145
M12 79 117 135
M14x1,5 135 200 235
M14 125 185 215
M16x1,5 205 300 360
M16 195 280 330
M18x1,5 310 440 520
M18 280 390 460
M20x1,5 430 620 720
M20 390 560 650
M22x1,5 580 820 960
M22 530 750 880 M24x2 730 1040 1220
M24 670 960 1120 M27x2 1070 1500 1800
M27 1000 1400 1650 M30x2 1490 2120 2480
M30 1350 1900 2250
Appendix 1/2
Tightening torques
# 2020568
Tightening torques for screwed

hydraulic connections – Tightening torques for wheel mounting
whitworth-pipe thread
Dimension Torque in Nm
Thread in steel in aluminum 8.8 10.9
Spherical collar nut
G1/8 20 Nm 15 Nm M16x1,5 240 340
G1/4 40 Nm 25 Nm M18x1,5 330 460
G3/8 80 Nm 45 Nm M20x1,5 500 640
G1/2 110 Nm 80 Nm Tightening torques VSTI – steel/aluminum M22x1,5 640 750
G3/4 200 Nm Thread Torque Thread Torque Shouldered nut with lockwasher
G1 370 Nm M16x1,5 180 260
G1¼ 600 Nm G1/8 10 Nm M 10 x 1 10 Nm M18x1,5 260 360
G 1 1/2 800 Nm G1/4 20 Nm M 12 x 1,5 20 Nm M20x1,5 350 450
G3/8 40 Nm M 14 x 1,5 30 Nm M22x1,5 450 550
G1/2 60 Nm M 16 x 1,5 35 Nm
G3/4 90 Nm M 18 x 1,5 40 Nm
G1 140 Nm M 20 x 1,5 50 Nm
M 22 x 1,5 60 Nm
M 26 x 1,5 70 Nm
M 27 x 2 90 Nm
M 33 x 2 140 Nm
Appendix 2/2
Sealants, lubricants, liquid plastics
# 2071621
Identifi- Hamm Ident-No. Gebindegröße Description Solidity
cation
+ 382620
263397
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic for bolt connecting all sizes besides
galvanized screws
removable
393037 50ml Liquid plastic for bolt connecting all sizes removable
393029 250ml
, 382639
263419
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic for joints, e.g. hub-shaft bushing, carrier
surfaces, repairs
hardly
removable
- 1234188
1234196
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic for joints with narrow gaps, e.g. roller
bearing
removable
/ 382604
323705
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic to tighten surfaces (adhesive gab max. 0.5
mm)
easily
removable
0 231347 500ml is no longer used
1 1225757
1204025
1kg
200kg
High-grade grease, resistant to pressure and
temperatures, for high-speed roller bearings
Low base oil
viscosity
2 1227114 1kg High-grade grease, resistant to pressure, water-repellent

for low-speed roller bearings, couplings, shafts
High base oil
viscosity
3 392693 250ml Liquid plastic for tightening pip threads up to 3“ easily

removable
4 1215809 300ml Sealants to tighten water, oil and fuel tanks easily
removable
" 2065035 400g Wirtgen Group multi-purpose grease
# 2065020
2065025
5l
20l
Wirtgen Group engine oil 15W40
2065026 208l
2112355 5l Wirtgen Group engine oil 10W40

2112354 20l
$ 2065028
2065029
20l
208l
Wirtgen Group hydraulic oil HVLP 46
% 1238051
2065037
5l
20l
Wirtgen Group special gear oil
( 2065030
2065031
5l
20l
Wirtgen Group gear oil 85W90
2117378 5l Separating agent

2117379 20l
&
2120296 5l Antifreeze
20l
Appendix 1/1
Service Training
Questionnaire for your training!
In order to improve the quality of our trainings to your favour, we kindly ask you to fill
in this questionnaire.
However, only honest and constructive criticism is useful.
Date:
Topic of the training:
Trainer:
1. Assessment of the training

excellent good satisfactory insufficient poor
Overall impression of the training
Related to practice
Quantity of the training matter
Training progress
Structure of the training documents
Content of the training documents
Comprehensibility of the training documents
Positive aspects of the training:
Negative aspects of the training

(short description why)
Following topics should be

added:
Following topics should be left

out:
Seite 1 von 2
Service Training
2. Assessment of the speaker
Overall impression
Expertise
Content of the speech
Style of the speech
Use of media
Linguistic qualities
Remarks regarding the

speaker:
3. Assessment of the surroundings

Premises
Media / technology
Meals
Organisation
4. Information of the training participant

Field of duty in your company/subsidiary?
How long have you been working with HAMM products?
In how many trainings have you already participated at

company HAMM?
5. Proposals, ideas, helpful suggestions
Seite 2 von 2
List of participants
Trainer: Place/ Date:
Topic:
Family name: First name: Company: Position Signature:

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

HD+ 90-110 H185

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HD+ 90-110 H185

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Training

02 - Operator´s manual / maintenance

06 - Electric circuit diagrams

07 - Hydraulic circuit diagrams

Type overview HD+ series

Left side view – cab version

Center pivot assembly with crab offset

Center pivot assembly with crab offset

Fixing point pendulum

Crab offset cylinder

Front frame with water system

Drain plug – water tank

Rear frame with water sprinkling system

Hoses for steering

Rear sprinkler bars

Front sprinkler bars

Drain plug with water filter

Engine compartment (left side)

Twin fuel filter

Oil dip stick

Engine oil filler neck

Engine oil filter

Engine compartment (right side)

Hydraulic oil filter

Engine compartment (right side)

High power relays

Battery isolation switch

Drive pump + vibration pump

Engine compartment (right side)

Distributor and scavenvge block -

Small amplitude front – Y6

Big amplitude front – Y7

Small amplitude rear – Y8

Big amplitude rear – Y9

Engine compartment right side with cooler assembly

Fan with hydraulic

Drive and vibration motors (left side)

VV, VO VV, VO, VO-S

Acceleration sensor (HCQ)

Drive and vibration motors (right side)

VV, VO, VO-S VV, VO

Driver´s seat with operating elements

Position of electronic components EMR 3 ASC (option) Drive Mainboard

Add. circ. board Add. circ. board

Position of electronic components

Operating elements fixed dashboard

Warning beacon 12V-power outlet

Flasher Engine management off

Warning lights Water pump 1/2 (326)

Mobile dashboard (view)

fuel level indicator

Pre-selection max. speed

Operating and indicating elements – vibration system

front Activation of vibration rear

HMV / Asphalt temperature

Operating and indicating elements – water sprinkling system

Fuel level indicator

Auto water sprinkling

Checking the sprinkling nozzles when machine is standing

Starting the machine

Drive lever in brake position Engine can be Drive lever not in

216 Control lamp cold start system (option)

Release of start blocking when: